Death Of eSwatini’s Prime Minister Sends Clear Warning Across Africa 15/12/2020 Paul Adepoju & J Hacker Although world leaders have tested positive for the virus over the past year, Dlamini’s death – within weeks of a positive test – is a first. Ibadan, Nigeria. Ambrose Dlamini, eSwatini’s Prime Minister, has become the first world leader to die after testing positive for COVID-19. His death sends a clear and chilling message across Africa: the worst days of the pandemic are not behind us. Dlamini passed away on Sunday 13 December in South Africa, where he was receiving treatment after his condition worsened two weeks ago. This followed a positive test for coronavirus in mid-November. The government’s official statement on its Prime Minister’s death did not state a cause. The late Prime Minister, who will be buried in a state funeral, had held office since October 2018. Although many world leaders have tested positive for the virus over the past year, including US President Donald Trump and Brazil’s Jair Bolsonaro, Dlamini’s death – within weeks of a positive test – is a first. eSwatini, formerly Swaziland, is to the northeast of South Africa. HIV Response Has ‘Lost a Champion’: eSwatini Was First African Country To Meet 2030 HIV Targets Under his leadership, eSwatini, a small landlocked country adjoining South Africa, became the first on the country to meet UNAIDS’ 95-95-95 targets to end the HIV/AIDS epidemic by 2030. UNAIDS’ Winnie Byanyima said: “The HIV response has lost a champion.” 95% of people living with HIV in eSwatini know their status, 95% of people who know they are HIV-positive have accessed treatment, and 95% of people on treatment have suppressed viral load. eSwatini and Switzerland became the first in the world to meet these targets, back in September. At the time, he urged the population not to rest on its success, nor to be discouraged by setbacks. “We must ensure that no one is left behind. We must close the gaps,” he added. “We are aiming for 100–100–100.” In September, Dlamini told Health Policy Watch that, while his country is not fully equipped to deal with pandemics, it had successfully leveraged its HIV/AIDS response to expand capacity to treat members of the population with COVID-19. “We’ve developed some capacity that we are going to leverage going forward,” he said. “We are going to use the national response framework which has really done well, providing us with capacity over the years. We want to develop it so the country to deal with future pandemics.” Speaking about his death, UNAIDS Executive Director Winnie Byanyima said: “The HIV response has lost a champion. “He was a friend of UNAIDS and helped to steer his country to great successes in the HIV response. We will miss him.” eSwatini’s Rising COVID Case Rate is a Warning for the African Continent But despite all of this, eSwatini has struggled to keep COVID cases from rising. The country has the 6th highest infection rates of SARS-CoV-2 on the continent, with 5,855 confirmed cases per million population. The continent’s average is 1,765: three times less. And although Africa has repeatedly dashed expectations during the pandemic, faring much better than most developed countries, that infection rate in eSwatini is growing aggressively: a trend found in its neighbouring countries. According to eSwatini’s health ministry, among its population of 1.1 million, the country has recorded 6,768 cases and 127 deaths, leaving a case fatality ratio (CFR) of 1.9%, only slightly lower than the global CFR at 2.2%. Lizzie Nkosi, the country’s Minister of Health, confirmed reports of recent increases in the number of COVID-linked deaths, flagging that the rise was particularly significant among people with co-existing medical conditions like diabetes, hypertension, cardiac disease and asthma. “We therefore urge the public to ensure that they do medical check-ups regularly, at least once a year and those diagnosed with a chronic illness should adhere to the treatment as advised by the health workers,” the ministry stated. This warning came 11 days before the Nigeria Center for Disease Control (NCDC) announced it had recorded “a sharp increase” in the number of COVID-19 cases across the country between 30 November and 6 December, sparking fears of an imminent second wave. NCDC added that the proportion of people who were COVID-positive among those tested had increased from under 4% to 6% compared to the previous week – still lower than the continental average of 10.7%. Elsewhere, in Tunisia, more than 1 in 5 COVID tests returned positive results, marking the highest positive test rate in Africa. Despite the Surge, African Health Leaders Fear They May Not Get Vaccines Until Mid-2021 This all comes as the continent watches countries in the Global North begin their COVID-19 vaccination campaigns. Africa is not expected to have access to vaccines until mid-2021. And as the holidays fast approach, Africa’s national and regional health authorities are concerned that citizens also are ignoring recommended guidelines. Earlier in December, Dr. John Nkengasong, Director of the Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention (Africa CDC) told Health Policy Watch that the gains made on the continent regarding the control of the pandemic are being threatened. To compensate, African leaders need to be more vocal in encouraging citizens to embrace and adhere to guidelines: “My greatest concern and fear is that the gains we’ve worked so hard to achieve may be eroded significantly if we relent [in] our public health and social measures. We need to go back to the basics – washing hands, keeping our distance, and most importantly, wearing masks.” The daily confirmed COVID-19 cases per millions people, in Nigeria, Tunisia and across the continent. But the key messages shared by Nkengasong and other public health officials aren’t attracting much attention. Among other political and business leaders and the general public, the widespread feeling is that stricter measures and adherence, as proposed, would extort a significant toll on mental and physical health, and on national economies: as is the case around the world. In African countries like Nigeria, as well, many people have yet to come to terms with the fact that the pandemic threat is real. In July, Health Policy Watch reported that the city’s leadership and a significant proportion of the general public do not consider the threat of COVID-19 to be strong enough to halt education or put families out of work. Despite the surge in cases seen in Nigeria, outdoor events are already returning, with indoor events also potentially on the horizon. On the other side of the continent, elections in Uganda have caused considerable mass gatherings for political rallies, with subsequent infection surges. And this is not deterring Ghanaians, who are now massing for their own election events. Even though regulators are advising against travel, citizens are doing so regardless. The laissez faire attitude has been attributed by public health experts as a result of the continent’s comparative success in handling the pandemic earlier in the year, as developed countries collapsed under the strain. Perhaps the news of Dlamini’s death could convince populations across Africa that the sky is yet to fall on the continent. It could be that this visualises the human cost of the pandemic in a way that data can’t. Regardless of the outcome, it is clear that for Africa the worst days are not yet behind it. Image Credits: World Economic Forum, Johns Hopkins University & Medicine, World Economic Forum. World Health Organization’s Censorship Of Report On Italy’s Pandemic Response Sets Dangerous International Precedent – Critics Say 15/12/2020 Nicoletta Dentico & Elaine Ruth Fletcher Piazza di Spagna. Rome – Scenes from the suppressed WHO Report, An Unprecedented Challenge The World Health Organization’s suppression of an independent report that critically examined both the strengths and weaknesses of Italy’s COVID-19 pandemic response – sets a dangerous precedent that compromises the international organization’s credibility at a time when WHO’s independence has been questioned – and the Italian national pandemic response is under intense scrutiny as well, longtime WHO observers in Italy are saying. The controversy revolves around the WHO report – “An unprecedented challenge – Italy’s first response to COVID-19” – which a senior WHO official, Ranieri Guerra attempted to censor and revise – before the publication was removed entirely by WHO’s European Regional Office from its official online link, just a day after being published in mid-May. Guerra, WHO Assistant Director General of Strategic Initiatives, is a former high-ranking official in Italy’s Ministry of Health, who served as director of the Ministry’s Prevention department between 2014 and 2017. As head of the Prevention team, Guerra should have taken the lead in the updating of Italy’s 2006 national pandemic preparedness plan – as per a 2013 European Commission request to EU member states. But the plan was never updated, critics say. A series of Health Policy Watch interviews with knowledgeable insiders suggest that Guerra sought the removal of the WHO report – largely to protect himself from claims that he and other senior officials had failed to update Italy’s pandemic preparedness plan in the period he served in the national government. WHO has explained the report’s disappearance saying that it had contained “factual inaccuracies” that needed to be remedied. But the report was painstakingly researched and executed by a large and experienced team of experts, under the direction of a senior figure in WHO’s Venice office, Francesco Zambon. A series of email exchanges between Guerra and Zambon as well as a new email disclosure, from Zambon to WHO’s European Regional Director, Hans Kluge that was obtained by Health Policy Watch, underline that the controversy swirling around the report was quintessentially political. Guerra even admitted in one email to Zambon that the report’s factual content was solid – but it needed to be alterered or removed because it would embarrass the Italian government. WHO Assistant Director General, Ranieri Guerra Critics say that Guerra was in fact acting to protect himself and other Italian government figures for alleged shortcomings in updating preparedness plans in the years just before the COVID-19 pandemic erupted. It is the narrative around those facts that Guerra sought to blur, they say, leading to the mysterious and disquieting removal of An unprecedented challenge, from the WHO website, on May 14, only a day after it had been published. The concern about the report’s suppression is all the more relevant today – insofar as a number of highly sensitive WHO-led investigations are underway to evaluate the global pandemic response, as well as performance of China and other countries worldwide. Wonders one longtime WHO observer: “If this is the situation with a European country with middling powers, what will be the outcome in the future when the Chinese role in the pandemic will have to be assessed?” Updated Pandemic Plan Could Have Saved 10,000 Lives An adequate pandemic plan, and its implementation at the regional level, could have saved 10,000 Italian lives among the 65,000 deaths recorded as of 14th December, according to one report of on Italian bio-emergency expert, Pier Paolo Lunelli. No such plan was in place when the mysterious coronavirus got its foothold in northern Italy in early 2020. And the WHO report describes the early days of hospital response in unflinching terms, stating: “Unprepared for such a flood of severely ill patients, the initial reaction of the hospitals was improvised, chaotic and creative.” In a series of emails on 11 May, recently aired on the investigative news programme, RAI Report of Italy’s public TV channel, Rai3, Guerra demanded that the references to chaos and improvisation be deleted. He also ordered Zambon to amend a reference to the 2006 national pandemic response plan, so as to say that had been “updated” in 2016 – a revision that Zambon refused to make – because it was untrue. Guerra demands a change in the report to say that the pandemic preparedness plan was “updated” in 2016. Zambon, lead coordinator refused, saying that would have been untrue. In late May, just after the WHO account had been withdrawn from the WHO publications data base and officials were debating what to do next, Zambon sent an email to Hans Kluge, director of WHO’s Regional Office protesting Guerra’s censorship moves – which he said had been politically motivated – and accompanied by threats against him of “dismissal” from his job. In Zambon’s email of May 27 to Kluge, Zambon warned that the pressures being applied by Guerra to modify the report could backfire – compromising WHO’s “independence and transparency.” “If a second revised version is issued with tailored ‘depurations’ of the text, consequences to the already compromised image – on this very point – of WHO will be, I am afraid, inevitable,” stated Zambon, who is Coordinator of WHO’s Venice-based European Office for Investment for Health and Development. Instead of being amended, the report was simply buried by WHO. But the Italian public and media, still restlessly sifting through the events that led up to the nation’s pandemic debacle, won’t let it die. Was Guerra Protecting WHO’s Reputation – Or His Own? Francesco Zambon, Coordinator of the WHO European Office for Investment for Health and Development in Venice, Italy By seeking the removal of the references to Italy’s lack of preparedness in the pre-pandemic period, Guerra was protecting himself from criticisim over his own performance during the years in which he would have been responsible for updating those same plans, Zambon also suggested to Kluge. “On 11 May, before seeing the sentence about the lack of a pandemic plan (which is a mere fact) Guerra emailed me saying that the publication is fantastic….” said Zambon. “Then he saw the sentence about the pandemic plan (first sentence 2.1 chapter), he first intimated me to remove it (email proving that) and then calling saying that if I had not removed it, he was already on the doorstep of the DG, saying that I was putting WHO under attack.” Already in May, Italian television was beginning to investigate the matter – and one TV report was “fully devoted to Guerra on the pandemic plan, as he was director of prevention at the MoH 2014-2017 – a second episode of the documentary further elaborated the point by showing that the text of the pandemic plan has not been updated since 2006,” Zambon informed Kluge. “As Guerra is a WHO advisor in Rome, should there be legal/administrative investigations on him, implications for the organization might be severe,” he further warned. Since May, the mysterious chain of events leading up to the report’s suppression have been the focus of further investigation by RAI Report, led by director Sigfrido Ranucci and lead reporter Giulio Valesini. The narrative illustrates how Guerra’s censorship efforts not only blurred the record over critical moments in pandemic response – it also breached the traditional “separation of powers” that has traditionally existed between WHO’s international staff – and their former roles and careers in national governments. Appointment of High Level Officials From National Governments – A Common Practice Guerra’s move from a high level position in Italy’s Ministry of Health to WHO headquarters in Geneva in 2017, was not at all unusual. There is a long tradition of WHO Director Generals recruiting high-ranking WHO officials from countries that are major WHO donors or supporters – and Italy is one of those countries in the EU bloc. There had also been friction between Italy and WHO during the previous WHO administration of Director General Margaret Chan – centering around Rome’s opposition to new WHO guidelines on limiting sugar intake which rankled some of Italy’s powerful food industries. And so incoming Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus was also keen to repair those bridges – and the appointment of an experienced and high ranking Italian in his administration signaled a turning of the page. Shortly before the report on Italy’s pandemic response was completed, Italy also made a major US$ 10 million voluntary contribution to the WHO. Even so, once such high-level appointments are made, the Organization has traditionally maintained a firewall against deeply involving those same officials in WHO reports or activities involving their country of origin. “Traditionally, once professional staff or senior staff are recruited internationally in Geneva they are not supposed to be involved with, or reassigned back to their countries of national origin,” notes one longtime observer familiar with WHO’s employment protocols. Guerra’s case, however, was unusual. After being recruited by WHO to Geneva office in 2017, he was “seconded” back to Italy’s Ministry of Health in March, 2020. But he also retained his WHO title as an Assistant Director General, and with it, the implicit affiliation with WHO headquarters and senior management. That, say insiders, is a clear breach of traditional WHO protocols for its international staff. “No ToR for his function to be found in Italy at the MoH,” said one observer close to the situation. “Whereas it is a common practice to have Member States second their staff to the WHO as a form of institutional support to the agency – this time it was a WHO staff to seconded to the staff of a national government – and to his country of origin – contrary to common practice.” Report’s Repression Has National and International Implications St. Marks Square, Venice, devoid of tourists and pilgrims during lockdown The supression of the WHO report on Italy’s pandemic response reverberates on both the national and international level, commented Italy’s Deputy Health Minister Pierpaolo Sileri on an Italian TV programme last Sunday, focusing on the WHO imbroglio. Firstly, the involvement of an influential Italian official in censoring a WHO report that was critical of his country – sets a bad precedent for the much broader WHO investigations that are just getting underway into the global pandemic response and the origins of the SARS-CoV-2 virus. That latter investigation is particularly sensitive as China so far has refused to even allow a visit to the country by the independent WHO committee charged with investigating the SARSCoV-2 virus origins – effectively barring investigators from the place where the first human infection clusters appeared in Wuhan in late 2019. Secondly, suppression of the report stands to potentially harm the communities in northern Italy that were the worst hit by the virus – and are still waging a legal battle to get to the roots of why their hospitals and factories remained open – even as infection rates were exploding. Just recently, WHO legal officials also have resisted appeals by Italian legal officials to let Zambon and others involved in preparing the report to testify in an ongoing legal investigation over the government’s slow and faulty pandemic response. Mapping of the initial phases of the COVID-19 outbreak in the WHO report, “An unprecedented challenge.” The legal investigation is centered around the northern Italian town of Bergamo, in the Val Seriana region. The area, which has very close business and manufacturing ties with China, was one of the first epicenters of the outbreak. National government officials were slower to lock down the area than other nearby locales. Rather than shutting Bergamo and neighboring communities down quickly, as per the decisions taken for some other hotspots in northern Italy, the central government’s response in the Val Seriana region was marked by a series of zig-zags that remain unexplained until today. After WHO rebuffed a number of subpoenas from local legal officials requesting Zambon and other members of his team to testify in the local investigations, citing a 1947 UN Convention that grants staff of international agencies immunity to many forms of legal proceedings, Italy’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs last week submitted a formal request to WHO to allow Zambon and others involved to allow them to testify. “In view of the excellent collaboration between Italy and the WHO, further strengthened during the Covid19 pandemic, I ask you to consider – in the spirit of Section 22 of the 1947 Convention – the possibility of allowing the WHO officials and experts to comply with the Attorney’s request to appear for interview as persons informed about the facts,” states the Italian MFA letter to WHO’s Dr Tedros delivered in Geneva last week. Breaches Of Good Practice Are Institutional – As Well As Individual Guerra’s initial attempts to alter the report prior to its publication, were described in detail by the Italian investigative news series Rai Report. A brusque email reportedly sent by Guerra to Zambon on 11 May, and aired on the TV programme over the past two weeks, stated [in Italian]: “You need to correct the text immediately: national influenza pandemic preparedness and response plan; Ministry of Health; 2006 (…) And report what is available on the Ministry of Health website (…) last update in December 2016. Don’t mess me up on this one. …I begged you to let me read the draft before printing… damn it…Now I’m blocking everything with Soumya,” it states – a reference to WHO Chief Scientist Soumya Swaminathan. “Get me the modified version as soon as you can. It simply can’t come out this way. Please no bullshit. Thank you and excuse the tone, Ranieri.” WHO ADG Ranieri Guerra explains why WHO criticism of Italy would harm the current government – which just gave the organization 10 million Euros. In a follow-up mail, also aired by RAI Report, Guerra assured Zambon that “there are no doubts or criticisms about a work that is certainly valuable from the point of view of content,… but I don’t think you fully realize what political issues are overlapping at the moment.” Guerra went on to say that a critical WHO account of Italy’s pandemic response would be perceived as undermining the current Minister of Health, Robert Speranza and thus not be “doing the country a good service” – particularly in light of the fact that Italy had just given WHO a major voluntary donation amoungt to €10 million. But the intrusion of politics and related breaches of practices in technical activities are not Guerra’s alone, informed observers point out. An institutional pattern of conflicts that has also emerged out of the narrative. Whether it was Kluge or WHO Director General Dr Tedros himself who made the decision to pull the WHO report on Italy’s response – after it had already been formally approved and issued – Zambon’s job is also now on the line, sources say. This is despite his longtime tenure in WHO and six years of “outstanding” performance evaluations. He has reportedly been obliged to engage a lawyer in Italy as well as one in Geneva – as well as placing a case before the WHO Ombudsperson. Zambon Warns Of Harm to WHO’s Reputation – Impacts on Other Investigations In his lengthy email of 27 May, Zambon also warned Kluge about the potential reputational and organizational impacts of Guerra’s attempts to censor the report and interfere in its final publication. “Dear Hans, I received your message yesterday and understood that Guerra is “negotiating” with counterparts in Italy about the Italy report,” reads the email from Zambon to Kluge. “I am puzzled he was given this role as a) he disassociated himself from the report and b) I am the coordinator of the report,” said Zambon. The moves were compromising WHO’s independence and transparency, he added: “WHO independence. – This is an independent review. I cannot see how this could be written together, nor reviewed by the involved parties such as the MOH, Italy’s National Health Institute (Istituto Superiore di Sanità, ISS) as suggested. “WHO transparency. Publication was disseminated to 15,000 contacts. If a second revised version is issued with tailored ‘depurations’ of the text, consequences to the already compromised image – on this very point – of WHO will be, I am afraid, inevitable. Zambon added: “The independent review of WHO, decided at WHA [the World Health Assembly] on how WHO reacted to COVID will certainly include products produced by WHO, and cleared by HQ. “Being this publication the only one with China reporting on MSs’ [member states} response of one of the hardest hit countries, it will certainly not go unnoticed,” added Zambon. He concluded noting that WHO has “strict procedures for clearance of published products. All approvals were obtained, including HQ clearance.” But more than that, “A large team of experts worked literally days and nights with one motivation, making sure that what happened in Italy is not repeated in those countries behind in time in the epidemic curve. The report contains important messages, extrapolated from facts on what worked (many things) and the blind spots of the system. No accusatory tone at all is used in the publication. Furthermore it contains a wealth of subnational practices with the unique regional profiles…. “I find it difficult to understand how an ad hoc created diplomatic incident (with a specific purpose as mentioned above) can withhold what could surely be of benefit to a large number of MSs {member states],” Zambon concludes. After Withdrawing Report – WHO Issues Video Praising Italy’s Response WHO did not stop with the withdrawal of a painstakingly detailed and substantive report. In late September the Organization also posted a video on Italy’s pandemic response, which contained nothing but praise. No mention was made of the delayed response to the initial clusters of outbreak in Bergamo – or the failure to update the 2006 preparedness plan. Rather, events were framed as entirely unexpected and unavoidable: “We woke up like in a bad dream” one official, Flavia Riccardo, is quoted in the video as saying. On Monday, WHO”s European office published a press statement about the report, stating the following: “On 13 May 2020, the WHO Regional Office for Europe published a document titled “An unprecedented challenge: Italy’s first response to COVID-19.” “The document, written by experts based at the WHO European Office for Investment for Health and Development, in Venice, Italy, focused on the Government of Italy’s pandemic response. It was intended for use by other countries who might wish to learn from Italy’s early experience fighting COVID-19. “Following publication, factual inaccuracies were found in the text and the WHO Regional Office for Europe removed the document from the website, with the intent to correct errors and republish it. By the time corrections were made, WHO had established a new global mechanism – called the “Intra-action Review” – as a standard tool for countries to evaluate their responses and share lessons learned. The original document (“An unprecedented challenge”) was therefore never republished. “At no time did the Italian government ask WHO to remove the document.” Asked about the announcement at the Monday WHO press briefing, WHO referred reporters to WHO’s European Regional Office for further comment. Image Credits: WHO, An Unprecedented Challenge . Coronavirus Variant Identified In England 14/12/2020 J Hacker Warning: Attempt to read property "post_title" on null in /home/clients/58f2a29976672af522a8f4d82ffa28b6/web/wp-content/plugins/better-image-credits/better-image-credits.php on line 227 UK Health Secretary Matt Hancock. Sixty different local authorities in England have reported around 1,000 infections caused by a new COVID-19 variant. The variant is not thought to have an impact on disease severity or mortality, or on the efficacy of a vaccine. It has been reported to WHO. Health Secretary Matt Hancock said in Parliament today: “We have identified a new variant of coronavirus which may be associated with the faster spread in the South East of England. Initial analysis suggests that this variant is growing faster than the existing variants.” “WHO [is] working together with scientists around the world, evaluating each of the variants that are being identified,” said Dr Maria Van Kerkhove, WHO COVID-19 Technical Lead, in a press briefing on Monday. She added that studies designed to understand the “virus’ behaviour, its ability to transmit or its ability to cause different forms of disease” are “underway in the UK”. The UK is currently experiencing a sharp rise in cases, notably in London, the South East and South Wales. “Above all, this is a reminder that there is still so much to learn about COVID-19 … The speed at which this has been picked up on is also testament to this phenomenal research effort,” said Dr Jeremy Farrar, Director of Wellcome. “However, there is no room for complacency. We have to remain humble and be prepared to adapt and respond to new and continued challenges as we move into 2021.” He added that there will be surprises in how the virus “evolves and [in] the trajectory of the pandemic in the coming year.” The full statement delivered by Matt Hancock is available here. One In Four Health Facilities Worldwide Lack Basic Water Access, WHO Report Finds 14/12/2020 Svĕt Lustig Vijay In the world’s 47 least-developed countries, 50% of healthcare facilities lack basic water services and 60% lack sanitation services. The former is the first line of defence against any infectious disease. One out of every four health facilities worldwide lacks even the most basic access to water supplies. And in the world’s 47 least developed countries, one in every two facilities lacks such access, according to a new WHO report, co-authored with UNICEF, on access to water, sanitation and hygiene (WASH) in health care facilities. The report also found that one out of every 10 health facilities, including hospitals, lack sanitation services, and one out of three lack facilities basic waste management services to dispose of health care waste – waste that has exploded during the pandemic with the expanded use of personal protective equipment, SARS-CoV2 testing materials alongside the large amounts of disposable waste that is routinely generated. The dearth of safe water and sanitation facilities is most dire in the world’s 47 least-developed countries (LDCs), where three in five health facilities lack basic sanitation services, and seven out of 10 facilities fail to segregate and manage infectious healthcare waste management adequately. The net result is that nearly 2 billion people who rely on those health services, as well as the healthcare workers employed in them, are at heightened risk of infections, including from COVID-19, in the midst of the current pandemic. The new report Fundamentals first: Universal water, sanitation, and hygiene services in health care facilities for safe, quality care, published on Monday, comes only days after Universal Health Coverage Day was observed. WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. “Working in a healthcare facility without water, sanitation and hygiene is akin to sending nurses and doctors to work without personal protective equipment” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO Director-General on Monday. “Water supply, sanitation and hygiene in health care facilities are fundamental to stopping COVID-19. But there are still major gaps to overcome, particularly in least developed countries.” The report follows an initial baseline analysis last year of WASH in healthcare. The new report is far more comprehensive than last year’s analysis, providing a more robust profile of the situation around the world, Tom Slaymaker, Senior Statistics & Monitoring Specialist at UNICEF, told Health Policy Watch. Specifically, this year’s report includes data from 165 countries and 794,000 facilities, compared to last year’s data from 125 countries and 560,000 healthcare facilities. But large gaps in data remain, he stressed, in global estimates for sanitation, hygiene and environmental services coverage. Countries Are Off Track When it Comes to Universal Access Despite some pockets of progress, the report warns that countries are “significantly” off track to achieve universal access to basic WASH services within a decade. While 85% of the 47 least developed countries surveyed undertook situational analyses on access to WASH services, less than a third have costed out new national strategies to improve the situation. And only 10% have integrated WASH indicators into monitoring of national health systems. This includes just 5 countries: Benin, Serbia, Lebanon, Thailand and Nigeria. Every dollar invested in hand hygiene alone in health care facilities can generate a return of US$15, OECD found in 2018. “During these unprecedented times, it’s even more clear how fundamental WASH is for prevention of infections and improving health outcomes,” said the World Bank’s Global Director of Health, Nutrition and Population, Muhammad Pate. “We must work even closer together to ensure that WASH is included in all interventions and at scale.” Funding WASH in healthcare facilities is among the most cost-effective investments that governments can make, emphasized Jennifer Sara, Global Director for Water at the World Bank Group. Every dollar invested in hand hygiene alone in health care facilities can generate a return of US$15, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) found in 2018. “For millions of healthcare workers across the world, water is PPE,” she said. “It is essential that financing keeps flowing to bring water and sanitation services to those battling the COVID crisis on the front lines.” WASH is Fundamental to Sustainable Development Goals & COVID-19 Response As populations around the world anticipate a COVID-19 jab, access to WASH services in healthcare facilities has become more critical than ever before. For healthcare workers – who have borne about 15% of the global COVID-19 case toll, even though they account for only 3% of the world’s population – this is especially pressing “Many [healthcare workers] have fainted after wearing PPE for a long time,” one nursing officer in India was quoted as saying in the report. “We are dehydrated and not drinking enough water. Nurses are being diagnosed with urinary tract infections – it starts leaking and you want to talk about dignity!” healthcare workers constitute about 3% of the world’s population but have borne about 15% of the global COVID-19 case toll. Inadequate WASH services can also fuel neglected tropical diseases, which affect 1 in 5 people worldwide, mostly in low- and middle-income countries (LMICs). They also account for 11 million sepsis deaths a year, a preventable life-threatening condition, predominantly affecting newborn children, pregnant or recently pregnant women, as well as those living in LMICs. In Malawi, where maternal mortality is 30 times higher than in high-income countries, a midwife said in the report: “I remember vividly [when] we had to take women who had just given birth to a nearby river to wash. It would take 45 minutes. Some would collapse along the way. I felt sad for them. But there was no running water at the health facility.” Apart from infection control and prevention, access to WASH services can also curb antimicrobial resistance, improve quality care, and bolster health system resilience. Image Credits: UN Water, UNECE, Government ZA. WHO Calls On World Leaders To “Honor Their Pledge” To Fund COVID-19 Vaccines; South Africa Raises Spectre Of “Vaccine Apartheid” 11/12/2020 J Hacker, Svĕt Lustig Vijay & Elaine Ruth Fletcher The WHO Director General said that COVAX is “in danger of becoming no more than a noble gesture” if funding is not secured. WHO’s Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus on Friday issued yet another plea to leaders of rich countries to “honor their pledges” to fund COVID-19 vaccines sufficient to immunize the highest risk groups across the world. He spoke a day after South African officials raised the spectre that the world was heading towards a state of “vaccine apartheid” whereby rich countries would be able to immunize large sections of their population with vaccines now coming on the market – to which poor countries would not get rapid and widespread access.” “Our political leaders have pledged to make vaccines a global public good, but that pledge has to be translated into action,” said Dr Tedros, speaking at a Friday WHO press conference. “I call on world leaders to honor their pledges,” he added. “Sharing the vaccine and having the inoculation everywhere means faster recovery and it’s in the interest of each and every country in the world, lives and livelihoods will get back to normal.” Speaking earlier in the week at a UN high level meeting, the WHO DG said that COVAX is “in danger of becoming no more than a noble gesture”. Soumya Swaminathan, WHO Chief Scientist. Countries also need to ensure that they have logical distribution plans at the domestic level – so that people most at risk of dying from COVID-19 will get the vaccines first, said WHO’s Chief Scientist Soumya Swaminathan, also speaking at the WHO Friday briefing. “The fact is we are going to have limited doses all over the world, and we need to prioritize those at highest risk of getting the infection and dying from the infection – those are the front line health care workers and the elderly. The rest of us have to be more patient, and rely on the [masking and social distancing] measures we have already been using,” said Swaminathan. WTO Member States Fail To Agree On “Waiver” For COVID-19 Vaccines & Medicines WHO has tried to persuade rich countries to come up with some US$ 4.3 billion immediately and US$ 28 billion over the next year, to adequately fund vaccines, medicines and tests through its massive ACT Accelerator Initiative. Arguing that philanthropy is no longer the solution to the gaping disparities in access to COVID health products that is emerging, South Africa and India have been leading a countermeasure – a World Trade Organization initiative for a broad intellectual property (IP) waiver on any COVID health products. The proposed waiver would cover patents, copyrights, trade secrets and industrial designs – a measure that the sponsors say would allow low- and middle-income countries to legally acquire and use proprietary technologies more easily than is possible under the current exceptions available for health emergencies under the WTO TRIPS Agreement (Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights). However the measure was shelved for the time being after Thursday’s WTO meeting, where developed countries, including the United States and members of the European Union blocked advancement of the waiver proposal. The measure had won the support of a large bloc of low- and middle-income countries in Africa, Latin America and Asia – although other big powers such as China and Russia have also straddled the fence. South Africa, in its remarks at the meeting, charged that the opponents would be “reinforcing vaccine apartheid” by their inaction. The proposal, originally submitted to the WTO on 2 October asks that the Organization allows countries to suspend the protection of certain kinds of IP related to the prevention, containment and treatment of COVID-19. Under the proposal, the wiaver would last until widespread COVID-19 vaccination is in place globally, and when the world’s population has developed immunity to the virus. Despite support from countries including Kenya, Jamaica and Argentina, objection from larger members has meant that the proposal has been shelved until the next meeting in March. Negotiators have argued that countries in the global South lack an “enabling” environment to develop vaccine industries. “Manufacturers should be able to go ahead and produce without being sued for infringing intellectual property rules,” one expert was reported as saying after yesterday’s negotiations. Patents, IP and other legal barriers severely hinder a country’s ability to access tools like vaccines and treatments in a timely manner, the South African delegation argued. “Those delegations opposing the waiver proposal have repeatedly suggested that voluntary approaches offer the best solution,” stated South Africa in its closing arguments Thursday. “As would have been emphasized, the TRIPS waiver proposal is supportive of any voluntary licenses issued by companies, however the terms of such licenses are often such that they may restrict access or reserve supply only for wealthy nations. “Similarly, for vaccines, bilateral deals are being signed by pharmaceutical companies with specific governments but the details of these deals are mostly unknown. Usually these agreements are for manufacturing of limited amounts and solely supplying a country’s territory or a limited subset of countries.” The delegation also pressed for information on the European Commission’s IP action plan, which calls for the “voluntary pooling and licensing of intellectual property related to COVID-19 therapeutics and vaccines … to promote equitable global access as well as a fair return on investment”. In its address, South Africa also questioned how the EU intends to act on its “lofty rhetoric”, citing that there has been limited transparency or explanation as to the mechanisms it proposes that would enable the pooling of IP. Among the opponents, Canada was among the high-income countries that appeared to be seeking a mediating role. It urged WTO members to continue discussions based on “mutual understandings and consensual solutions” – although its statement also suggested that the “overall TRIPS system works well”. Countering that, advocates pointed to a recent South Centre study of IP regimes and TRIPS flexibilities in almost 30 African countries, which found that the regime is is “far from optimal”. A handful of other middle and high-income countries countries, including Kenya, Jamaica and Argentina also expressed favorable views about the proposal. But the overriding objections from most of the WTO’s most industrialized member states effectively means that the WTO TRIPS Council – which oversees the WTO agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) – will be shelved for the time being. The next TRIPS Council meeting is in March 2021; meanwhile members have agreed to submit an oral status report to the General Council for next week. Pardoxically, the meeting came just a day before the Medicines Patent Pool, a UN-backed organization, celebrated its 10 year anniversary. The MPP was created to facilitate access to medicines through voluntary licenses with patent holders. Over the past ten years, MPP has secured 15 billion doses of HIV, hepatitis and tuberculosis medicines across 141 countries. Today @wto Members agreed to continue discussions on TRIPS #COVID19 waiver proposal. 🇨🇦 is committed to mutual understanding & consensual solutions.Canada’s statement: 👉🏾https://t.co/4MUTclPR8L@CanadaTrade — Canada in Geneva 🍁 (@CanadaGeneva) December 10, 2020 COVAX: Insufficient Funds and Targets? In Thursday’s debate South Africa also drew attention to the failings of the COVAX facility so far to raise sufficient funds for the massive distribution of 2 billion vaccine doses, sufficient for immunizing 1 billion people in 2021. So far, the facility has raised funds and made deals for the procurement of about half that amount of vaccine doses, said Dr. Tedros on Friday. But even if the COVAX Facility’s 2021 targets were met, those would be “insufficient to meet global needs of the 7.7 billion people of this world”, South Africa said in its statement at the WTO meeting. The COVAX target to provide 245 million courses of treatment for low- and middle-income countries is insufficient, the delegation said. It noted that the targets to immunise 1 billion people globally, and bring 245 million courses of treatment and 500 million diagnostic tests to low- and middle-income countries are not enough to make equitable care and timely access “a reality.” And anyway at the moment, South Africa charged, “more than 90% of all future production of likely vaccine candidates being reserved for rich developed countries”. “Ad hoc, non-transparent and unaccountable bilateral deals that artificially limit supply and competition cannot reliably deliver access during a global pandemic,” warned South Africa on Thursday. “These bilateral deals do not demonstrate global collaboration but rather reinforces ‘vaccine apartheid’ and enlarges chasms of inequity.“ Switzerland, for instance, has already bought up some 16 million vaccine doses through bilateral deals with Pfizer, Moderna and AstraZeneca, enough to vaccinate its entire population, in spite of the fact that half of the country’s citizens have declared that they would not want to get a COVID-19 jab, even if it were proven to be safe and effective. Image Credits: WHO, Eli Lilly. US FDA Commissioner Stephen Hahn Signals Approval of Pfizer Vaccine – Tells CDC To Get Ready For Rollout 11/12/2020 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & J Hacker Warning: Attempt to read property "post_title" on null in /home/clients/58f2a29976672af522a8f4d82ffa28b6/web/wp-content/plugins/better-image-credits/better-image-credits.php on line 227 Commissioner Stephen Hahn said that the FDA had notified the officials handling vaccine distribution logistics for the US’ ‘Operation Warp Speed’ so they can begin timely execution of their plans. United States Food and Drug Agency Commissioner Stephen Hahn Friday said that the agency will “rapidly work toward the finalization and issuance of an emergency use authorization” for the cutting edge Pfizer/BioNTech COVID-19 vaccine – following a vote by an independent FDA expert panel on Thursday recommending that the vaccine be approved. FDA Commissioner @SteveFDA and @FDACBER Director Dr. Peter Marks issue a statement on yesterday’s Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee Meeting. https://t.co/8uKTTDTYcx pic.twitter.com/2aufBaMTez — U.S. FDA (@US_FDA) December 11, 2020 Hahn said that the FDA had notified the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and officials handling vaccine distribution logistics for the US’ ‘Operation Warp Speed’ “so they can execute their plans for timely distribution” of the vaccine across the country. Currently, the US has more than 6 million active cases of COVID-19 and is seeing new cases reported at a rate of 200,000 a day. The daily confirmed cases in the current 10 most affected countries. US FDA Approval – Signal For WHO & The World US FDA approval will not only open the floodgates of vaccine distribution in the United States. As the world’s flagship regulatory agency, it will send a strong signal to the rest of the world that the vaccine is effective and safe. The European Medicines Agency is next set to review the Pfizer request on 12 January. To speed up regulatory approvals elsewhere in the world, WHO will also be issuing its own “Emergency Use Licenses (EUL)” for quality-assured vaccines, WHO Chief Scientist Soumya Swaminathan said at WHO’s Friday press conference. She noted that the WHO assessments would be done with a number of other national regulatory agencies – and could then provide a “stamp of efficacy and manufacturing quality”, upon which other countries could rely. The approvals would also support more rapid distribution of vaccines through the WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine facility. Soumya Swaminathan, WHO Chief Scientist. “We have asked countries to either accept the WHO EUL or another stringent regulatory agency approval,” said Swaminathan. “What we don’t want is for every country to start their own national assessment because that will take a lot of time.” She said that WHO will review vaccines submitted to the agency for approval on a rolling basis as Phase III trials are completed. “We expect in the coming weeks we will be reviewing the Pfizer-BioNTech vaccine and coming out with something,” Swaminathan said, adding that she expected the Moderna and AstraZeneca vaccines to be next in line. “Products issued by a stringent regulatory authority can also be used by the COVAX facility so there will be no barrier to speedy use,” added WHO’s Bruce Aylward, a senior advisor to the WHO Director General. FDA Recommendation Is Not Without Reservations – Concerns About Vaccine Allergy & Hesitancy Thursday’s 17 to 4 vote, with 1 abstention, by the Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee (VRBPAC) reflected the overall high level of confidence that the vaccine had earned – but also some reservations. Those centered largely around the safety of vaccines in young people and other vulnerable populations, as well as how vaccination centres would cope with potential allergic reactions – following two instances in the United Kingdom, which began rolling out the vaccine on Tuesday. WATCH LIVE: The Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee meeting has resumed. The committee is now expected to continue their discussion and then vote. https://t.co/9Eex3hp5Pp — U.S. FDA (@US_FDA) December 10, 2020 Reports of UK healthcare workers experiencing allergic reactions to Pfizer’s vaccine may have a negative impact on vaccine uptake in the US, the panel noted. Two healthcare workers in the UK experienced allergic reactions after their injection on Tuesday, leading the British Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (MHRA) to issue a warning that anyone with a history of severe allergies should refrain from getting the jab. The two workers – who are believed to have suffered anaphylactoid reactions (less severe than anaphylaxis) – had a history of allergies, and are recovering well. While there is currently not enough data to suggest how likely or severe a reaction could be, the FDA experts expressed concerns about how public concerns around allergic reactions could also impact vaccine uptake. Tens of millions of Americans with a history of severe allergic reactions could now be hesitant to receive an injection, Paul Offit, vaccinologist from the Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia, said during the FDA panel meeting, which was broadcast live. The FDA expert review group was already aware of the possibility that the Pfizer vaccine could cause an allergic reaction, prior to the occurrences in the UK when it launched its vaccination campaign on Tuesday. This could have a significant impact on attempts to reach high levels of overall immunity, even as the most recent surveys show that the number of Americans willing to be vaccinated has risen to 6 in 10. However, the FDA expert review group was already aware of the possibility that the Pfizer vaccine could cause an allergic reaction, prior to the occurrences in the UK. Pfizer’s draft EUA had been updated several weeks ago warning that anyone with an allergy to a component of the vaccines should not get it, said Marion Gruber, director of the office of vaccines research and review at the FDA. Equipment for dealing with severe allergic reactions should therefore be available on vaccine sites, the EUA draft request stated. Questions Remain: Can Pregnant Women and 16 Year Olds Get the Vaccine? A lack of sufficient data on the vaccine’s safety in pregnant and lactating women as well as adolescents aged 16-17 were the other key issues of debate among the expert panelists. Pfizer’s EUA submission only included data on 153 participants aged 16-17. The overall lack of data appeared to be the main source of the concern, with no clear negatives or side effects specific to this age group reported. As Offit noted: “We have clear evidence of a benefit. All we have on the other side is theoretical risk.” Arnold Monto, an epidemiologist who chaired the panel, said: “We will get more data as we start using the vaccine more extensively. “With rare outcomes, you have to start using the vaccine in order to see them.” It is highly unlikely the FDA will authorise a vaccine for these groups until a reproductive toxicity study is complete. The experts also were undecided about whether pregnant and lactating women should receive the vaccine – due to a similar lack of evidence in the Phase III study trials. Pregnant women are often excluded from such trials, at least at the initial phases, in order to avoid unknown long-term effects on their fetus. Manufacturers have been told to conduct developmental and reproductive toxicity (DART) studies, which indicate if a vaccine presents any risk to a fetus. Pfizer has reported that its preliminary results will be ready within days. Until these studies are complete, it is highly unlikely the FDA will authorise a vaccine for these groups. Image Credits: BioNTech, US Senate, Johns Hopkins University & Medicine, WHO. COVID-19 Reveals Weakness Of Global Health Financing Systems, Says New WHO Expenditure Report 11/12/2020 Raisa Santos COVID-19 has revealed disproportionate spending in health systems between low- and middle-income countries and high-income countries. The combined health and economic shocks triggered by COVID-19 have revealed profound weaknesses in health systems, with direct consequences on the future of healthcare, says a new World Health Organisation report on global health financing systems. “COVID-19 has revealed [the] underlying weakness of country and global health financing systems. There needs to be a proactive policy response. The year 2020 is the ultimate proof that investing in health is good for people and good for the economy,” said Agnes Soucat, one of the head writers on the new WHO report, Global Spending on Health: Weathering the storm. The global health expenditure report highlights COVID-19’s devastating impact worldwide – describing global patterns and trends prior to the pandemic, the changes in allocation levels in 2020 arising from country responses, and the challenges raised by future health spending and equitable access to healthcare. All countries have responded to the health and related economic crisis of COVID-19 with exceptional budget allocations, and yet there have been stark differences in response depending on a country’s income level, the report reveals. Low-Income Countries Allocated the Least Per Capita – but Most of Their Budgets Channeled Into COVID Response Per capita, high-income countries spent far more on the COVID-19 response, averaging US$205, as compared to middle-income countries US$20 and low-income countries US$3. But low-income countries allocated the largest proportion of their health budgets to the response. Per capita budget allocations for the COVID-19 health response and per capita pre-COVID-19 public spending on health, by income group, constant US$ 2018. Low-income countries allocated the highest proportion of health budgets to the response. And at the same time, those proportionately higher allocations may not have been used to their full potential due to pre-existing financial management issues that hinder budget implementation – spending authorization delays and difficulty in channelling resources towards service providers are some examples. “Health spending has an impact on unmet health needs. During COVID-19, unmet health needs have implications for health equity. Poor and vulnerable populations suffer disproportionately,” said Dr Soonman Kwon, Professor at the School of Public Health at Seoul National University, who also spoke at the launch of the report. Almost all countries will see economic contraction in 2020, with the rest experiencing a major slowdown in growth. Stringent lockdowns reduce countries’ ability to cope with COVID-19’s economic impact, but other factors include constrained trade, tourism, and remittances, and ongoing fiscal challenges such as low tax revenues, high debt servicing and large deficits. Declining economic activity has increased unemployment and reduced working hours, and unemployment rates are expected to increase. This has the potential to decrease revenues from employment-based contributions, while both economic and health needs rise. Low-Income Countries Continue to Spend Far Less, Per Capita On Health – and Much More On Infectious Diseases Before the COVID-19 pandemic, global spending on health was rising, albeit at a slower rate in recent years, peaking at $8.3 million in 2018. But there have been deep-seated disparities in where and how money was spent. More than 75% of global spending on health in the WHO regions of the Americas and Europe, while WHO’s Western Pacific Region accounted for 19% of global spending, South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean regions accounted for only 2%, and the African region only 1%. The differences have continued to grow over time. Health spending by World Health Organisation region and country, 2018. Most health spending took place in the WHO Americas and European regions in 2018. Low-income countries also continue to depend heavily on donor funding. Aid for health per capita more than doubled in real terms from 2000 to 2018, accounting for a quarter of lower income countries’ health spending in 2018. Two-thirds of external aid for health addressed infectious diseases in both low- and middle-income countries (LMICs). In middle-income countries, HIV alone accounted for nearly half the aid for health. Other key trends in lower income countries include: Average domestic spending on health was only about about 4.4% of GDP, or US$ 34 per capita in 2018, of which nearly 60% was out-of-pocket. Average government spending on health was only US$ 9 per capita in 2018, about 1.2% of GDP, and the priority given to health in public spending has been declining between 2000 and 2018. In low-income countries, infectious diseases accounted for half of overall health spending, while in middle income countries, they accounted for one-third. Noncommunicable diseases accounted for about 30% of health spending in middle-income countries and about 13% in low-income countries – even though NCD rates are soaring in LMICs. Spending disaggregated by disease or programme, by country income group, 2018. Low-income countries spent half their overall health spending on infectious diseases, while middle-income countries spent one-third. Noncommunicable diseases accounted for about 30% of the health spending in middle-income countries and about 13% in low-income countries. “Equitable allocation of resources needs to remain font and center of any decision-making. Civil society plays a crucial role to demand that spending is geared to community needs,” said Lenio Capsaskis, Head of Health Policy, Advocacy and Research at Save the Children UK. Opportunity for Financial “Reset” in a Post-COVID World The health sector must work closely with finance authorities in public spending especially in the health sector’s role in delivering the COVID-19 vaccine and other common goods for health. The health sector must work more closely with finance authorities to raise health care spending as a higher priority in government budgets, the report underlines. There is an opportunity for economic ‘reset’ in countries with weak health financing systems following the pandemic, the report advises. Health policy leaders can aim to raise awareness among other government sectors – using COVID vaccines as an example of a “common good” important to health and restarting economies. The report puts forward six recommendations that call for a new “health financing compact” for a post-COVID world. Secure domestic public spending on health as both a societal and an economic priority – The global GDP loss due to the pandemic is estimated to be approximately US $4 trillion , while needed funding for Common Goods for Health to ensure epidemic preparedness is estimated to be approximately US $150 billion per year. Investing in Common Goods for health should incorporate the implementation of International Health Regulations, epidemic preparedness, essential public health functions, animal health and environmental health. Fund Common Goods for Health as step zero of equitable access to healthcare at a country level – The Common Goods for health are core, top-priority public health functions focused on population-based health that require collective action. They can be grouped into five categories: policy coordination; laws and regulations; information (including surveillance); taxes and subsidies; and public health programs. Invest in global Common Goods for Health to enable global health security – The global international architecture is not well suited to the current health challenges and has no sustained revenue for the common goods of health. Unified guidance is lacking on using funds for preparedness and on making trade-offs between research and development, regulation, and surveillance and information. A tracking mechanism is needed to identify spending beyond that of any one country. Prioritise public funding to ensure equity of access and financial protection through a primarily health care approach – Clear priorities in spending need to ensure access for everyone to essential health services. Public subsidies are needed to ensure universal equitable access. How much governments fund, what health functions and systems they support, and how effective systems are in using public funds will define the role of private health spending. Increase the level of aid to lower income countries, but adjust aid modalities – Lower income countries face severe fiscal constraints that include increasing debts that may limit social sector spending in the future. This is occurring concurrently with the decrease in external aid. Sustained aid in the form of grants, concessional lending and debt relief will be needed to strengthen health systems so countries build preparedness and strengthen public health systems that deliver equitable access to health. Fund national institutions for transparent and inclusive tracking of health spending at both country and global levels – Timely monitoring of spending is essential for monitoring health system performance and ensuring transparency and accountability. Given the vast effort and resources devoted to COVID-19 control, real time monitoring is needed to assess how actual spending supports health system performance. This can help governments gain the trust of their population, a proven factor for the effective control of the COVID-19 pandemic. Said Dr Michael Borotwitz, Chief Economist at Global Fund, on the report recommendations: “We need to figure out how to fund global public goods, and come together and support WHO in this area. We need to link health security and national health accounts.” Image Credits: elycefeliz/Flickr, WHO, Marco Verch/Flickr. Patient Care After COVID: Providers Must Correct ‘One Size Fits All’ Approach, Experts Say 10/12/2020 Raisa Santos 2019 Asia Pacific Patients Congress in Taipei, Taiwan; IAPO’s Asia Pacific Patients Congress hopes to bring patients and patient groups together in the Western Asia and Southeast Asia region Raising a conversation about patients rights and patient care over the din of the COVID-19 pandemic is not easy. But hundreds of patient groups and thousands of attendees drew together virtually last week at the 2nd Asia-Pacific Patients Congress to talk about how to reclaim a voice and space for patient rights in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic – where patients have been more disempowered than ever before. COVID-19 has greatly altered the patient experience, shifting people more than ever from an active to a passive role in their health care, especially in the initial stages of the pandemic, said Dr Sanjiv Kumar, Chair of the India Alliance of Patient Groups. “[Patients] were picked up from homes and placed in hospitals. They were not allowed initially to even make phone calls to their friends and relatives; no visitors were allowed. It was more like putting somebody in a jail,” he said. Speaking at the keynote event, ‘Patients’ co-creation in future proofing health systems: preparedness for the next phase of the pandemic’, Sanjiv reflected on how COVID-19 has been “treated not as a health problem, but as a law and order situation” in India and many other countries. The stigma has been reinforced by measures created by the government and police authorities, where the implementation of restricted areas and red zones prevented people and patients from entering and leaving areas. According to Dr Sanjiv, healthcare must shift to a people-centered approach that allows patient participation and respects their needs and preferences – if goals for equity, quality and universal access are ever to be achieved.. “The patient community underscored the reality that for sustainable universal health coverage, there needs to be active patient engagement at all levels of the health system decision-making process,” said Karen Alparce-Villanueva, Secretary of the International Alliance of Patients’ Organisations (IAPO), speaking at the event. IAPO 2nd Asia Pacific Patients Congress – inaugural launch, featuring, clockwise, Karen Alparce-Villanueva, Dr Neda Milevska, and Dr Ratna Devi Patients As Experts in Healthcare The Congress – which ran 3 – 4 December and drew in 298 patient groups and 3046 attendees from 66 countries – included presentations on topics such as digital literacy, patient registries, clinical trials and increased participation, patient safety, reducing harm, patients led research, patient co-authorship, regulatory reliance and harmonisation, and building back better healthcare systems post COVID-19. “COVID-19, took a lot of the attention and resources globally, but we wanted to leave no one behind,” said Dr Neda Milevska Kostova, Vice-Chair at IAPO, who spoke on initiatives created by IAPO, such as the Congress, that have been organized to “make patient voices heard.” The Congress is one of several regional conferences organized by IAPO that occur annually in order to fulfill the vision of seeing patients and patient groups at the center of healthcare. Speakers flagged that patients’ right to choice and their role as experts in healthcare should be acknowledged and given appropriate space and environment to contribute meaningfully. Said Dr Ratna Devi, Chair at IAPO. “This is a huge opportunity for patient groups to come together to lend their voices.” She stressed that healthcare is “not one size fit all,” since providers are working with diverse patients from diverse backgrounds. “Healthcare needs to be customized, messaging needs to be customized, and how you ask people to change their behaviors needs to be customized.” At the same time, to become more empowered, patients need to be more aware of the need to act pre-emptively when accessing health care, she said, adding: “If patient groups integrate themselves and understand that early diagnosis, and early seeking of treatment, could be a better option, things could change for them.” Health Authorities Need to Build Patient Trust & Engagement – COVID Vaccine Rollouts Will be a Litmus Test Health systems must work together with populations, communities, and patients in addressing the COVID-19 response and other health risks Health authorities need to implement strategies that engage and empower people and communities. Patient leaders must become active participants in the implementation of health policies that ensure they are at the center of equitable health access. “Every one of us is a potential patient, and everyone one of us has the motivation to be involved in combating the pandemic,” said Dr Martin Taylor, Director of Health Systems and Services in the WHO’s Western Pacific Regional Office. He addressed the role played by patients, their families, and communities in shaping the collective and societal response to COVID-19. Dr Martin Taylor, Director of Health Systems and Services at the WHO Western Pacific Region Community engagement has become a key strategy in a successful COVID response, Taylor noted. “Trust is central to this in the Asia Pacific region,” he added. An effective response to COVID-19, said Dr Martin, requires that governance, health systems, populations, communities, patients, all work together. Community health leaders who have succeeded in curbing transmission trends and assuring quality care have done so by building trust and engagement in solutions that worked for health workers, patients and their families, as well as the broader populoation. Looking ahead, the development and rollout of COVID-19 vaccines will be the next great opportunity for new models of patient engagement. A successful rollout is dependent on extremely effective engagement with groups, making sure that instead of misinformation, there is trust, and that vaccine supplies and delivery are carefully managed. Added Taylor: “Our vision [for the future] will only be possible if patient and patient groups, and communities, engage, and are engaged, both in shaping and advocating for a vision in which health is at the core of society’s values.” Image Credits: Flickr: Rumi Consultancy/World Bank, APPC, APPC. India’s COVID-19 Cases Rise – Along With Air Pollution 10/12/2020 Menaka Rao COVID-19 Pandemic Relief Services, New Delhi. India experts say Delhi’s air pollution peaks is also causing more COVID mortality. The government’s suggested mitigation strategies have included wearing a mask and eating carrots. As COVID-cases rose rapidly in Delhi this November, the strong correlation to increasingly dangerous levels of air pollution in the state has brought more attention to the political pressure to address the health emergency. Delhi saw its highest number of COVID-19 cases in November, totalling more than 175,000. The city administration also recorded more than 2,000 deaths, the highest so far in the city. The death rate – 1.6% – was also higher than the national average of 1.45%. In the same period, Delhi also had 9 days with air quality that was categorised “severe”, with an air quality index (AQI) between 400-500. This corresponds to hazardous levels of small and fine particulate matter: PM 10 and PM 2.5. While PM 10 are particulate matters that can be inhaled, PM 2.5 particles are the ones that carry the highest health risks. The tiniest particles penetrate deep into the lungs, causing or exacerbating chronic lung disease as well as acute respiratory illnesses like pneumonia. Entering the bloodstream, they are also a factor in increasing risks of hypertension, strokes, and heart attack. In the wake of the COVID pandemic a growing number of Indian politicians, including Delhi chief minister Arvind Kejriwal, and government-based scientists have stated that mounting air pollution levels in Delhi and surrounding states this winter has been one of the drivers behind the recent increases seen in COVID-positive cases and mortality. The air pollution crisis has become an annual occurrence of the early winter across northern India – caused by human factors and exacerbated by winds, drier weather, and temperature inversions. The seasonal burning of rice stubble by farmers in neighbouring states to clear fields for the winter sowing of crops has become one key factor. Others include road and construction dust, traffic and power plant emissions and the lighting of fireworks during the Hindu festival of Diwali, which was celebrated this year in mid-November. Kejriwal told Hindustan Times last month: “While I do not discount other factors that may have contributed to [an] increase in COVID-19 cases, experts say that pollution has hugely contributed to the rise of COVID-19 cases in the city, the intensity of the wave of cases, and increasing the number of deaths.” He added that “we can’t play politics with this problem”, referring to what he alleges is apathy toward pollution on behalf of political parties, and lack of initiative to work towards cleaner air. Law makers in India’s central government have traditionally denied the extent of the impact of pollution on health. In 2017, the Indian Health Minister told news channel NDTV it was “too much” to attribute “any death to a cause like pollution”. Dr Balram Bhargava, the director-general of the respected Indian Council of Medical Research also linked air pollution to rising COVID-19 mortality. “It is well-known that pollution is one of the most important aspects of death,” said Bhargava at a virtual briefing in October. “First being malnutrition, then tobacco, high blood pressure, and pollution. “On pollution related to COVID-19 mortality, there have been some studies in Europe and the United States. They have looked at polluted areas, and have compared the mortality during lockdown and correlation with pollution, and have found clearly that pollution is contributing to the morality in COVID-19. That is well established by these studies.” Bhragava’s only strategy for mitigating the problem, however, was to advocate more wearing of masks, as the “most inexpensive treatment”. Strong Correlation Between Air Pollution and COVID-19 Mortality A growing number of recent studies have reinforced the links between air pollution and COVID-related mortality. A recent China-based study published in BMJ Public Health, which concluded that along with travel patterns, airborne particulate matter may be associated with an increased risk of COVID-19 transmission. Other studies have also reinforced the links between chronic exposure to air pollution and higher COVID-19 mortality rates. A study published in October in the journal Cardiovascular Research estimated that 15% of deaths worldwide from COVID-19 could be attributed to prior patterns of long-term exposure to air pollution. India has noted more than 9.5 million cumulative COVID-19 cases, as of the morning of 10 December 2020. The researchers used epidemiological data from previous US and Chinese studies of air pollution and the 2003 SARS outbreak, supported by additional data from Italy. An earlier study by researchers from Harvard TH Chan School of Public Health, Boston, concluded that higher historical PM 2.5 exposure is positively associated with higher COVID-19 mortality rates in the US. In a recent World Health Organization (WHO) presentation, Dr Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of Public Health and Environment concluded: “We know that in case of patients with COVID-19, those who will be more at risk of developing severe illness are those with underlying conditions like high blood pressure or heart diseases. “We see that air pollution might exacerbate those diseases making the population more vulnerable to the disease plus to the severity of developing a more serious illness.” Indian Government Historically Denied Air Pollution’s Health Impacts In India, 1 in 8 deaths were attributable to air pollution in 2017, making it a leading risk factor for death in India, a study published in The Lancet reported. More than 75% of the population in India is chronically exposed to average ambient PM2.5 levels above 40 μg/m3, the recommended limit by National Ambient Air Quality Standards. The highest PM2.5 exposure levels are in Delhi, followed by the other north Indian states of Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and Haryana. However, lawmakers in the central government, which can help coordinate between different agencies and state governments to reduce pollution, have traditionally denied the extent of the impact of pollution on health. In 2017, the Indian Health Minister, Dr Harsh Vardhan said that the hazardous pollution level was not a public health emergency and told news channel NDTV “to attribute any death to a cause like pollution may be too much”. Last year, he advised people on Twitter to eat carrots to mitigate pollution-related harm. #EatRightIndia_34 Eating carrots helps the body get Vitamin A, potassium, & antioxidants which protect against night blindness common in India. Carrots also help against other pollution-related harm to health.#EatRightIndia @PMOIndia @MoHFW_INDIA @fssaiindia pic.twitter.com/VPjVfiMpR8 — Dr Harsh Vardhan (Modi Ka Pariwar) (@drharshvardhan) November 3, 2019 Even more puzzling was the advice of the Minister of Environment, Forest & Climate Change, Prakash Javadekar, who simply tweeted an encouragement for citizens to “start your day with music”, in a week in November 2019 that saw peak levels of air pollution last year. Later, as Delhi’s air pollution levels rose further to some of the highest levels ever recorded, India’s Environment Minister Prakash Javadekar declared before the Indian parliament: “No Indian study has shown pollution shortens life. Let us not create fear psychosis among people.” He was contradicted, however, by his own Environment Secretary, CK Mishra, who told Health Policy Watch during an exclusive interview at the Madrid COP25 Climate Conference: “Nobody denies that poor air quality causes morbidity and may also cause mortality. Certainly … it must be causing mortality.” “It may not be 7.5 [million deaths],” Mishra added. “But the fact remains that there are numbers to be attended to. As far as the ministry is concerned, we are very conscious of the fact that it is leading to loss of human life and we need to correct this situation.” Signs of Action This Year – But No Results So Far In October this year, with COVID sweeping across India as well, Delhi’s Kejriwal declared a “war on pollution”, forming a team to monitor the sources of pollution including open air burning complaints, and repairing the city’s potholed roads to control dust. Kejriwal also began promoting an inexpensive biological formulation that can be sprayed on rice stalks, accelerating their decomposition, eliminating the need to burn them. He has said that the ‘Pusa decomposer’ is already being used by farmers in Delhi State to convert their stubble into fertilizer. The innovation has not, however, reached the surrounding states of Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh, from which most of the stubble pollution originates. The current subsidy structure incentivizes excessive rice yields. These rigid stalks are the most difficult to manage and so are often burnt. “This should be the last year of pollution,” Kejriwal affirmed at a recent leadership summit. “We have petitioned the air quality commission formally to order Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh governments to ensure this bio-decomposer is used in all the farms there.” But expert observers are less sure. They note that the Delhi government so far failed to even curb the use of firecrackers during the week long festival of Diwali. Despite a ban on their sale, firecrackers were heard across the city during the festival. Under pressure from the country’s Supreme Court, the Central Government also constituted a permanent Commission for Air Quality Management in the region, which has the power to coordinate action among states. Headed by a former top official in the Petroleum Ministry, the Commission has so far done almost nothing. Following Diwali and past the peak of the crop burning season, pollution rates in Delhi have subsided somewhat, with an AQI averaging 300-400, but experts are asking how and where more systemic changes could be made to reduce levels year-round as well as avoid future emergencies. #AirQuality forecast for #India #GEOS @SERVIRGlobal pic.twitter.com/aClDUq2scz — Pawan Gupta (@pawanpgupta) December 8, 2020 Meanwhile, the city has been blockaded for several weeks by farmers from around the northern Indian region, who are protesting a government plan to remove subsidies. Through a ‘minimum support price’ the government sets to procure produce from the rice and wheat crops that farmers grow, forcing them to sell on the open market. Farmers have demanded that fines and penalties for stubble burning be withdrawn. In order to appease the protesters, the government might refrain from fining farmers who violate existing laws by burning their crop stubble. While the fines have never been very effective, it’s still a measure that could also create a setback in the air pollution battle. Indian farmers protest outside of Delhi in early December So far, the dispute over the crop subsidies has failed to get to the root of the air pollution issue, experts also say. This lies in the fact that the current subsidy structure incentivizes farmers to grow excessive amounts of rice, whose rigid stalks are the most difficult to manage – and so are often burnt. The rice cultivation also consumes excessive water in the water-scarce Punjab region. Environmentalists have said that the crop subsidy structure should support farmers’ cultivation of nutrition rich grains and legumes indigenous to the region, like millet or lentils, which are also less polluting, in how the stubble can be managed. But neither nutrition content or air pollution seem to be key factors right now in the debate over farm subsidies that is occurring right now. It is unlikely that, if subsidies were removed along the lines of the government plans, farmers would grow more nutritious crops either: they are not big candidates for large multinational purchases on the private market. Despite the inertia, there are growing public pressures on the government to act, said Arvind Kumar, a chest surgeon from Delhi who is internationally known for his outspoken criticism of India’s air pollution and its health impacts. And so the tide of political apathy towards pollution may be turning, said Kumar, who is the founder of the Lung Care Foundation, a non-profit that spreads awareness about pollution and its effects. “In the heart of hearts, the politicians know that pollution is a problem and that it damages health. The challenge is admitting that to the public,” said Kumar. “But with every passing year, with the problem becoming more acute and more intense, there will be more outcry.” -Jyot Pande Lavakare contributed to this story. Image Credits: Rashed Shumon, Belur Math, Howrah, Johns Hopkins University & Medicine, Neil Palmer, @DevinderBenipa2 , Dāvis Kļaviņš . As Rich Countries Roll Out COVID-19 Vaccines – Will Developing Countries Miss Out? 09/12/2020 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Pfizer’s mRNA vaccine is being rolled out in the United Kingdom, to be followed by the United States and Europe. While some of the world’s richest countries have now stockpiled more COVID vaccines than they have people to inject, the world’s 67 poorest countries may only be able to vaccinate 1 in 10 people against COVID-19 next year, unless urgent action is taken by governments and the pharmaceutical industry to make sure enough doses are produced. This was the warning in a report published on Wednesday by Oxfam, Amnesty International and other advocacy groups The report notes that the massive pre-purchase of leading vaccine candidates by rich countries means that some of the world’s wealthiest nations have bought up enough doses to vaccinate their entire populations nearly three times over by the end of 2021 – supposing the vaccines in clinical trials are all approved for use. The same data suggests that countries representing just 14% of the world’s population have bought up some 53% of all the most promising vaccines so far. Canada tops the chart with enough vaccines to vaccinate each Canadian 5 times over. The organizations analyzed data on publicly reported vaccine deals done between countries and the eight leading vaccine candidates. They found that 67 low and lower middle-income countries risk being left behind. Five of those countries – Kenya, Myanmar, Nigeria, Pakistan and Ukraine – have reported nearly 1.5 million COVID cases between them. The Republic of Korea has vaccines to cover 88% of its population of more than 50 million people. But nearby, the low-income Philippines, has so far secured only 2.6 million doses for next year covering only 1.3 million people out of its total 106 million population, according to the report. Report Comes Amidst Flurry of Upcoming Vaccine Regulatory Approvals the total number of confirmed vaccine doses procured, displayed by income level. (Duke Global Health Innovation Centre) The report comes on the heels of the inaugural jab in the United Kingdom of 90 year-old Margaret Keenan on Tuesday with the first commercially available COVID-19 vaccine. The UK became the first country to approve Pfizer’s high-tech mRNA vaccine candidate for widespread use last week. On Thursday, the United States Food and Drug Administration is expected to approve the Pfizer vaccine for emergency use among Americans, after already issuing a positive review of the vaccine’s clinical trial results. That is likely to be followed by FDA approval of a similarly designed mRNA vaccine by Moderna on 17 December, and the European Medicines Agency will review the same vaccines in early January. The third vaccine-in-waiting is likely to be AstraZeneca’s cheaper and simpler adenovirus vaccine, based on a more common delivery mechanism, that uses a weakened form of a common cold virus to deliver a fragment of the trademark SARS-CoV-2 spike protein into the body, and prompt an immune reaction. Results of the AstraZeneca vaccine trial involving some 24,000 people and published Tuesday in The Lancet, found that the vaccine was 70% effective on average – with efficacy rising to 90% among trial participants who accidentally received only a half first dose. In the wake of the serendipitous discovery, a larger trial with the amended dosing regime will be undertaken, AstraZeneca has said. But it said that with average efficacy rates still above the 60% benchmark set by regulatory agencies, it would also seek regulatory approval simultaneously. A number of low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) like India, Mexico and Brazil have managed to secure large vaccine procurement commitments through manufacturing deals with AstraZeneca, a Swedish firm that undertook its vaccine development effort in collaboration with the UK’s Oxford University. That joint initiative has championed the development of a low-cost vaccine, which the company has committed to producing on a non-profit basis during the pandemic – leaving an estimated cost of about US$3, per dose, as compared to $20-$30 for the more high-tech Pfizer and Moderna alternatives. But since a large portion of AstraZeneca’s planned production of nearly 3 billion doses will be directly taken up by India, Brazil and Mexico – also among the LMICs hardest hit by the virus – that will still leave comparatively little to distribute more broadly. WHO Aims to Get 20% Coverage Worldwide Next Year Soumya Swaminathan, WHO Chief Scientist Speaking at last Friday’s WHO briefing, WHO Chief Scientist, Soumya Swaminathan, stated that the WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine pool has so far secured deals for 700 million doses of a COVID-19 vaccine. “That’s not sufficient,” said Swaminathan. “The goal is to get at least two billion doses by the end of 2021, which would be enough to vaccinate approximately 20% of the populations of the countries that are part of COVAX.” The WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine facility, a global collaboration to accelerate development, production, and equitable vaccine access, includes some 187 countries, covering 90% of the global population. WHO officials have held out hope that LMICs could also begin vaccinating the highest-risk groups, like health workers and older people “in the first quarter of 2021,” with the support of vaccines procured through the facility. Both rich and poor countries have joined the initiative, which aims to offer reduced prices for vaccines to most countries, and use donor funds to supply vaccines to some 92 countries that cannot afford to purchase them on their own. However, despite repeated pleas to donors for support, the facility remains some US$28 billion short on the funding needed for next year to fully fund the vaccine drive, as well as drugs, tests and health system support services in the world’s poorest 92 countries. The COVAX programme “urgently needs another US$5 billion in order to meet that goal of two billion doses”, stressed Swaminathan on Friday. World Trade Organization Debates IP “Waiver” for COVID Medicines and Vaccines On Thursday, the World Trade Organization (WTO) will resume its review of a proposal by South Africa and India to extend a broad WTO “waiver” over COVID-related patents, copyrights, and trade secrets for vaccines, medicines and health equipment, as part of another access initiative. The initiative has picked up considerable support among African, Asian and Latin American member states. But it is stiffly opposed by a wall of G-20 countries with huge pharma interests at stake. Thursday’s debate comes ahead of a full, formal review of the waiver proposal by the WTO’s General Council on 17 December. Leaders of the initiative have also threatened to put it to a vote, if it is not taken seriously. Medicines access groups are stepping up pressure on governments and organizations to consider the waiver concept, saying that sharing trade secrets and technologies is the only way to ensure fair distribution of brand-new medical technologies such as the COVID vaccines. On Wednesday, a petition organized by the online campaign organization AVAAZ and signed by some 900,000 people, was delivered to WTO members. The petition called on all governments, WTO members and pharmaceutical companies to “ensure access to lifesaving COVID-19 vaccines, treatments and equipment for everyone in the world”. “While the world waits with bated breath for the possible approval of these COVID-19 vaccines, it’s not time to celebrate yet,” said Dr Sidney Wong, Executive Co-Director of Médecins Sans Frontières Access Campaign in a press release on Tuesday. “Right now, we’re in a situation where a lion’s share of the limited number of first doses have already been snatched up by a handful of countries like the US and UK, as well as the EU, leaving very little for other countries in the short term. What we really want to see is a rapid expansion of the overall global supply, so there are more vaccines to go around and doses can be allocated according to WHO’s public health criteria, not a country’s ability to pay.” Image Credits: Pfizer, Duke Global Health Innovation Center. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
World Health Organization’s Censorship Of Report On Italy’s Pandemic Response Sets Dangerous International Precedent – Critics Say 15/12/2020 Nicoletta Dentico & Elaine Ruth Fletcher Piazza di Spagna. Rome – Scenes from the suppressed WHO Report, An Unprecedented Challenge The World Health Organization’s suppression of an independent report that critically examined both the strengths and weaknesses of Italy’s COVID-19 pandemic response – sets a dangerous precedent that compromises the international organization’s credibility at a time when WHO’s independence has been questioned – and the Italian national pandemic response is under intense scrutiny as well, longtime WHO observers in Italy are saying. The controversy revolves around the WHO report – “An unprecedented challenge – Italy’s first response to COVID-19” – which a senior WHO official, Ranieri Guerra attempted to censor and revise – before the publication was removed entirely by WHO’s European Regional Office from its official online link, just a day after being published in mid-May. Guerra, WHO Assistant Director General of Strategic Initiatives, is a former high-ranking official in Italy’s Ministry of Health, who served as director of the Ministry’s Prevention department between 2014 and 2017. As head of the Prevention team, Guerra should have taken the lead in the updating of Italy’s 2006 national pandemic preparedness plan – as per a 2013 European Commission request to EU member states. But the plan was never updated, critics say. A series of Health Policy Watch interviews with knowledgeable insiders suggest that Guerra sought the removal of the WHO report – largely to protect himself from claims that he and other senior officials had failed to update Italy’s pandemic preparedness plan in the period he served in the national government. WHO has explained the report’s disappearance saying that it had contained “factual inaccuracies” that needed to be remedied. But the report was painstakingly researched and executed by a large and experienced team of experts, under the direction of a senior figure in WHO’s Venice office, Francesco Zambon. A series of email exchanges between Guerra and Zambon as well as a new email disclosure, from Zambon to WHO’s European Regional Director, Hans Kluge that was obtained by Health Policy Watch, underline that the controversy swirling around the report was quintessentially political. Guerra even admitted in one email to Zambon that the report’s factual content was solid – but it needed to be alterered or removed because it would embarrass the Italian government. WHO Assistant Director General, Ranieri Guerra Critics say that Guerra was in fact acting to protect himself and other Italian government figures for alleged shortcomings in updating preparedness plans in the years just before the COVID-19 pandemic erupted. It is the narrative around those facts that Guerra sought to blur, they say, leading to the mysterious and disquieting removal of An unprecedented challenge, from the WHO website, on May 14, only a day after it had been published. The concern about the report’s suppression is all the more relevant today – insofar as a number of highly sensitive WHO-led investigations are underway to evaluate the global pandemic response, as well as performance of China and other countries worldwide. Wonders one longtime WHO observer: “If this is the situation with a European country with middling powers, what will be the outcome in the future when the Chinese role in the pandemic will have to be assessed?” Updated Pandemic Plan Could Have Saved 10,000 Lives An adequate pandemic plan, and its implementation at the regional level, could have saved 10,000 Italian lives among the 65,000 deaths recorded as of 14th December, according to one report of on Italian bio-emergency expert, Pier Paolo Lunelli. No such plan was in place when the mysterious coronavirus got its foothold in northern Italy in early 2020. And the WHO report describes the early days of hospital response in unflinching terms, stating: “Unprepared for such a flood of severely ill patients, the initial reaction of the hospitals was improvised, chaotic and creative.” In a series of emails on 11 May, recently aired on the investigative news programme, RAI Report of Italy’s public TV channel, Rai3, Guerra demanded that the references to chaos and improvisation be deleted. He also ordered Zambon to amend a reference to the 2006 national pandemic response plan, so as to say that had been “updated” in 2016 – a revision that Zambon refused to make – because it was untrue. Guerra demands a change in the report to say that the pandemic preparedness plan was “updated” in 2016. Zambon, lead coordinator refused, saying that would have been untrue. In late May, just after the WHO account had been withdrawn from the WHO publications data base and officials were debating what to do next, Zambon sent an email to Hans Kluge, director of WHO’s Regional Office protesting Guerra’s censorship moves – which he said had been politically motivated – and accompanied by threats against him of “dismissal” from his job. In Zambon’s email of May 27 to Kluge, Zambon warned that the pressures being applied by Guerra to modify the report could backfire – compromising WHO’s “independence and transparency.” “If a second revised version is issued with tailored ‘depurations’ of the text, consequences to the already compromised image – on this very point – of WHO will be, I am afraid, inevitable,” stated Zambon, who is Coordinator of WHO’s Venice-based European Office for Investment for Health and Development. Instead of being amended, the report was simply buried by WHO. But the Italian public and media, still restlessly sifting through the events that led up to the nation’s pandemic debacle, won’t let it die. Was Guerra Protecting WHO’s Reputation – Or His Own? Francesco Zambon, Coordinator of the WHO European Office for Investment for Health and Development in Venice, Italy By seeking the removal of the references to Italy’s lack of preparedness in the pre-pandemic period, Guerra was protecting himself from criticisim over his own performance during the years in which he would have been responsible for updating those same plans, Zambon also suggested to Kluge. “On 11 May, before seeing the sentence about the lack of a pandemic plan (which is a mere fact) Guerra emailed me saying that the publication is fantastic….” said Zambon. “Then he saw the sentence about the pandemic plan (first sentence 2.1 chapter), he first intimated me to remove it (email proving that) and then calling saying that if I had not removed it, he was already on the doorstep of the DG, saying that I was putting WHO under attack.” Already in May, Italian television was beginning to investigate the matter – and one TV report was “fully devoted to Guerra on the pandemic plan, as he was director of prevention at the MoH 2014-2017 – a second episode of the documentary further elaborated the point by showing that the text of the pandemic plan has not been updated since 2006,” Zambon informed Kluge. “As Guerra is a WHO advisor in Rome, should there be legal/administrative investigations on him, implications for the organization might be severe,” he further warned. Since May, the mysterious chain of events leading up to the report’s suppression have been the focus of further investigation by RAI Report, led by director Sigfrido Ranucci and lead reporter Giulio Valesini. The narrative illustrates how Guerra’s censorship efforts not only blurred the record over critical moments in pandemic response – it also breached the traditional “separation of powers” that has traditionally existed between WHO’s international staff – and their former roles and careers in national governments. Appointment of High Level Officials From National Governments – A Common Practice Guerra’s move from a high level position in Italy’s Ministry of Health to WHO headquarters in Geneva in 2017, was not at all unusual. There is a long tradition of WHO Director Generals recruiting high-ranking WHO officials from countries that are major WHO donors or supporters – and Italy is one of those countries in the EU bloc. There had also been friction between Italy and WHO during the previous WHO administration of Director General Margaret Chan – centering around Rome’s opposition to new WHO guidelines on limiting sugar intake which rankled some of Italy’s powerful food industries. And so incoming Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus was also keen to repair those bridges – and the appointment of an experienced and high ranking Italian in his administration signaled a turning of the page. Shortly before the report on Italy’s pandemic response was completed, Italy also made a major US$ 10 million voluntary contribution to the WHO. Even so, once such high-level appointments are made, the Organization has traditionally maintained a firewall against deeply involving those same officials in WHO reports or activities involving their country of origin. “Traditionally, once professional staff or senior staff are recruited internationally in Geneva they are not supposed to be involved with, or reassigned back to their countries of national origin,” notes one longtime observer familiar with WHO’s employment protocols. Guerra’s case, however, was unusual. After being recruited by WHO to Geneva office in 2017, he was “seconded” back to Italy’s Ministry of Health in March, 2020. But he also retained his WHO title as an Assistant Director General, and with it, the implicit affiliation with WHO headquarters and senior management. That, say insiders, is a clear breach of traditional WHO protocols for its international staff. “No ToR for his function to be found in Italy at the MoH,” said one observer close to the situation. “Whereas it is a common practice to have Member States second their staff to the WHO as a form of institutional support to the agency – this time it was a WHO staff to seconded to the staff of a national government – and to his country of origin – contrary to common practice.” Report’s Repression Has National and International Implications St. Marks Square, Venice, devoid of tourists and pilgrims during lockdown The supression of the WHO report on Italy’s pandemic response reverberates on both the national and international level, commented Italy’s Deputy Health Minister Pierpaolo Sileri on an Italian TV programme last Sunday, focusing on the WHO imbroglio. Firstly, the involvement of an influential Italian official in censoring a WHO report that was critical of his country – sets a bad precedent for the much broader WHO investigations that are just getting underway into the global pandemic response and the origins of the SARS-CoV-2 virus. That latter investigation is particularly sensitive as China so far has refused to even allow a visit to the country by the independent WHO committee charged with investigating the SARSCoV-2 virus origins – effectively barring investigators from the place where the first human infection clusters appeared in Wuhan in late 2019. Secondly, suppression of the report stands to potentially harm the communities in northern Italy that were the worst hit by the virus – and are still waging a legal battle to get to the roots of why their hospitals and factories remained open – even as infection rates were exploding. Just recently, WHO legal officials also have resisted appeals by Italian legal officials to let Zambon and others involved in preparing the report to testify in an ongoing legal investigation over the government’s slow and faulty pandemic response. Mapping of the initial phases of the COVID-19 outbreak in the WHO report, “An unprecedented challenge.” The legal investigation is centered around the northern Italian town of Bergamo, in the Val Seriana region. The area, which has very close business and manufacturing ties with China, was one of the first epicenters of the outbreak. National government officials were slower to lock down the area than other nearby locales. Rather than shutting Bergamo and neighboring communities down quickly, as per the decisions taken for some other hotspots in northern Italy, the central government’s response in the Val Seriana region was marked by a series of zig-zags that remain unexplained until today. After WHO rebuffed a number of subpoenas from local legal officials requesting Zambon and other members of his team to testify in the local investigations, citing a 1947 UN Convention that grants staff of international agencies immunity to many forms of legal proceedings, Italy’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs last week submitted a formal request to WHO to allow Zambon and others involved to allow them to testify. “In view of the excellent collaboration between Italy and the WHO, further strengthened during the Covid19 pandemic, I ask you to consider – in the spirit of Section 22 of the 1947 Convention – the possibility of allowing the WHO officials and experts to comply with the Attorney’s request to appear for interview as persons informed about the facts,” states the Italian MFA letter to WHO’s Dr Tedros delivered in Geneva last week. Breaches Of Good Practice Are Institutional – As Well As Individual Guerra’s initial attempts to alter the report prior to its publication, were described in detail by the Italian investigative news series Rai Report. A brusque email reportedly sent by Guerra to Zambon on 11 May, and aired on the TV programme over the past two weeks, stated [in Italian]: “You need to correct the text immediately: national influenza pandemic preparedness and response plan; Ministry of Health; 2006 (…) And report what is available on the Ministry of Health website (…) last update in December 2016. Don’t mess me up on this one. …I begged you to let me read the draft before printing… damn it…Now I’m blocking everything with Soumya,” it states – a reference to WHO Chief Scientist Soumya Swaminathan. “Get me the modified version as soon as you can. It simply can’t come out this way. Please no bullshit. Thank you and excuse the tone, Ranieri.” WHO ADG Ranieri Guerra explains why WHO criticism of Italy would harm the current government – which just gave the organization 10 million Euros. In a follow-up mail, also aired by RAI Report, Guerra assured Zambon that “there are no doubts or criticisms about a work that is certainly valuable from the point of view of content,… but I don’t think you fully realize what political issues are overlapping at the moment.” Guerra went on to say that a critical WHO account of Italy’s pandemic response would be perceived as undermining the current Minister of Health, Robert Speranza and thus not be “doing the country a good service” – particularly in light of the fact that Italy had just given WHO a major voluntary donation amoungt to €10 million. But the intrusion of politics and related breaches of practices in technical activities are not Guerra’s alone, informed observers point out. An institutional pattern of conflicts that has also emerged out of the narrative. Whether it was Kluge or WHO Director General Dr Tedros himself who made the decision to pull the WHO report on Italy’s response – after it had already been formally approved and issued – Zambon’s job is also now on the line, sources say. This is despite his longtime tenure in WHO and six years of “outstanding” performance evaluations. He has reportedly been obliged to engage a lawyer in Italy as well as one in Geneva – as well as placing a case before the WHO Ombudsperson. Zambon Warns Of Harm to WHO’s Reputation – Impacts on Other Investigations In his lengthy email of 27 May, Zambon also warned Kluge about the potential reputational and organizational impacts of Guerra’s attempts to censor the report and interfere in its final publication. “Dear Hans, I received your message yesterday and understood that Guerra is “negotiating” with counterparts in Italy about the Italy report,” reads the email from Zambon to Kluge. “I am puzzled he was given this role as a) he disassociated himself from the report and b) I am the coordinator of the report,” said Zambon. The moves were compromising WHO’s independence and transparency, he added: “WHO independence. – This is an independent review. I cannot see how this could be written together, nor reviewed by the involved parties such as the MOH, Italy’s National Health Institute (Istituto Superiore di Sanità, ISS) as suggested. “WHO transparency. Publication was disseminated to 15,000 contacts. If a second revised version is issued with tailored ‘depurations’ of the text, consequences to the already compromised image – on this very point – of WHO will be, I am afraid, inevitable. Zambon added: “The independent review of WHO, decided at WHA [the World Health Assembly] on how WHO reacted to COVID will certainly include products produced by WHO, and cleared by HQ. “Being this publication the only one with China reporting on MSs’ [member states} response of one of the hardest hit countries, it will certainly not go unnoticed,” added Zambon. He concluded noting that WHO has “strict procedures for clearance of published products. All approvals were obtained, including HQ clearance.” But more than that, “A large team of experts worked literally days and nights with one motivation, making sure that what happened in Italy is not repeated in those countries behind in time in the epidemic curve. The report contains important messages, extrapolated from facts on what worked (many things) and the blind spots of the system. No accusatory tone at all is used in the publication. Furthermore it contains a wealth of subnational practices with the unique regional profiles…. “I find it difficult to understand how an ad hoc created diplomatic incident (with a specific purpose as mentioned above) can withhold what could surely be of benefit to a large number of MSs {member states],” Zambon concludes. After Withdrawing Report – WHO Issues Video Praising Italy’s Response WHO did not stop with the withdrawal of a painstakingly detailed and substantive report. In late September the Organization also posted a video on Italy’s pandemic response, which contained nothing but praise. No mention was made of the delayed response to the initial clusters of outbreak in Bergamo – or the failure to update the 2006 preparedness plan. Rather, events were framed as entirely unexpected and unavoidable: “We woke up like in a bad dream” one official, Flavia Riccardo, is quoted in the video as saying. On Monday, WHO”s European office published a press statement about the report, stating the following: “On 13 May 2020, the WHO Regional Office for Europe published a document titled “An unprecedented challenge: Italy’s first response to COVID-19.” “The document, written by experts based at the WHO European Office for Investment for Health and Development, in Venice, Italy, focused on the Government of Italy’s pandemic response. It was intended for use by other countries who might wish to learn from Italy’s early experience fighting COVID-19. “Following publication, factual inaccuracies were found in the text and the WHO Regional Office for Europe removed the document from the website, with the intent to correct errors and republish it. By the time corrections were made, WHO had established a new global mechanism – called the “Intra-action Review” – as a standard tool for countries to evaluate their responses and share lessons learned. The original document (“An unprecedented challenge”) was therefore never republished. “At no time did the Italian government ask WHO to remove the document.” Asked about the announcement at the Monday WHO press briefing, WHO referred reporters to WHO’s European Regional Office for further comment. Image Credits: WHO, An Unprecedented Challenge . Coronavirus Variant Identified In England 14/12/2020 J Hacker Warning: Attempt to read property "post_title" on null in /home/clients/58f2a29976672af522a8f4d82ffa28b6/web/wp-content/plugins/better-image-credits/better-image-credits.php on line 227 UK Health Secretary Matt Hancock. Sixty different local authorities in England have reported around 1,000 infections caused by a new COVID-19 variant. The variant is not thought to have an impact on disease severity or mortality, or on the efficacy of a vaccine. It has been reported to WHO. Health Secretary Matt Hancock said in Parliament today: “We have identified a new variant of coronavirus which may be associated with the faster spread in the South East of England. Initial analysis suggests that this variant is growing faster than the existing variants.” “WHO [is] working together with scientists around the world, evaluating each of the variants that are being identified,” said Dr Maria Van Kerkhove, WHO COVID-19 Technical Lead, in a press briefing on Monday. She added that studies designed to understand the “virus’ behaviour, its ability to transmit or its ability to cause different forms of disease” are “underway in the UK”. The UK is currently experiencing a sharp rise in cases, notably in London, the South East and South Wales. “Above all, this is a reminder that there is still so much to learn about COVID-19 … The speed at which this has been picked up on is also testament to this phenomenal research effort,” said Dr Jeremy Farrar, Director of Wellcome. “However, there is no room for complacency. We have to remain humble and be prepared to adapt and respond to new and continued challenges as we move into 2021.” He added that there will be surprises in how the virus “evolves and [in] the trajectory of the pandemic in the coming year.” The full statement delivered by Matt Hancock is available here. One In Four Health Facilities Worldwide Lack Basic Water Access, WHO Report Finds 14/12/2020 Svĕt Lustig Vijay In the world’s 47 least-developed countries, 50% of healthcare facilities lack basic water services and 60% lack sanitation services. The former is the first line of defence against any infectious disease. One out of every four health facilities worldwide lacks even the most basic access to water supplies. And in the world’s 47 least developed countries, one in every two facilities lacks such access, according to a new WHO report, co-authored with UNICEF, on access to water, sanitation and hygiene (WASH) in health care facilities. The report also found that one out of every 10 health facilities, including hospitals, lack sanitation services, and one out of three lack facilities basic waste management services to dispose of health care waste – waste that has exploded during the pandemic with the expanded use of personal protective equipment, SARS-CoV2 testing materials alongside the large amounts of disposable waste that is routinely generated. The dearth of safe water and sanitation facilities is most dire in the world’s 47 least-developed countries (LDCs), where three in five health facilities lack basic sanitation services, and seven out of 10 facilities fail to segregate and manage infectious healthcare waste management adequately. The net result is that nearly 2 billion people who rely on those health services, as well as the healthcare workers employed in them, are at heightened risk of infections, including from COVID-19, in the midst of the current pandemic. The new report Fundamentals first: Universal water, sanitation, and hygiene services in health care facilities for safe, quality care, published on Monday, comes only days after Universal Health Coverage Day was observed. WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. “Working in a healthcare facility without water, sanitation and hygiene is akin to sending nurses and doctors to work without personal protective equipment” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO Director-General on Monday. “Water supply, sanitation and hygiene in health care facilities are fundamental to stopping COVID-19. But there are still major gaps to overcome, particularly in least developed countries.” The report follows an initial baseline analysis last year of WASH in healthcare. The new report is far more comprehensive than last year’s analysis, providing a more robust profile of the situation around the world, Tom Slaymaker, Senior Statistics & Monitoring Specialist at UNICEF, told Health Policy Watch. Specifically, this year’s report includes data from 165 countries and 794,000 facilities, compared to last year’s data from 125 countries and 560,000 healthcare facilities. But large gaps in data remain, he stressed, in global estimates for sanitation, hygiene and environmental services coverage. Countries Are Off Track When it Comes to Universal Access Despite some pockets of progress, the report warns that countries are “significantly” off track to achieve universal access to basic WASH services within a decade. While 85% of the 47 least developed countries surveyed undertook situational analyses on access to WASH services, less than a third have costed out new national strategies to improve the situation. And only 10% have integrated WASH indicators into monitoring of national health systems. This includes just 5 countries: Benin, Serbia, Lebanon, Thailand and Nigeria. Every dollar invested in hand hygiene alone in health care facilities can generate a return of US$15, OECD found in 2018. “During these unprecedented times, it’s even more clear how fundamental WASH is for prevention of infections and improving health outcomes,” said the World Bank’s Global Director of Health, Nutrition and Population, Muhammad Pate. “We must work even closer together to ensure that WASH is included in all interventions and at scale.” Funding WASH in healthcare facilities is among the most cost-effective investments that governments can make, emphasized Jennifer Sara, Global Director for Water at the World Bank Group. Every dollar invested in hand hygiene alone in health care facilities can generate a return of US$15, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) found in 2018. “For millions of healthcare workers across the world, water is PPE,” she said. “It is essential that financing keeps flowing to bring water and sanitation services to those battling the COVID crisis on the front lines.” WASH is Fundamental to Sustainable Development Goals & COVID-19 Response As populations around the world anticipate a COVID-19 jab, access to WASH services in healthcare facilities has become more critical than ever before. For healthcare workers – who have borne about 15% of the global COVID-19 case toll, even though they account for only 3% of the world’s population – this is especially pressing “Many [healthcare workers] have fainted after wearing PPE for a long time,” one nursing officer in India was quoted as saying in the report. “We are dehydrated and not drinking enough water. Nurses are being diagnosed with urinary tract infections – it starts leaking and you want to talk about dignity!” healthcare workers constitute about 3% of the world’s population but have borne about 15% of the global COVID-19 case toll. Inadequate WASH services can also fuel neglected tropical diseases, which affect 1 in 5 people worldwide, mostly in low- and middle-income countries (LMICs). They also account for 11 million sepsis deaths a year, a preventable life-threatening condition, predominantly affecting newborn children, pregnant or recently pregnant women, as well as those living in LMICs. In Malawi, where maternal mortality is 30 times higher than in high-income countries, a midwife said in the report: “I remember vividly [when] we had to take women who had just given birth to a nearby river to wash. It would take 45 minutes. Some would collapse along the way. I felt sad for them. But there was no running water at the health facility.” Apart from infection control and prevention, access to WASH services can also curb antimicrobial resistance, improve quality care, and bolster health system resilience. Image Credits: UN Water, UNECE, Government ZA. WHO Calls On World Leaders To “Honor Their Pledge” To Fund COVID-19 Vaccines; South Africa Raises Spectre Of “Vaccine Apartheid” 11/12/2020 J Hacker, Svĕt Lustig Vijay & Elaine Ruth Fletcher The WHO Director General said that COVAX is “in danger of becoming no more than a noble gesture” if funding is not secured. WHO’s Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus on Friday issued yet another plea to leaders of rich countries to “honor their pledges” to fund COVID-19 vaccines sufficient to immunize the highest risk groups across the world. He spoke a day after South African officials raised the spectre that the world was heading towards a state of “vaccine apartheid” whereby rich countries would be able to immunize large sections of their population with vaccines now coming on the market – to which poor countries would not get rapid and widespread access.” “Our political leaders have pledged to make vaccines a global public good, but that pledge has to be translated into action,” said Dr Tedros, speaking at a Friday WHO press conference. “I call on world leaders to honor their pledges,” he added. “Sharing the vaccine and having the inoculation everywhere means faster recovery and it’s in the interest of each and every country in the world, lives and livelihoods will get back to normal.” Speaking earlier in the week at a UN high level meeting, the WHO DG said that COVAX is “in danger of becoming no more than a noble gesture”. Soumya Swaminathan, WHO Chief Scientist. Countries also need to ensure that they have logical distribution plans at the domestic level – so that people most at risk of dying from COVID-19 will get the vaccines first, said WHO’s Chief Scientist Soumya Swaminathan, also speaking at the WHO Friday briefing. “The fact is we are going to have limited doses all over the world, and we need to prioritize those at highest risk of getting the infection and dying from the infection – those are the front line health care workers and the elderly. The rest of us have to be more patient, and rely on the [masking and social distancing] measures we have already been using,” said Swaminathan. WTO Member States Fail To Agree On “Waiver” For COVID-19 Vaccines & Medicines WHO has tried to persuade rich countries to come up with some US$ 4.3 billion immediately and US$ 28 billion over the next year, to adequately fund vaccines, medicines and tests through its massive ACT Accelerator Initiative. Arguing that philanthropy is no longer the solution to the gaping disparities in access to COVID health products that is emerging, South Africa and India have been leading a countermeasure – a World Trade Organization initiative for a broad intellectual property (IP) waiver on any COVID health products. The proposed waiver would cover patents, copyrights, trade secrets and industrial designs – a measure that the sponsors say would allow low- and middle-income countries to legally acquire and use proprietary technologies more easily than is possible under the current exceptions available for health emergencies under the WTO TRIPS Agreement (Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights). However the measure was shelved for the time being after Thursday’s WTO meeting, where developed countries, including the United States and members of the European Union blocked advancement of the waiver proposal. The measure had won the support of a large bloc of low- and middle-income countries in Africa, Latin America and Asia – although other big powers such as China and Russia have also straddled the fence. South Africa, in its remarks at the meeting, charged that the opponents would be “reinforcing vaccine apartheid” by their inaction. The proposal, originally submitted to the WTO on 2 October asks that the Organization allows countries to suspend the protection of certain kinds of IP related to the prevention, containment and treatment of COVID-19. Under the proposal, the wiaver would last until widespread COVID-19 vaccination is in place globally, and when the world’s population has developed immunity to the virus. Despite support from countries including Kenya, Jamaica and Argentina, objection from larger members has meant that the proposal has been shelved until the next meeting in March. Negotiators have argued that countries in the global South lack an “enabling” environment to develop vaccine industries. “Manufacturers should be able to go ahead and produce without being sued for infringing intellectual property rules,” one expert was reported as saying after yesterday’s negotiations. Patents, IP and other legal barriers severely hinder a country’s ability to access tools like vaccines and treatments in a timely manner, the South African delegation argued. “Those delegations opposing the waiver proposal have repeatedly suggested that voluntary approaches offer the best solution,” stated South Africa in its closing arguments Thursday. “As would have been emphasized, the TRIPS waiver proposal is supportive of any voluntary licenses issued by companies, however the terms of such licenses are often such that they may restrict access or reserve supply only for wealthy nations. “Similarly, for vaccines, bilateral deals are being signed by pharmaceutical companies with specific governments but the details of these deals are mostly unknown. Usually these agreements are for manufacturing of limited amounts and solely supplying a country’s territory or a limited subset of countries.” The delegation also pressed for information on the European Commission’s IP action plan, which calls for the “voluntary pooling and licensing of intellectual property related to COVID-19 therapeutics and vaccines … to promote equitable global access as well as a fair return on investment”. In its address, South Africa also questioned how the EU intends to act on its “lofty rhetoric”, citing that there has been limited transparency or explanation as to the mechanisms it proposes that would enable the pooling of IP. Among the opponents, Canada was among the high-income countries that appeared to be seeking a mediating role. It urged WTO members to continue discussions based on “mutual understandings and consensual solutions” – although its statement also suggested that the “overall TRIPS system works well”. Countering that, advocates pointed to a recent South Centre study of IP regimes and TRIPS flexibilities in almost 30 African countries, which found that the regime is is “far from optimal”. A handful of other middle and high-income countries countries, including Kenya, Jamaica and Argentina also expressed favorable views about the proposal. But the overriding objections from most of the WTO’s most industrialized member states effectively means that the WTO TRIPS Council – which oversees the WTO agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) – will be shelved for the time being. The next TRIPS Council meeting is in March 2021; meanwhile members have agreed to submit an oral status report to the General Council for next week. Pardoxically, the meeting came just a day before the Medicines Patent Pool, a UN-backed organization, celebrated its 10 year anniversary. The MPP was created to facilitate access to medicines through voluntary licenses with patent holders. Over the past ten years, MPP has secured 15 billion doses of HIV, hepatitis and tuberculosis medicines across 141 countries. Today @wto Members agreed to continue discussions on TRIPS #COVID19 waiver proposal. 🇨🇦 is committed to mutual understanding & consensual solutions.Canada’s statement: 👉🏾https://t.co/4MUTclPR8L@CanadaTrade — Canada in Geneva 🍁 (@CanadaGeneva) December 10, 2020 COVAX: Insufficient Funds and Targets? In Thursday’s debate South Africa also drew attention to the failings of the COVAX facility so far to raise sufficient funds for the massive distribution of 2 billion vaccine doses, sufficient for immunizing 1 billion people in 2021. So far, the facility has raised funds and made deals for the procurement of about half that amount of vaccine doses, said Dr. Tedros on Friday. But even if the COVAX Facility’s 2021 targets were met, those would be “insufficient to meet global needs of the 7.7 billion people of this world”, South Africa said in its statement at the WTO meeting. The COVAX target to provide 245 million courses of treatment for low- and middle-income countries is insufficient, the delegation said. It noted that the targets to immunise 1 billion people globally, and bring 245 million courses of treatment and 500 million diagnostic tests to low- and middle-income countries are not enough to make equitable care and timely access “a reality.” And anyway at the moment, South Africa charged, “more than 90% of all future production of likely vaccine candidates being reserved for rich developed countries”. “Ad hoc, non-transparent and unaccountable bilateral deals that artificially limit supply and competition cannot reliably deliver access during a global pandemic,” warned South Africa on Thursday. “These bilateral deals do not demonstrate global collaboration but rather reinforces ‘vaccine apartheid’ and enlarges chasms of inequity.“ Switzerland, for instance, has already bought up some 16 million vaccine doses through bilateral deals with Pfizer, Moderna and AstraZeneca, enough to vaccinate its entire population, in spite of the fact that half of the country’s citizens have declared that they would not want to get a COVID-19 jab, even if it were proven to be safe and effective. Image Credits: WHO, Eli Lilly. US FDA Commissioner Stephen Hahn Signals Approval of Pfizer Vaccine – Tells CDC To Get Ready For Rollout 11/12/2020 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & J Hacker Warning: Attempt to read property "post_title" on null in /home/clients/58f2a29976672af522a8f4d82ffa28b6/web/wp-content/plugins/better-image-credits/better-image-credits.php on line 227 Commissioner Stephen Hahn said that the FDA had notified the officials handling vaccine distribution logistics for the US’ ‘Operation Warp Speed’ so they can begin timely execution of their plans. United States Food and Drug Agency Commissioner Stephen Hahn Friday said that the agency will “rapidly work toward the finalization and issuance of an emergency use authorization” for the cutting edge Pfizer/BioNTech COVID-19 vaccine – following a vote by an independent FDA expert panel on Thursday recommending that the vaccine be approved. FDA Commissioner @SteveFDA and @FDACBER Director Dr. Peter Marks issue a statement on yesterday’s Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee Meeting. https://t.co/8uKTTDTYcx pic.twitter.com/2aufBaMTez — U.S. FDA (@US_FDA) December 11, 2020 Hahn said that the FDA had notified the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and officials handling vaccine distribution logistics for the US’ ‘Operation Warp Speed’ “so they can execute their plans for timely distribution” of the vaccine across the country. Currently, the US has more than 6 million active cases of COVID-19 and is seeing new cases reported at a rate of 200,000 a day. The daily confirmed cases in the current 10 most affected countries. US FDA Approval – Signal For WHO & The World US FDA approval will not only open the floodgates of vaccine distribution in the United States. As the world’s flagship regulatory agency, it will send a strong signal to the rest of the world that the vaccine is effective and safe. The European Medicines Agency is next set to review the Pfizer request on 12 January. To speed up regulatory approvals elsewhere in the world, WHO will also be issuing its own “Emergency Use Licenses (EUL)” for quality-assured vaccines, WHO Chief Scientist Soumya Swaminathan said at WHO’s Friday press conference. She noted that the WHO assessments would be done with a number of other national regulatory agencies – and could then provide a “stamp of efficacy and manufacturing quality”, upon which other countries could rely. The approvals would also support more rapid distribution of vaccines through the WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine facility. Soumya Swaminathan, WHO Chief Scientist. “We have asked countries to either accept the WHO EUL or another stringent regulatory agency approval,” said Swaminathan. “What we don’t want is for every country to start their own national assessment because that will take a lot of time.” She said that WHO will review vaccines submitted to the agency for approval on a rolling basis as Phase III trials are completed. “We expect in the coming weeks we will be reviewing the Pfizer-BioNTech vaccine and coming out with something,” Swaminathan said, adding that she expected the Moderna and AstraZeneca vaccines to be next in line. “Products issued by a stringent regulatory authority can also be used by the COVAX facility so there will be no barrier to speedy use,” added WHO’s Bruce Aylward, a senior advisor to the WHO Director General. FDA Recommendation Is Not Without Reservations – Concerns About Vaccine Allergy & Hesitancy Thursday’s 17 to 4 vote, with 1 abstention, by the Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee (VRBPAC) reflected the overall high level of confidence that the vaccine had earned – but also some reservations. Those centered largely around the safety of vaccines in young people and other vulnerable populations, as well as how vaccination centres would cope with potential allergic reactions – following two instances in the United Kingdom, which began rolling out the vaccine on Tuesday. WATCH LIVE: The Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee meeting has resumed. The committee is now expected to continue their discussion and then vote. https://t.co/9Eex3hp5Pp — U.S. FDA (@US_FDA) December 10, 2020 Reports of UK healthcare workers experiencing allergic reactions to Pfizer’s vaccine may have a negative impact on vaccine uptake in the US, the panel noted. Two healthcare workers in the UK experienced allergic reactions after their injection on Tuesday, leading the British Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (MHRA) to issue a warning that anyone with a history of severe allergies should refrain from getting the jab. The two workers – who are believed to have suffered anaphylactoid reactions (less severe than anaphylaxis) – had a history of allergies, and are recovering well. While there is currently not enough data to suggest how likely or severe a reaction could be, the FDA experts expressed concerns about how public concerns around allergic reactions could also impact vaccine uptake. Tens of millions of Americans with a history of severe allergic reactions could now be hesitant to receive an injection, Paul Offit, vaccinologist from the Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia, said during the FDA panel meeting, which was broadcast live. The FDA expert review group was already aware of the possibility that the Pfizer vaccine could cause an allergic reaction, prior to the occurrences in the UK when it launched its vaccination campaign on Tuesday. This could have a significant impact on attempts to reach high levels of overall immunity, even as the most recent surveys show that the number of Americans willing to be vaccinated has risen to 6 in 10. However, the FDA expert review group was already aware of the possibility that the Pfizer vaccine could cause an allergic reaction, prior to the occurrences in the UK. Pfizer’s draft EUA had been updated several weeks ago warning that anyone with an allergy to a component of the vaccines should not get it, said Marion Gruber, director of the office of vaccines research and review at the FDA. Equipment for dealing with severe allergic reactions should therefore be available on vaccine sites, the EUA draft request stated. Questions Remain: Can Pregnant Women and 16 Year Olds Get the Vaccine? A lack of sufficient data on the vaccine’s safety in pregnant and lactating women as well as adolescents aged 16-17 were the other key issues of debate among the expert panelists. Pfizer’s EUA submission only included data on 153 participants aged 16-17. The overall lack of data appeared to be the main source of the concern, with no clear negatives or side effects specific to this age group reported. As Offit noted: “We have clear evidence of a benefit. All we have on the other side is theoretical risk.” Arnold Monto, an epidemiologist who chaired the panel, said: “We will get more data as we start using the vaccine more extensively. “With rare outcomes, you have to start using the vaccine in order to see them.” It is highly unlikely the FDA will authorise a vaccine for these groups until a reproductive toxicity study is complete. The experts also were undecided about whether pregnant and lactating women should receive the vaccine – due to a similar lack of evidence in the Phase III study trials. Pregnant women are often excluded from such trials, at least at the initial phases, in order to avoid unknown long-term effects on their fetus. Manufacturers have been told to conduct developmental and reproductive toxicity (DART) studies, which indicate if a vaccine presents any risk to a fetus. Pfizer has reported that its preliminary results will be ready within days. Until these studies are complete, it is highly unlikely the FDA will authorise a vaccine for these groups. Image Credits: BioNTech, US Senate, Johns Hopkins University & Medicine, WHO. COVID-19 Reveals Weakness Of Global Health Financing Systems, Says New WHO Expenditure Report 11/12/2020 Raisa Santos COVID-19 has revealed disproportionate spending in health systems between low- and middle-income countries and high-income countries. The combined health and economic shocks triggered by COVID-19 have revealed profound weaknesses in health systems, with direct consequences on the future of healthcare, says a new World Health Organisation report on global health financing systems. “COVID-19 has revealed [the] underlying weakness of country and global health financing systems. There needs to be a proactive policy response. The year 2020 is the ultimate proof that investing in health is good for people and good for the economy,” said Agnes Soucat, one of the head writers on the new WHO report, Global Spending on Health: Weathering the storm. The global health expenditure report highlights COVID-19’s devastating impact worldwide – describing global patterns and trends prior to the pandemic, the changes in allocation levels in 2020 arising from country responses, and the challenges raised by future health spending and equitable access to healthcare. All countries have responded to the health and related economic crisis of COVID-19 with exceptional budget allocations, and yet there have been stark differences in response depending on a country’s income level, the report reveals. Low-Income Countries Allocated the Least Per Capita – but Most of Their Budgets Channeled Into COVID Response Per capita, high-income countries spent far more on the COVID-19 response, averaging US$205, as compared to middle-income countries US$20 and low-income countries US$3. But low-income countries allocated the largest proportion of their health budgets to the response. Per capita budget allocations for the COVID-19 health response and per capita pre-COVID-19 public spending on health, by income group, constant US$ 2018. Low-income countries allocated the highest proportion of health budgets to the response. And at the same time, those proportionately higher allocations may not have been used to their full potential due to pre-existing financial management issues that hinder budget implementation – spending authorization delays and difficulty in channelling resources towards service providers are some examples. “Health spending has an impact on unmet health needs. During COVID-19, unmet health needs have implications for health equity. Poor and vulnerable populations suffer disproportionately,” said Dr Soonman Kwon, Professor at the School of Public Health at Seoul National University, who also spoke at the launch of the report. Almost all countries will see economic contraction in 2020, with the rest experiencing a major slowdown in growth. Stringent lockdowns reduce countries’ ability to cope with COVID-19’s economic impact, but other factors include constrained trade, tourism, and remittances, and ongoing fiscal challenges such as low tax revenues, high debt servicing and large deficits. Declining economic activity has increased unemployment and reduced working hours, and unemployment rates are expected to increase. This has the potential to decrease revenues from employment-based contributions, while both economic and health needs rise. Low-Income Countries Continue to Spend Far Less, Per Capita On Health – and Much More On Infectious Diseases Before the COVID-19 pandemic, global spending on health was rising, albeit at a slower rate in recent years, peaking at $8.3 million in 2018. But there have been deep-seated disparities in where and how money was spent. More than 75% of global spending on health in the WHO regions of the Americas and Europe, while WHO’s Western Pacific Region accounted for 19% of global spending, South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean regions accounted for only 2%, and the African region only 1%. The differences have continued to grow over time. Health spending by World Health Organisation region and country, 2018. Most health spending took place in the WHO Americas and European regions in 2018. Low-income countries also continue to depend heavily on donor funding. Aid for health per capita more than doubled in real terms from 2000 to 2018, accounting for a quarter of lower income countries’ health spending in 2018. Two-thirds of external aid for health addressed infectious diseases in both low- and middle-income countries (LMICs). In middle-income countries, HIV alone accounted for nearly half the aid for health. Other key trends in lower income countries include: Average domestic spending on health was only about about 4.4% of GDP, or US$ 34 per capita in 2018, of which nearly 60% was out-of-pocket. Average government spending on health was only US$ 9 per capita in 2018, about 1.2% of GDP, and the priority given to health in public spending has been declining between 2000 and 2018. In low-income countries, infectious diseases accounted for half of overall health spending, while in middle income countries, they accounted for one-third. Noncommunicable diseases accounted for about 30% of health spending in middle-income countries and about 13% in low-income countries – even though NCD rates are soaring in LMICs. Spending disaggregated by disease or programme, by country income group, 2018. Low-income countries spent half their overall health spending on infectious diseases, while middle-income countries spent one-third. Noncommunicable diseases accounted for about 30% of the health spending in middle-income countries and about 13% in low-income countries. “Equitable allocation of resources needs to remain font and center of any decision-making. Civil society plays a crucial role to demand that spending is geared to community needs,” said Lenio Capsaskis, Head of Health Policy, Advocacy and Research at Save the Children UK. Opportunity for Financial “Reset” in a Post-COVID World The health sector must work closely with finance authorities in public spending especially in the health sector’s role in delivering the COVID-19 vaccine and other common goods for health. The health sector must work more closely with finance authorities to raise health care spending as a higher priority in government budgets, the report underlines. There is an opportunity for economic ‘reset’ in countries with weak health financing systems following the pandemic, the report advises. Health policy leaders can aim to raise awareness among other government sectors – using COVID vaccines as an example of a “common good” important to health and restarting economies. The report puts forward six recommendations that call for a new “health financing compact” for a post-COVID world. Secure domestic public spending on health as both a societal and an economic priority – The global GDP loss due to the pandemic is estimated to be approximately US $4 trillion , while needed funding for Common Goods for Health to ensure epidemic preparedness is estimated to be approximately US $150 billion per year. Investing in Common Goods for health should incorporate the implementation of International Health Regulations, epidemic preparedness, essential public health functions, animal health and environmental health. Fund Common Goods for Health as step zero of equitable access to healthcare at a country level – The Common Goods for health are core, top-priority public health functions focused on population-based health that require collective action. They can be grouped into five categories: policy coordination; laws and regulations; information (including surveillance); taxes and subsidies; and public health programs. Invest in global Common Goods for Health to enable global health security – The global international architecture is not well suited to the current health challenges and has no sustained revenue for the common goods of health. Unified guidance is lacking on using funds for preparedness and on making trade-offs between research and development, regulation, and surveillance and information. A tracking mechanism is needed to identify spending beyond that of any one country. Prioritise public funding to ensure equity of access and financial protection through a primarily health care approach – Clear priorities in spending need to ensure access for everyone to essential health services. Public subsidies are needed to ensure universal equitable access. How much governments fund, what health functions and systems they support, and how effective systems are in using public funds will define the role of private health spending. Increase the level of aid to lower income countries, but adjust aid modalities – Lower income countries face severe fiscal constraints that include increasing debts that may limit social sector spending in the future. This is occurring concurrently with the decrease in external aid. Sustained aid in the form of grants, concessional lending and debt relief will be needed to strengthen health systems so countries build preparedness and strengthen public health systems that deliver equitable access to health. Fund national institutions for transparent and inclusive tracking of health spending at both country and global levels – Timely monitoring of spending is essential for monitoring health system performance and ensuring transparency and accountability. Given the vast effort and resources devoted to COVID-19 control, real time monitoring is needed to assess how actual spending supports health system performance. This can help governments gain the trust of their population, a proven factor for the effective control of the COVID-19 pandemic. Said Dr Michael Borotwitz, Chief Economist at Global Fund, on the report recommendations: “We need to figure out how to fund global public goods, and come together and support WHO in this area. We need to link health security and national health accounts.” Image Credits: elycefeliz/Flickr, WHO, Marco Verch/Flickr. Patient Care After COVID: Providers Must Correct ‘One Size Fits All’ Approach, Experts Say 10/12/2020 Raisa Santos 2019 Asia Pacific Patients Congress in Taipei, Taiwan; IAPO’s Asia Pacific Patients Congress hopes to bring patients and patient groups together in the Western Asia and Southeast Asia region Raising a conversation about patients rights and patient care over the din of the COVID-19 pandemic is not easy. But hundreds of patient groups and thousands of attendees drew together virtually last week at the 2nd Asia-Pacific Patients Congress to talk about how to reclaim a voice and space for patient rights in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic – where patients have been more disempowered than ever before. COVID-19 has greatly altered the patient experience, shifting people more than ever from an active to a passive role in their health care, especially in the initial stages of the pandemic, said Dr Sanjiv Kumar, Chair of the India Alliance of Patient Groups. “[Patients] were picked up from homes and placed in hospitals. They were not allowed initially to even make phone calls to their friends and relatives; no visitors were allowed. It was more like putting somebody in a jail,” he said. Speaking at the keynote event, ‘Patients’ co-creation in future proofing health systems: preparedness for the next phase of the pandemic’, Sanjiv reflected on how COVID-19 has been “treated not as a health problem, but as a law and order situation” in India and many other countries. The stigma has been reinforced by measures created by the government and police authorities, where the implementation of restricted areas and red zones prevented people and patients from entering and leaving areas. According to Dr Sanjiv, healthcare must shift to a people-centered approach that allows patient participation and respects their needs and preferences – if goals for equity, quality and universal access are ever to be achieved.. “The patient community underscored the reality that for sustainable universal health coverage, there needs to be active patient engagement at all levels of the health system decision-making process,” said Karen Alparce-Villanueva, Secretary of the International Alliance of Patients’ Organisations (IAPO), speaking at the event. IAPO 2nd Asia Pacific Patients Congress – inaugural launch, featuring, clockwise, Karen Alparce-Villanueva, Dr Neda Milevska, and Dr Ratna Devi Patients As Experts in Healthcare The Congress – which ran 3 – 4 December and drew in 298 patient groups and 3046 attendees from 66 countries – included presentations on topics such as digital literacy, patient registries, clinical trials and increased participation, patient safety, reducing harm, patients led research, patient co-authorship, regulatory reliance and harmonisation, and building back better healthcare systems post COVID-19. “COVID-19, took a lot of the attention and resources globally, but we wanted to leave no one behind,” said Dr Neda Milevska Kostova, Vice-Chair at IAPO, who spoke on initiatives created by IAPO, such as the Congress, that have been organized to “make patient voices heard.” The Congress is one of several regional conferences organized by IAPO that occur annually in order to fulfill the vision of seeing patients and patient groups at the center of healthcare. Speakers flagged that patients’ right to choice and their role as experts in healthcare should be acknowledged and given appropriate space and environment to contribute meaningfully. Said Dr Ratna Devi, Chair at IAPO. “This is a huge opportunity for patient groups to come together to lend their voices.” She stressed that healthcare is “not one size fit all,” since providers are working with diverse patients from diverse backgrounds. “Healthcare needs to be customized, messaging needs to be customized, and how you ask people to change their behaviors needs to be customized.” At the same time, to become more empowered, patients need to be more aware of the need to act pre-emptively when accessing health care, she said, adding: “If patient groups integrate themselves and understand that early diagnosis, and early seeking of treatment, could be a better option, things could change for them.” Health Authorities Need to Build Patient Trust & Engagement – COVID Vaccine Rollouts Will be a Litmus Test Health systems must work together with populations, communities, and patients in addressing the COVID-19 response and other health risks Health authorities need to implement strategies that engage and empower people and communities. Patient leaders must become active participants in the implementation of health policies that ensure they are at the center of equitable health access. “Every one of us is a potential patient, and everyone one of us has the motivation to be involved in combating the pandemic,” said Dr Martin Taylor, Director of Health Systems and Services in the WHO’s Western Pacific Regional Office. He addressed the role played by patients, their families, and communities in shaping the collective and societal response to COVID-19. Dr Martin Taylor, Director of Health Systems and Services at the WHO Western Pacific Region Community engagement has become a key strategy in a successful COVID response, Taylor noted. “Trust is central to this in the Asia Pacific region,” he added. An effective response to COVID-19, said Dr Martin, requires that governance, health systems, populations, communities, patients, all work together. Community health leaders who have succeeded in curbing transmission trends and assuring quality care have done so by building trust and engagement in solutions that worked for health workers, patients and their families, as well as the broader populoation. Looking ahead, the development and rollout of COVID-19 vaccines will be the next great opportunity for new models of patient engagement. A successful rollout is dependent on extremely effective engagement with groups, making sure that instead of misinformation, there is trust, and that vaccine supplies and delivery are carefully managed. Added Taylor: “Our vision [for the future] will only be possible if patient and patient groups, and communities, engage, and are engaged, both in shaping and advocating for a vision in which health is at the core of society’s values.” Image Credits: Flickr: Rumi Consultancy/World Bank, APPC, APPC. India’s COVID-19 Cases Rise – Along With Air Pollution 10/12/2020 Menaka Rao COVID-19 Pandemic Relief Services, New Delhi. India experts say Delhi’s air pollution peaks is also causing more COVID mortality. The government’s suggested mitigation strategies have included wearing a mask and eating carrots. As COVID-cases rose rapidly in Delhi this November, the strong correlation to increasingly dangerous levels of air pollution in the state has brought more attention to the political pressure to address the health emergency. Delhi saw its highest number of COVID-19 cases in November, totalling more than 175,000. The city administration also recorded more than 2,000 deaths, the highest so far in the city. The death rate – 1.6% – was also higher than the national average of 1.45%. In the same period, Delhi also had 9 days with air quality that was categorised “severe”, with an air quality index (AQI) between 400-500. This corresponds to hazardous levels of small and fine particulate matter: PM 10 and PM 2.5. While PM 10 are particulate matters that can be inhaled, PM 2.5 particles are the ones that carry the highest health risks. The tiniest particles penetrate deep into the lungs, causing or exacerbating chronic lung disease as well as acute respiratory illnesses like pneumonia. Entering the bloodstream, they are also a factor in increasing risks of hypertension, strokes, and heart attack. In the wake of the COVID pandemic a growing number of Indian politicians, including Delhi chief minister Arvind Kejriwal, and government-based scientists have stated that mounting air pollution levels in Delhi and surrounding states this winter has been one of the drivers behind the recent increases seen in COVID-positive cases and mortality. The air pollution crisis has become an annual occurrence of the early winter across northern India – caused by human factors and exacerbated by winds, drier weather, and temperature inversions. The seasonal burning of rice stubble by farmers in neighbouring states to clear fields for the winter sowing of crops has become one key factor. Others include road and construction dust, traffic and power plant emissions and the lighting of fireworks during the Hindu festival of Diwali, which was celebrated this year in mid-November. Kejriwal told Hindustan Times last month: “While I do not discount other factors that may have contributed to [an] increase in COVID-19 cases, experts say that pollution has hugely contributed to the rise of COVID-19 cases in the city, the intensity of the wave of cases, and increasing the number of deaths.” He added that “we can’t play politics with this problem”, referring to what he alleges is apathy toward pollution on behalf of political parties, and lack of initiative to work towards cleaner air. Law makers in India’s central government have traditionally denied the extent of the impact of pollution on health. In 2017, the Indian Health Minister told news channel NDTV it was “too much” to attribute “any death to a cause like pollution”. Dr Balram Bhargava, the director-general of the respected Indian Council of Medical Research also linked air pollution to rising COVID-19 mortality. “It is well-known that pollution is one of the most important aspects of death,” said Bhargava at a virtual briefing in October. “First being malnutrition, then tobacco, high blood pressure, and pollution. “On pollution related to COVID-19 mortality, there have been some studies in Europe and the United States. They have looked at polluted areas, and have compared the mortality during lockdown and correlation with pollution, and have found clearly that pollution is contributing to the morality in COVID-19. That is well established by these studies.” Bhragava’s only strategy for mitigating the problem, however, was to advocate more wearing of masks, as the “most inexpensive treatment”. Strong Correlation Between Air Pollution and COVID-19 Mortality A growing number of recent studies have reinforced the links between air pollution and COVID-related mortality. A recent China-based study published in BMJ Public Health, which concluded that along with travel patterns, airborne particulate matter may be associated with an increased risk of COVID-19 transmission. Other studies have also reinforced the links between chronic exposure to air pollution and higher COVID-19 mortality rates. A study published in October in the journal Cardiovascular Research estimated that 15% of deaths worldwide from COVID-19 could be attributed to prior patterns of long-term exposure to air pollution. India has noted more than 9.5 million cumulative COVID-19 cases, as of the morning of 10 December 2020. The researchers used epidemiological data from previous US and Chinese studies of air pollution and the 2003 SARS outbreak, supported by additional data from Italy. An earlier study by researchers from Harvard TH Chan School of Public Health, Boston, concluded that higher historical PM 2.5 exposure is positively associated with higher COVID-19 mortality rates in the US. In a recent World Health Organization (WHO) presentation, Dr Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of Public Health and Environment concluded: “We know that in case of patients with COVID-19, those who will be more at risk of developing severe illness are those with underlying conditions like high blood pressure or heart diseases. “We see that air pollution might exacerbate those diseases making the population more vulnerable to the disease plus to the severity of developing a more serious illness.” Indian Government Historically Denied Air Pollution’s Health Impacts In India, 1 in 8 deaths were attributable to air pollution in 2017, making it a leading risk factor for death in India, a study published in The Lancet reported. More than 75% of the population in India is chronically exposed to average ambient PM2.5 levels above 40 μg/m3, the recommended limit by National Ambient Air Quality Standards. The highest PM2.5 exposure levels are in Delhi, followed by the other north Indian states of Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and Haryana. However, lawmakers in the central government, which can help coordinate between different agencies and state governments to reduce pollution, have traditionally denied the extent of the impact of pollution on health. In 2017, the Indian Health Minister, Dr Harsh Vardhan said that the hazardous pollution level was not a public health emergency and told news channel NDTV “to attribute any death to a cause like pollution may be too much”. Last year, he advised people on Twitter to eat carrots to mitigate pollution-related harm. #EatRightIndia_34 Eating carrots helps the body get Vitamin A, potassium, & antioxidants which protect against night blindness common in India. Carrots also help against other pollution-related harm to health.#EatRightIndia @PMOIndia @MoHFW_INDIA @fssaiindia pic.twitter.com/VPjVfiMpR8 — Dr Harsh Vardhan (Modi Ka Pariwar) (@drharshvardhan) November 3, 2019 Even more puzzling was the advice of the Minister of Environment, Forest & Climate Change, Prakash Javadekar, who simply tweeted an encouragement for citizens to “start your day with music”, in a week in November 2019 that saw peak levels of air pollution last year. Later, as Delhi’s air pollution levels rose further to some of the highest levels ever recorded, India’s Environment Minister Prakash Javadekar declared before the Indian parliament: “No Indian study has shown pollution shortens life. Let us not create fear psychosis among people.” He was contradicted, however, by his own Environment Secretary, CK Mishra, who told Health Policy Watch during an exclusive interview at the Madrid COP25 Climate Conference: “Nobody denies that poor air quality causes morbidity and may also cause mortality. Certainly … it must be causing mortality.” “It may not be 7.5 [million deaths],” Mishra added. “But the fact remains that there are numbers to be attended to. As far as the ministry is concerned, we are very conscious of the fact that it is leading to loss of human life and we need to correct this situation.” Signs of Action This Year – But No Results So Far In October this year, with COVID sweeping across India as well, Delhi’s Kejriwal declared a “war on pollution”, forming a team to monitor the sources of pollution including open air burning complaints, and repairing the city’s potholed roads to control dust. Kejriwal also began promoting an inexpensive biological formulation that can be sprayed on rice stalks, accelerating their decomposition, eliminating the need to burn them. He has said that the ‘Pusa decomposer’ is already being used by farmers in Delhi State to convert their stubble into fertilizer. The innovation has not, however, reached the surrounding states of Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh, from which most of the stubble pollution originates. The current subsidy structure incentivizes excessive rice yields. These rigid stalks are the most difficult to manage and so are often burnt. “This should be the last year of pollution,” Kejriwal affirmed at a recent leadership summit. “We have petitioned the air quality commission formally to order Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh governments to ensure this bio-decomposer is used in all the farms there.” But expert observers are less sure. They note that the Delhi government so far failed to even curb the use of firecrackers during the week long festival of Diwali. Despite a ban on their sale, firecrackers were heard across the city during the festival. Under pressure from the country’s Supreme Court, the Central Government also constituted a permanent Commission for Air Quality Management in the region, which has the power to coordinate action among states. Headed by a former top official in the Petroleum Ministry, the Commission has so far done almost nothing. Following Diwali and past the peak of the crop burning season, pollution rates in Delhi have subsided somewhat, with an AQI averaging 300-400, but experts are asking how and where more systemic changes could be made to reduce levels year-round as well as avoid future emergencies. #AirQuality forecast for #India #GEOS @SERVIRGlobal pic.twitter.com/aClDUq2scz — Pawan Gupta (@pawanpgupta) December 8, 2020 Meanwhile, the city has been blockaded for several weeks by farmers from around the northern Indian region, who are protesting a government plan to remove subsidies. Through a ‘minimum support price’ the government sets to procure produce from the rice and wheat crops that farmers grow, forcing them to sell on the open market. Farmers have demanded that fines and penalties for stubble burning be withdrawn. In order to appease the protesters, the government might refrain from fining farmers who violate existing laws by burning their crop stubble. While the fines have never been very effective, it’s still a measure that could also create a setback in the air pollution battle. Indian farmers protest outside of Delhi in early December So far, the dispute over the crop subsidies has failed to get to the root of the air pollution issue, experts also say. This lies in the fact that the current subsidy structure incentivizes farmers to grow excessive amounts of rice, whose rigid stalks are the most difficult to manage – and so are often burnt. The rice cultivation also consumes excessive water in the water-scarce Punjab region. Environmentalists have said that the crop subsidy structure should support farmers’ cultivation of nutrition rich grains and legumes indigenous to the region, like millet or lentils, which are also less polluting, in how the stubble can be managed. But neither nutrition content or air pollution seem to be key factors right now in the debate over farm subsidies that is occurring right now. It is unlikely that, if subsidies were removed along the lines of the government plans, farmers would grow more nutritious crops either: they are not big candidates for large multinational purchases on the private market. Despite the inertia, there are growing public pressures on the government to act, said Arvind Kumar, a chest surgeon from Delhi who is internationally known for his outspoken criticism of India’s air pollution and its health impacts. And so the tide of political apathy towards pollution may be turning, said Kumar, who is the founder of the Lung Care Foundation, a non-profit that spreads awareness about pollution and its effects. “In the heart of hearts, the politicians know that pollution is a problem and that it damages health. The challenge is admitting that to the public,” said Kumar. “But with every passing year, with the problem becoming more acute and more intense, there will be more outcry.” -Jyot Pande Lavakare contributed to this story. Image Credits: Rashed Shumon, Belur Math, Howrah, Johns Hopkins University & Medicine, Neil Palmer, @DevinderBenipa2 , Dāvis Kļaviņš . As Rich Countries Roll Out COVID-19 Vaccines – Will Developing Countries Miss Out? 09/12/2020 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Pfizer’s mRNA vaccine is being rolled out in the United Kingdom, to be followed by the United States and Europe. While some of the world’s richest countries have now stockpiled more COVID vaccines than they have people to inject, the world’s 67 poorest countries may only be able to vaccinate 1 in 10 people against COVID-19 next year, unless urgent action is taken by governments and the pharmaceutical industry to make sure enough doses are produced. This was the warning in a report published on Wednesday by Oxfam, Amnesty International and other advocacy groups The report notes that the massive pre-purchase of leading vaccine candidates by rich countries means that some of the world’s wealthiest nations have bought up enough doses to vaccinate their entire populations nearly three times over by the end of 2021 – supposing the vaccines in clinical trials are all approved for use. The same data suggests that countries representing just 14% of the world’s population have bought up some 53% of all the most promising vaccines so far. Canada tops the chart with enough vaccines to vaccinate each Canadian 5 times over. The organizations analyzed data on publicly reported vaccine deals done between countries and the eight leading vaccine candidates. They found that 67 low and lower middle-income countries risk being left behind. Five of those countries – Kenya, Myanmar, Nigeria, Pakistan and Ukraine – have reported nearly 1.5 million COVID cases between them. The Republic of Korea has vaccines to cover 88% of its population of more than 50 million people. But nearby, the low-income Philippines, has so far secured only 2.6 million doses for next year covering only 1.3 million people out of its total 106 million population, according to the report. Report Comes Amidst Flurry of Upcoming Vaccine Regulatory Approvals the total number of confirmed vaccine doses procured, displayed by income level. (Duke Global Health Innovation Centre) The report comes on the heels of the inaugural jab in the United Kingdom of 90 year-old Margaret Keenan on Tuesday with the first commercially available COVID-19 vaccine. The UK became the first country to approve Pfizer’s high-tech mRNA vaccine candidate for widespread use last week. On Thursday, the United States Food and Drug Administration is expected to approve the Pfizer vaccine for emergency use among Americans, after already issuing a positive review of the vaccine’s clinical trial results. That is likely to be followed by FDA approval of a similarly designed mRNA vaccine by Moderna on 17 December, and the European Medicines Agency will review the same vaccines in early January. The third vaccine-in-waiting is likely to be AstraZeneca’s cheaper and simpler adenovirus vaccine, based on a more common delivery mechanism, that uses a weakened form of a common cold virus to deliver a fragment of the trademark SARS-CoV-2 spike protein into the body, and prompt an immune reaction. Results of the AstraZeneca vaccine trial involving some 24,000 people and published Tuesday in The Lancet, found that the vaccine was 70% effective on average – with efficacy rising to 90% among trial participants who accidentally received only a half first dose. In the wake of the serendipitous discovery, a larger trial with the amended dosing regime will be undertaken, AstraZeneca has said. But it said that with average efficacy rates still above the 60% benchmark set by regulatory agencies, it would also seek regulatory approval simultaneously. A number of low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) like India, Mexico and Brazil have managed to secure large vaccine procurement commitments through manufacturing deals with AstraZeneca, a Swedish firm that undertook its vaccine development effort in collaboration with the UK’s Oxford University. That joint initiative has championed the development of a low-cost vaccine, which the company has committed to producing on a non-profit basis during the pandemic – leaving an estimated cost of about US$3, per dose, as compared to $20-$30 for the more high-tech Pfizer and Moderna alternatives. But since a large portion of AstraZeneca’s planned production of nearly 3 billion doses will be directly taken up by India, Brazil and Mexico – also among the LMICs hardest hit by the virus – that will still leave comparatively little to distribute more broadly. WHO Aims to Get 20% Coverage Worldwide Next Year Soumya Swaminathan, WHO Chief Scientist Speaking at last Friday’s WHO briefing, WHO Chief Scientist, Soumya Swaminathan, stated that the WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine pool has so far secured deals for 700 million doses of a COVID-19 vaccine. “That’s not sufficient,” said Swaminathan. “The goal is to get at least two billion doses by the end of 2021, which would be enough to vaccinate approximately 20% of the populations of the countries that are part of COVAX.” The WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine facility, a global collaboration to accelerate development, production, and equitable vaccine access, includes some 187 countries, covering 90% of the global population. WHO officials have held out hope that LMICs could also begin vaccinating the highest-risk groups, like health workers and older people “in the first quarter of 2021,” with the support of vaccines procured through the facility. Both rich and poor countries have joined the initiative, which aims to offer reduced prices for vaccines to most countries, and use donor funds to supply vaccines to some 92 countries that cannot afford to purchase them on their own. However, despite repeated pleas to donors for support, the facility remains some US$28 billion short on the funding needed for next year to fully fund the vaccine drive, as well as drugs, tests and health system support services in the world’s poorest 92 countries. The COVAX programme “urgently needs another US$5 billion in order to meet that goal of two billion doses”, stressed Swaminathan on Friday. World Trade Organization Debates IP “Waiver” for COVID Medicines and Vaccines On Thursday, the World Trade Organization (WTO) will resume its review of a proposal by South Africa and India to extend a broad WTO “waiver” over COVID-related patents, copyrights, and trade secrets for vaccines, medicines and health equipment, as part of another access initiative. The initiative has picked up considerable support among African, Asian and Latin American member states. But it is stiffly opposed by a wall of G-20 countries with huge pharma interests at stake. Thursday’s debate comes ahead of a full, formal review of the waiver proposal by the WTO’s General Council on 17 December. Leaders of the initiative have also threatened to put it to a vote, if it is not taken seriously. Medicines access groups are stepping up pressure on governments and organizations to consider the waiver concept, saying that sharing trade secrets and technologies is the only way to ensure fair distribution of brand-new medical technologies such as the COVID vaccines. On Wednesday, a petition organized by the online campaign organization AVAAZ and signed by some 900,000 people, was delivered to WTO members. The petition called on all governments, WTO members and pharmaceutical companies to “ensure access to lifesaving COVID-19 vaccines, treatments and equipment for everyone in the world”. “While the world waits with bated breath for the possible approval of these COVID-19 vaccines, it’s not time to celebrate yet,” said Dr Sidney Wong, Executive Co-Director of Médecins Sans Frontières Access Campaign in a press release on Tuesday. “Right now, we’re in a situation where a lion’s share of the limited number of first doses have already been snatched up by a handful of countries like the US and UK, as well as the EU, leaving very little for other countries in the short term. What we really want to see is a rapid expansion of the overall global supply, so there are more vaccines to go around and doses can be allocated according to WHO’s public health criteria, not a country’s ability to pay.” Image Credits: Pfizer, Duke Global Health Innovation Center. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Coronavirus Variant Identified In England 14/12/2020 J Hacker Warning: Attempt to read property "post_title" on null in /home/clients/58f2a29976672af522a8f4d82ffa28b6/web/wp-content/plugins/better-image-credits/better-image-credits.php on line 227 UK Health Secretary Matt Hancock. Sixty different local authorities in England have reported around 1,000 infections caused by a new COVID-19 variant. The variant is not thought to have an impact on disease severity or mortality, or on the efficacy of a vaccine. It has been reported to WHO. Health Secretary Matt Hancock said in Parliament today: “We have identified a new variant of coronavirus which may be associated with the faster spread in the South East of England. Initial analysis suggests that this variant is growing faster than the existing variants.” “WHO [is] working together with scientists around the world, evaluating each of the variants that are being identified,” said Dr Maria Van Kerkhove, WHO COVID-19 Technical Lead, in a press briefing on Monday. She added that studies designed to understand the “virus’ behaviour, its ability to transmit or its ability to cause different forms of disease” are “underway in the UK”. The UK is currently experiencing a sharp rise in cases, notably in London, the South East and South Wales. “Above all, this is a reminder that there is still so much to learn about COVID-19 … The speed at which this has been picked up on is also testament to this phenomenal research effort,” said Dr Jeremy Farrar, Director of Wellcome. “However, there is no room for complacency. We have to remain humble and be prepared to adapt and respond to new and continued challenges as we move into 2021.” He added that there will be surprises in how the virus “evolves and [in] the trajectory of the pandemic in the coming year.” The full statement delivered by Matt Hancock is available here. One In Four Health Facilities Worldwide Lack Basic Water Access, WHO Report Finds 14/12/2020 Svĕt Lustig Vijay In the world’s 47 least-developed countries, 50% of healthcare facilities lack basic water services and 60% lack sanitation services. The former is the first line of defence against any infectious disease. One out of every four health facilities worldwide lacks even the most basic access to water supplies. And in the world’s 47 least developed countries, one in every two facilities lacks such access, according to a new WHO report, co-authored with UNICEF, on access to water, sanitation and hygiene (WASH) in health care facilities. The report also found that one out of every 10 health facilities, including hospitals, lack sanitation services, and one out of three lack facilities basic waste management services to dispose of health care waste – waste that has exploded during the pandemic with the expanded use of personal protective equipment, SARS-CoV2 testing materials alongside the large amounts of disposable waste that is routinely generated. The dearth of safe water and sanitation facilities is most dire in the world’s 47 least-developed countries (LDCs), where three in five health facilities lack basic sanitation services, and seven out of 10 facilities fail to segregate and manage infectious healthcare waste management adequately. The net result is that nearly 2 billion people who rely on those health services, as well as the healthcare workers employed in them, are at heightened risk of infections, including from COVID-19, in the midst of the current pandemic. The new report Fundamentals first: Universal water, sanitation, and hygiene services in health care facilities for safe, quality care, published on Monday, comes only days after Universal Health Coverage Day was observed. WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. “Working in a healthcare facility without water, sanitation and hygiene is akin to sending nurses and doctors to work without personal protective equipment” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO Director-General on Monday. “Water supply, sanitation and hygiene in health care facilities are fundamental to stopping COVID-19. But there are still major gaps to overcome, particularly in least developed countries.” The report follows an initial baseline analysis last year of WASH in healthcare. The new report is far more comprehensive than last year’s analysis, providing a more robust profile of the situation around the world, Tom Slaymaker, Senior Statistics & Monitoring Specialist at UNICEF, told Health Policy Watch. Specifically, this year’s report includes data from 165 countries and 794,000 facilities, compared to last year’s data from 125 countries and 560,000 healthcare facilities. But large gaps in data remain, he stressed, in global estimates for sanitation, hygiene and environmental services coverage. Countries Are Off Track When it Comes to Universal Access Despite some pockets of progress, the report warns that countries are “significantly” off track to achieve universal access to basic WASH services within a decade. While 85% of the 47 least developed countries surveyed undertook situational analyses on access to WASH services, less than a third have costed out new national strategies to improve the situation. And only 10% have integrated WASH indicators into monitoring of national health systems. This includes just 5 countries: Benin, Serbia, Lebanon, Thailand and Nigeria. Every dollar invested in hand hygiene alone in health care facilities can generate a return of US$15, OECD found in 2018. “During these unprecedented times, it’s even more clear how fundamental WASH is for prevention of infections and improving health outcomes,” said the World Bank’s Global Director of Health, Nutrition and Population, Muhammad Pate. “We must work even closer together to ensure that WASH is included in all interventions and at scale.” Funding WASH in healthcare facilities is among the most cost-effective investments that governments can make, emphasized Jennifer Sara, Global Director for Water at the World Bank Group. Every dollar invested in hand hygiene alone in health care facilities can generate a return of US$15, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) found in 2018. “For millions of healthcare workers across the world, water is PPE,” she said. “It is essential that financing keeps flowing to bring water and sanitation services to those battling the COVID crisis on the front lines.” WASH is Fundamental to Sustainable Development Goals & COVID-19 Response As populations around the world anticipate a COVID-19 jab, access to WASH services in healthcare facilities has become more critical than ever before. For healthcare workers – who have borne about 15% of the global COVID-19 case toll, even though they account for only 3% of the world’s population – this is especially pressing “Many [healthcare workers] have fainted after wearing PPE for a long time,” one nursing officer in India was quoted as saying in the report. “We are dehydrated and not drinking enough water. Nurses are being diagnosed with urinary tract infections – it starts leaking and you want to talk about dignity!” healthcare workers constitute about 3% of the world’s population but have borne about 15% of the global COVID-19 case toll. Inadequate WASH services can also fuel neglected tropical diseases, which affect 1 in 5 people worldwide, mostly in low- and middle-income countries (LMICs). They also account for 11 million sepsis deaths a year, a preventable life-threatening condition, predominantly affecting newborn children, pregnant or recently pregnant women, as well as those living in LMICs. In Malawi, where maternal mortality is 30 times higher than in high-income countries, a midwife said in the report: “I remember vividly [when] we had to take women who had just given birth to a nearby river to wash. It would take 45 minutes. Some would collapse along the way. I felt sad for them. But there was no running water at the health facility.” Apart from infection control and prevention, access to WASH services can also curb antimicrobial resistance, improve quality care, and bolster health system resilience. Image Credits: UN Water, UNECE, Government ZA. WHO Calls On World Leaders To “Honor Their Pledge” To Fund COVID-19 Vaccines; South Africa Raises Spectre Of “Vaccine Apartheid” 11/12/2020 J Hacker, Svĕt Lustig Vijay & Elaine Ruth Fletcher The WHO Director General said that COVAX is “in danger of becoming no more than a noble gesture” if funding is not secured. WHO’s Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus on Friday issued yet another plea to leaders of rich countries to “honor their pledges” to fund COVID-19 vaccines sufficient to immunize the highest risk groups across the world. He spoke a day after South African officials raised the spectre that the world was heading towards a state of “vaccine apartheid” whereby rich countries would be able to immunize large sections of their population with vaccines now coming on the market – to which poor countries would not get rapid and widespread access.” “Our political leaders have pledged to make vaccines a global public good, but that pledge has to be translated into action,” said Dr Tedros, speaking at a Friday WHO press conference. “I call on world leaders to honor their pledges,” he added. “Sharing the vaccine and having the inoculation everywhere means faster recovery and it’s in the interest of each and every country in the world, lives and livelihoods will get back to normal.” Speaking earlier in the week at a UN high level meeting, the WHO DG said that COVAX is “in danger of becoming no more than a noble gesture”. Soumya Swaminathan, WHO Chief Scientist. Countries also need to ensure that they have logical distribution plans at the domestic level – so that people most at risk of dying from COVID-19 will get the vaccines first, said WHO’s Chief Scientist Soumya Swaminathan, also speaking at the WHO Friday briefing. “The fact is we are going to have limited doses all over the world, and we need to prioritize those at highest risk of getting the infection and dying from the infection – those are the front line health care workers and the elderly. The rest of us have to be more patient, and rely on the [masking and social distancing] measures we have already been using,” said Swaminathan. WTO Member States Fail To Agree On “Waiver” For COVID-19 Vaccines & Medicines WHO has tried to persuade rich countries to come up with some US$ 4.3 billion immediately and US$ 28 billion over the next year, to adequately fund vaccines, medicines and tests through its massive ACT Accelerator Initiative. Arguing that philanthropy is no longer the solution to the gaping disparities in access to COVID health products that is emerging, South Africa and India have been leading a countermeasure – a World Trade Organization initiative for a broad intellectual property (IP) waiver on any COVID health products. The proposed waiver would cover patents, copyrights, trade secrets and industrial designs – a measure that the sponsors say would allow low- and middle-income countries to legally acquire and use proprietary technologies more easily than is possible under the current exceptions available for health emergencies under the WTO TRIPS Agreement (Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights). However the measure was shelved for the time being after Thursday’s WTO meeting, where developed countries, including the United States and members of the European Union blocked advancement of the waiver proposal. The measure had won the support of a large bloc of low- and middle-income countries in Africa, Latin America and Asia – although other big powers such as China and Russia have also straddled the fence. South Africa, in its remarks at the meeting, charged that the opponents would be “reinforcing vaccine apartheid” by their inaction. The proposal, originally submitted to the WTO on 2 October asks that the Organization allows countries to suspend the protection of certain kinds of IP related to the prevention, containment and treatment of COVID-19. Under the proposal, the wiaver would last until widespread COVID-19 vaccination is in place globally, and when the world’s population has developed immunity to the virus. Despite support from countries including Kenya, Jamaica and Argentina, objection from larger members has meant that the proposal has been shelved until the next meeting in March. Negotiators have argued that countries in the global South lack an “enabling” environment to develop vaccine industries. “Manufacturers should be able to go ahead and produce without being sued for infringing intellectual property rules,” one expert was reported as saying after yesterday’s negotiations. Patents, IP and other legal barriers severely hinder a country’s ability to access tools like vaccines and treatments in a timely manner, the South African delegation argued. “Those delegations opposing the waiver proposal have repeatedly suggested that voluntary approaches offer the best solution,” stated South Africa in its closing arguments Thursday. “As would have been emphasized, the TRIPS waiver proposal is supportive of any voluntary licenses issued by companies, however the terms of such licenses are often such that they may restrict access or reserve supply only for wealthy nations. “Similarly, for vaccines, bilateral deals are being signed by pharmaceutical companies with specific governments but the details of these deals are mostly unknown. Usually these agreements are for manufacturing of limited amounts and solely supplying a country’s territory or a limited subset of countries.” The delegation also pressed for information on the European Commission’s IP action plan, which calls for the “voluntary pooling and licensing of intellectual property related to COVID-19 therapeutics and vaccines … to promote equitable global access as well as a fair return on investment”. In its address, South Africa also questioned how the EU intends to act on its “lofty rhetoric”, citing that there has been limited transparency or explanation as to the mechanisms it proposes that would enable the pooling of IP. Among the opponents, Canada was among the high-income countries that appeared to be seeking a mediating role. It urged WTO members to continue discussions based on “mutual understandings and consensual solutions” – although its statement also suggested that the “overall TRIPS system works well”. Countering that, advocates pointed to a recent South Centre study of IP regimes and TRIPS flexibilities in almost 30 African countries, which found that the regime is is “far from optimal”. A handful of other middle and high-income countries countries, including Kenya, Jamaica and Argentina also expressed favorable views about the proposal. But the overriding objections from most of the WTO’s most industrialized member states effectively means that the WTO TRIPS Council – which oversees the WTO agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) – will be shelved for the time being. The next TRIPS Council meeting is in March 2021; meanwhile members have agreed to submit an oral status report to the General Council for next week. Pardoxically, the meeting came just a day before the Medicines Patent Pool, a UN-backed organization, celebrated its 10 year anniversary. The MPP was created to facilitate access to medicines through voluntary licenses with patent holders. Over the past ten years, MPP has secured 15 billion doses of HIV, hepatitis and tuberculosis medicines across 141 countries. Today @wto Members agreed to continue discussions on TRIPS #COVID19 waiver proposal. 🇨🇦 is committed to mutual understanding & consensual solutions.Canada’s statement: 👉🏾https://t.co/4MUTclPR8L@CanadaTrade — Canada in Geneva 🍁 (@CanadaGeneva) December 10, 2020 COVAX: Insufficient Funds and Targets? In Thursday’s debate South Africa also drew attention to the failings of the COVAX facility so far to raise sufficient funds for the massive distribution of 2 billion vaccine doses, sufficient for immunizing 1 billion people in 2021. So far, the facility has raised funds and made deals for the procurement of about half that amount of vaccine doses, said Dr. Tedros on Friday. But even if the COVAX Facility’s 2021 targets were met, those would be “insufficient to meet global needs of the 7.7 billion people of this world”, South Africa said in its statement at the WTO meeting. The COVAX target to provide 245 million courses of treatment for low- and middle-income countries is insufficient, the delegation said. It noted that the targets to immunise 1 billion people globally, and bring 245 million courses of treatment and 500 million diagnostic tests to low- and middle-income countries are not enough to make equitable care and timely access “a reality.” And anyway at the moment, South Africa charged, “more than 90% of all future production of likely vaccine candidates being reserved for rich developed countries”. “Ad hoc, non-transparent and unaccountable bilateral deals that artificially limit supply and competition cannot reliably deliver access during a global pandemic,” warned South Africa on Thursday. “These bilateral deals do not demonstrate global collaboration but rather reinforces ‘vaccine apartheid’ and enlarges chasms of inequity.“ Switzerland, for instance, has already bought up some 16 million vaccine doses through bilateral deals with Pfizer, Moderna and AstraZeneca, enough to vaccinate its entire population, in spite of the fact that half of the country’s citizens have declared that they would not want to get a COVID-19 jab, even if it were proven to be safe and effective. Image Credits: WHO, Eli Lilly. US FDA Commissioner Stephen Hahn Signals Approval of Pfizer Vaccine – Tells CDC To Get Ready For Rollout 11/12/2020 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & J Hacker Warning: Attempt to read property "post_title" on null in /home/clients/58f2a29976672af522a8f4d82ffa28b6/web/wp-content/plugins/better-image-credits/better-image-credits.php on line 227 Commissioner Stephen Hahn said that the FDA had notified the officials handling vaccine distribution logistics for the US’ ‘Operation Warp Speed’ so they can begin timely execution of their plans. United States Food and Drug Agency Commissioner Stephen Hahn Friday said that the agency will “rapidly work toward the finalization and issuance of an emergency use authorization” for the cutting edge Pfizer/BioNTech COVID-19 vaccine – following a vote by an independent FDA expert panel on Thursday recommending that the vaccine be approved. FDA Commissioner @SteveFDA and @FDACBER Director Dr. Peter Marks issue a statement on yesterday’s Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee Meeting. https://t.co/8uKTTDTYcx pic.twitter.com/2aufBaMTez — U.S. FDA (@US_FDA) December 11, 2020 Hahn said that the FDA had notified the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and officials handling vaccine distribution logistics for the US’ ‘Operation Warp Speed’ “so they can execute their plans for timely distribution” of the vaccine across the country. Currently, the US has more than 6 million active cases of COVID-19 and is seeing new cases reported at a rate of 200,000 a day. The daily confirmed cases in the current 10 most affected countries. US FDA Approval – Signal For WHO & The World US FDA approval will not only open the floodgates of vaccine distribution in the United States. As the world’s flagship regulatory agency, it will send a strong signal to the rest of the world that the vaccine is effective and safe. The European Medicines Agency is next set to review the Pfizer request on 12 January. To speed up regulatory approvals elsewhere in the world, WHO will also be issuing its own “Emergency Use Licenses (EUL)” for quality-assured vaccines, WHO Chief Scientist Soumya Swaminathan said at WHO’s Friday press conference. She noted that the WHO assessments would be done with a number of other national regulatory agencies – and could then provide a “stamp of efficacy and manufacturing quality”, upon which other countries could rely. The approvals would also support more rapid distribution of vaccines through the WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine facility. Soumya Swaminathan, WHO Chief Scientist. “We have asked countries to either accept the WHO EUL or another stringent regulatory agency approval,” said Swaminathan. “What we don’t want is for every country to start their own national assessment because that will take a lot of time.” She said that WHO will review vaccines submitted to the agency for approval on a rolling basis as Phase III trials are completed. “We expect in the coming weeks we will be reviewing the Pfizer-BioNTech vaccine and coming out with something,” Swaminathan said, adding that she expected the Moderna and AstraZeneca vaccines to be next in line. “Products issued by a stringent regulatory authority can also be used by the COVAX facility so there will be no barrier to speedy use,” added WHO’s Bruce Aylward, a senior advisor to the WHO Director General. FDA Recommendation Is Not Without Reservations – Concerns About Vaccine Allergy & Hesitancy Thursday’s 17 to 4 vote, with 1 abstention, by the Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee (VRBPAC) reflected the overall high level of confidence that the vaccine had earned – but also some reservations. Those centered largely around the safety of vaccines in young people and other vulnerable populations, as well as how vaccination centres would cope with potential allergic reactions – following two instances in the United Kingdom, which began rolling out the vaccine on Tuesday. WATCH LIVE: The Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee meeting has resumed. The committee is now expected to continue their discussion and then vote. https://t.co/9Eex3hp5Pp — U.S. FDA (@US_FDA) December 10, 2020 Reports of UK healthcare workers experiencing allergic reactions to Pfizer’s vaccine may have a negative impact on vaccine uptake in the US, the panel noted. Two healthcare workers in the UK experienced allergic reactions after their injection on Tuesday, leading the British Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (MHRA) to issue a warning that anyone with a history of severe allergies should refrain from getting the jab. The two workers – who are believed to have suffered anaphylactoid reactions (less severe than anaphylaxis) – had a history of allergies, and are recovering well. While there is currently not enough data to suggest how likely or severe a reaction could be, the FDA experts expressed concerns about how public concerns around allergic reactions could also impact vaccine uptake. Tens of millions of Americans with a history of severe allergic reactions could now be hesitant to receive an injection, Paul Offit, vaccinologist from the Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia, said during the FDA panel meeting, which was broadcast live. The FDA expert review group was already aware of the possibility that the Pfizer vaccine could cause an allergic reaction, prior to the occurrences in the UK when it launched its vaccination campaign on Tuesday. This could have a significant impact on attempts to reach high levels of overall immunity, even as the most recent surveys show that the number of Americans willing to be vaccinated has risen to 6 in 10. However, the FDA expert review group was already aware of the possibility that the Pfizer vaccine could cause an allergic reaction, prior to the occurrences in the UK. Pfizer’s draft EUA had been updated several weeks ago warning that anyone with an allergy to a component of the vaccines should not get it, said Marion Gruber, director of the office of vaccines research and review at the FDA. Equipment for dealing with severe allergic reactions should therefore be available on vaccine sites, the EUA draft request stated. Questions Remain: Can Pregnant Women and 16 Year Olds Get the Vaccine? A lack of sufficient data on the vaccine’s safety in pregnant and lactating women as well as adolescents aged 16-17 were the other key issues of debate among the expert panelists. Pfizer’s EUA submission only included data on 153 participants aged 16-17. The overall lack of data appeared to be the main source of the concern, with no clear negatives or side effects specific to this age group reported. As Offit noted: “We have clear evidence of a benefit. All we have on the other side is theoretical risk.” Arnold Monto, an epidemiologist who chaired the panel, said: “We will get more data as we start using the vaccine more extensively. “With rare outcomes, you have to start using the vaccine in order to see them.” It is highly unlikely the FDA will authorise a vaccine for these groups until a reproductive toxicity study is complete. The experts also were undecided about whether pregnant and lactating women should receive the vaccine – due to a similar lack of evidence in the Phase III study trials. Pregnant women are often excluded from such trials, at least at the initial phases, in order to avoid unknown long-term effects on their fetus. Manufacturers have been told to conduct developmental and reproductive toxicity (DART) studies, which indicate if a vaccine presents any risk to a fetus. Pfizer has reported that its preliminary results will be ready within days. Until these studies are complete, it is highly unlikely the FDA will authorise a vaccine for these groups. Image Credits: BioNTech, US Senate, Johns Hopkins University & Medicine, WHO. COVID-19 Reveals Weakness Of Global Health Financing Systems, Says New WHO Expenditure Report 11/12/2020 Raisa Santos COVID-19 has revealed disproportionate spending in health systems between low- and middle-income countries and high-income countries. The combined health and economic shocks triggered by COVID-19 have revealed profound weaknesses in health systems, with direct consequences on the future of healthcare, says a new World Health Organisation report on global health financing systems. “COVID-19 has revealed [the] underlying weakness of country and global health financing systems. There needs to be a proactive policy response. The year 2020 is the ultimate proof that investing in health is good for people and good for the economy,” said Agnes Soucat, one of the head writers on the new WHO report, Global Spending on Health: Weathering the storm. The global health expenditure report highlights COVID-19’s devastating impact worldwide – describing global patterns and trends prior to the pandemic, the changes in allocation levels in 2020 arising from country responses, and the challenges raised by future health spending and equitable access to healthcare. All countries have responded to the health and related economic crisis of COVID-19 with exceptional budget allocations, and yet there have been stark differences in response depending on a country’s income level, the report reveals. Low-Income Countries Allocated the Least Per Capita – but Most of Their Budgets Channeled Into COVID Response Per capita, high-income countries spent far more on the COVID-19 response, averaging US$205, as compared to middle-income countries US$20 and low-income countries US$3. But low-income countries allocated the largest proportion of their health budgets to the response. Per capita budget allocations for the COVID-19 health response and per capita pre-COVID-19 public spending on health, by income group, constant US$ 2018. Low-income countries allocated the highest proportion of health budgets to the response. And at the same time, those proportionately higher allocations may not have been used to their full potential due to pre-existing financial management issues that hinder budget implementation – spending authorization delays and difficulty in channelling resources towards service providers are some examples. “Health spending has an impact on unmet health needs. During COVID-19, unmet health needs have implications for health equity. Poor and vulnerable populations suffer disproportionately,” said Dr Soonman Kwon, Professor at the School of Public Health at Seoul National University, who also spoke at the launch of the report. Almost all countries will see economic contraction in 2020, with the rest experiencing a major slowdown in growth. Stringent lockdowns reduce countries’ ability to cope with COVID-19’s economic impact, but other factors include constrained trade, tourism, and remittances, and ongoing fiscal challenges such as low tax revenues, high debt servicing and large deficits. Declining economic activity has increased unemployment and reduced working hours, and unemployment rates are expected to increase. This has the potential to decrease revenues from employment-based contributions, while both economic and health needs rise. Low-Income Countries Continue to Spend Far Less, Per Capita On Health – and Much More On Infectious Diseases Before the COVID-19 pandemic, global spending on health was rising, albeit at a slower rate in recent years, peaking at $8.3 million in 2018. But there have been deep-seated disparities in where and how money was spent. More than 75% of global spending on health in the WHO regions of the Americas and Europe, while WHO’s Western Pacific Region accounted for 19% of global spending, South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean regions accounted for only 2%, and the African region only 1%. The differences have continued to grow over time. Health spending by World Health Organisation region and country, 2018. Most health spending took place in the WHO Americas and European regions in 2018. Low-income countries also continue to depend heavily on donor funding. Aid for health per capita more than doubled in real terms from 2000 to 2018, accounting for a quarter of lower income countries’ health spending in 2018. Two-thirds of external aid for health addressed infectious diseases in both low- and middle-income countries (LMICs). In middle-income countries, HIV alone accounted for nearly half the aid for health. Other key trends in lower income countries include: Average domestic spending on health was only about about 4.4% of GDP, or US$ 34 per capita in 2018, of which nearly 60% was out-of-pocket. Average government spending on health was only US$ 9 per capita in 2018, about 1.2% of GDP, and the priority given to health in public spending has been declining between 2000 and 2018. In low-income countries, infectious diseases accounted for half of overall health spending, while in middle income countries, they accounted for one-third. Noncommunicable diseases accounted for about 30% of health spending in middle-income countries and about 13% in low-income countries – even though NCD rates are soaring in LMICs. Spending disaggregated by disease or programme, by country income group, 2018. Low-income countries spent half their overall health spending on infectious diseases, while middle-income countries spent one-third. Noncommunicable diseases accounted for about 30% of the health spending in middle-income countries and about 13% in low-income countries. “Equitable allocation of resources needs to remain font and center of any decision-making. Civil society plays a crucial role to demand that spending is geared to community needs,” said Lenio Capsaskis, Head of Health Policy, Advocacy and Research at Save the Children UK. Opportunity for Financial “Reset” in a Post-COVID World The health sector must work closely with finance authorities in public spending especially in the health sector’s role in delivering the COVID-19 vaccine and other common goods for health. The health sector must work more closely with finance authorities to raise health care spending as a higher priority in government budgets, the report underlines. There is an opportunity for economic ‘reset’ in countries with weak health financing systems following the pandemic, the report advises. Health policy leaders can aim to raise awareness among other government sectors – using COVID vaccines as an example of a “common good” important to health and restarting economies. The report puts forward six recommendations that call for a new “health financing compact” for a post-COVID world. Secure domestic public spending on health as both a societal and an economic priority – The global GDP loss due to the pandemic is estimated to be approximately US $4 trillion , while needed funding for Common Goods for Health to ensure epidemic preparedness is estimated to be approximately US $150 billion per year. Investing in Common Goods for health should incorporate the implementation of International Health Regulations, epidemic preparedness, essential public health functions, animal health and environmental health. Fund Common Goods for Health as step zero of equitable access to healthcare at a country level – The Common Goods for health are core, top-priority public health functions focused on population-based health that require collective action. They can be grouped into five categories: policy coordination; laws and regulations; information (including surveillance); taxes and subsidies; and public health programs. Invest in global Common Goods for Health to enable global health security – The global international architecture is not well suited to the current health challenges and has no sustained revenue for the common goods of health. Unified guidance is lacking on using funds for preparedness and on making trade-offs between research and development, regulation, and surveillance and information. A tracking mechanism is needed to identify spending beyond that of any one country. Prioritise public funding to ensure equity of access and financial protection through a primarily health care approach – Clear priorities in spending need to ensure access for everyone to essential health services. Public subsidies are needed to ensure universal equitable access. How much governments fund, what health functions and systems they support, and how effective systems are in using public funds will define the role of private health spending. Increase the level of aid to lower income countries, but adjust aid modalities – Lower income countries face severe fiscal constraints that include increasing debts that may limit social sector spending in the future. This is occurring concurrently with the decrease in external aid. Sustained aid in the form of grants, concessional lending and debt relief will be needed to strengthen health systems so countries build preparedness and strengthen public health systems that deliver equitable access to health. Fund national institutions for transparent and inclusive tracking of health spending at both country and global levels – Timely monitoring of spending is essential for monitoring health system performance and ensuring transparency and accountability. Given the vast effort and resources devoted to COVID-19 control, real time monitoring is needed to assess how actual spending supports health system performance. This can help governments gain the trust of their population, a proven factor for the effective control of the COVID-19 pandemic. Said Dr Michael Borotwitz, Chief Economist at Global Fund, on the report recommendations: “We need to figure out how to fund global public goods, and come together and support WHO in this area. We need to link health security and national health accounts.” Image Credits: elycefeliz/Flickr, WHO, Marco Verch/Flickr. Patient Care After COVID: Providers Must Correct ‘One Size Fits All’ Approach, Experts Say 10/12/2020 Raisa Santos 2019 Asia Pacific Patients Congress in Taipei, Taiwan; IAPO’s Asia Pacific Patients Congress hopes to bring patients and patient groups together in the Western Asia and Southeast Asia region Raising a conversation about patients rights and patient care over the din of the COVID-19 pandemic is not easy. But hundreds of patient groups and thousands of attendees drew together virtually last week at the 2nd Asia-Pacific Patients Congress to talk about how to reclaim a voice and space for patient rights in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic – where patients have been more disempowered than ever before. COVID-19 has greatly altered the patient experience, shifting people more than ever from an active to a passive role in their health care, especially in the initial stages of the pandemic, said Dr Sanjiv Kumar, Chair of the India Alliance of Patient Groups. “[Patients] were picked up from homes and placed in hospitals. They were not allowed initially to even make phone calls to their friends and relatives; no visitors were allowed. It was more like putting somebody in a jail,” he said. Speaking at the keynote event, ‘Patients’ co-creation in future proofing health systems: preparedness for the next phase of the pandemic’, Sanjiv reflected on how COVID-19 has been “treated not as a health problem, but as a law and order situation” in India and many other countries. The stigma has been reinforced by measures created by the government and police authorities, where the implementation of restricted areas and red zones prevented people and patients from entering and leaving areas. According to Dr Sanjiv, healthcare must shift to a people-centered approach that allows patient participation and respects their needs and preferences – if goals for equity, quality and universal access are ever to be achieved.. “The patient community underscored the reality that for sustainable universal health coverage, there needs to be active patient engagement at all levels of the health system decision-making process,” said Karen Alparce-Villanueva, Secretary of the International Alliance of Patients’ Organisations (IAPO), speaking at the event. IAPO 2nd Asia Pacific Patients Congress – inaugural launch, featuring, clockwise, Karen Alparce-Villanueva, Dr Neda Milevska, and Dr Ratna Devi Patients As Experts in Healthcare The Congress – which ran 3 – 4 December and drew in 298 patient groups and 3046 attendees from 66 countries – included presentations on topics such as digital literacy, patient registries, clinical trials and increased participation, patient safety, reducing harm, patients led research, patient co-authorship, regulatory reliance and harmonisation, and building back better healthcare systems post COVID-19. “COVID-19, took a lot of the attention and resources globally, but we wanted to leave no one behind,” said Dr Neda Milevska Kostova, Vice-Chair at IAPO, who spoke on initiatives created by IAPO, such as the Congress, that have been organized to “make patient voices heard.” The Congress is one of several regional conferences organized by IAPO that occur annually in order to fulfill the vision of seeing patients and patient groups at the center of healthcare. Speakers flagged that patients’ right to choice and their role as experts in healthcare should be acknowledged and given appropriate space and environment to contribute meaningfully. Said Dr Ratna Devi, Chair at IAPO. “This is a huge opportunity for patient groups to come together to lend their voices.” She stressed that healthcare is “not one size fit all,” since providers are working with diverse patients from diverse backgrounds. “Healthcare needs to be customized, messaging needs to be customized, and how you ask people to change their behaviors needs to be customized.” At the same time, to become more empowered, patients need to be more aware of the need to act pre-emptively when accessing health care, she said, adding: “If patient groups integrate themselves and understand that early diagnosis, and early seeking of treatment, could be a better option, things could change for them.” Health Authorities Need to Build Patient Trust & Engagement – COVID Vaccine Rollouts Will be a Litmus Test Health systems must work together with populations, communities, and patients in addressing the COVID-19 response and other health risks Health authorities need to implement strategies that engage and empower people and communities. Patient leaders must become active participants in the implementation of health policies that ensure they are at the center of equitable health access. “Every one of us is a potential patient, and everyone one of us has the motivation to be involved in combating the pandemic,” said Dr Martin Taylor, Director of Health Systems and Services in the WHO’s Western Pacific Regional Office. He addressed the role played by patients, their families, and communities in shaping the collective and societal response to COVID-19. Dr Martin Taylor, Director of Health Systems and Services at the WHO Western Pacific Region Community engagement has become a key strategy in a successful COVID response, Taylor noted. “Trust is central to this in the Asia Pacific region,” he added. An effective response to COVID-19, said Dr Martin, requires that governance, health systems, populations, communities, patients, all work together. Community health leaders who have succeeded in curbing transmission trends and assuring quality care have done so by building trust and engagement in solutions that worked for health workers, patients and their families, as well as the broader populoation. Looking ahead, the development and rollout of COVID-19 vaccines will be the next great opportunity for new models of patient engagement. A successful rollout is dependent on extremely effective engagement with groups, making sure that instead of misinformation, there is trust, and that vaccine supplies and delivery are carefully managed. Added Taylor: “Our vision [for the future] will only be possible if patient and patient groups, and communities, engage, and are engaged, both in shaping and advocating for a vision in which health is at the core of society’s values.” Image Credits: Flickr: Rumi Consultancy/World Bank, APPC, APPC. India’s COVID-19 Cases Rise – Along With Air Pollution 10/12/2020 Menaka Rao COVID-19 Pandemic Relief Services, New Delhi. India experts say Delhi’s air pollution peaks is also causing more COVID mortality. The government’s suggested mitigation strategies have included wearing a mask and eating carrots. As COVID-cases rose rapidly in Delhi this November, the strong correlation to increasingly dangerous levels of air pollution in the state has brought more attention to the political pressure to address the health emergency. Delhi saw its highest number of COVID-19 cases in November, totalling more than 175,000. The city administration also recorded more than 2,000 deaths, the highest so far in the city. The death rate – 1.6% – was also higher than the national average of 1.45%. In the same period, Delhi also had 9 days with air quality that was categorised “severe”, with an air quality index (AQI) between 400-500. This corresponds to hazardous levels of small and fine particulate matter: PM 10 and PM 2.5. While PM 10 are particulate matters that can be inhaled, PM 2.5 particles are the ones that carry the highest health risks. The tiniest particles penetrate deep into the lungs, causing or exacerbating chronic lung disease as well as acute respiratory illnesses like pneumonia. Entering the bloodstream, they are also a factor in increasing risks of hypertension, strokes, and heart attack. In the wake of the COVID pandemic a growing number of Indian politicians, including Delhi chief minister Arvind Kejriwal, and government-based scientists have stated that mounting air pollution levels in Delhi and surrounding states this winter has been one of the drivers behind the recent increases seen in COVID-positive cases and mortality. The air pollution crisis has become an annual occurrence of the early winter across northern India – caused by human factors and exacerbated by winds, drier weather, and temperature inversions. The seasonal burning of rice stubble by farmers in neighbouring states to clear fields for the winter sowing of crops has become one key factor. Others include road and construction dust, traffic and power plant emissions and the lighting of fireworks during the Hindu festival of Diwali, which was celebrated this year in mid-November. Kejriwal told Hindustan Times last month: “While I do not discount other factors that may have contributed to [an] increase in COVID-19 cases, experts say that pollution has hugely contributed to the rise of COVID-19 cases in the city, the intensity of the wave of cases, and increasing the number of deaths.” He added that “we can’t play politics with this problem”, referring to what he alleges is apathy toward pollution on behalf of political parties, and lack of initiative to work towards cleaner air. Law makers in India’s central government have traditionally denied the extent of the impact of pollution on health. In 2017, the Indian Health Minister told news channel NDTV it was “too much” to attribute “any death to a cause like pollution”. Dr Balram Bhargava, the director-general of the respected Indian Council of Medical Research also linked air pollution to rising COVID-19 mortality. “It is well-known that pollution is one of the most important aspects of death,” said Bhargava at a virtual briefing in October. “First being malnutrition, then tobacco, high blood pressure, and pollution. “On pollution related to COVID-19 mortality, there have been some studies in Europe and the United States. They have looked at polluted areas, and have compared the mortality during lockdown and correlation with pollution, and have found clearly that pollution is contributing to the morality in COVID-19. That is well established by these studies.” Bhragava’s only strategy for mitigating the problem, however, was to advocate more wearing of masks, as the “most inexpensive treatment”. Strong Correlation Between Air Pollution and COVID-19 Mortality A growing number of recent studies have reinforced the links between air pollution and COVID-related mortality. A recent China-based study published in BMJ Public Health, which concluded that along with travel patterns, airborne particulate matter may be associated with an increased risk of COVID-19 transmission. Other studies have also reinforced the links between chronic exposure to air pollution and higher COVID-19 mortality rates. A study published in October in the journal Cardiovascular Research estimated that 15% of deaths worldwide from COVID-19 could be attributed to prior patterns of long-term exposure to air pollution. India has noted more than 9.5 million cumulative COVID-19 cases, as of the morning of 10 December 2020. The researchers used epidemiological data from previous US and Chinese studies of air pollution and the 2003 SARS outbreak, supported by additional data from Italy. An earlier study by researchers from Harvard TH Chan School of Public Health, Boston, concluded that higher historical PM 2.5 exposure is positively associated with higher COVID-19 mortality rates in the US. In a recent World Health Organization (WHO) presentation, Dr Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of Public Health and Environment concluded: “We know that in case of patients with COVID-19, those who will be more at risk of developing severe illness are those with underlying conditions like high blood pressure or heart diseases. “We see that air pollution might exacerbate those diseases making the population more vulnerable to the disease plus to the severity of developing a more serious illness.” Indian Government Historically Denied Air Pollution’s Health Impacts In India, 1 in 8 deaths were attributable to air pollution in 2017, making it a leading risk factor for death in India, a study published in The Lancet reported. More than 75% of the population in India is chronically exposed to average ambient PM2.5 levels above 40 μg/m3, the recommended limit by National Ambient Air Quality Standards. The highest PM2.5 exposure levels are in Delhi, followed by the other north Indian states of Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and Haryana. However, lawmakers in the central government, which can help coordinate between different agencies and state governments to reduce pollution, have traditionally denied the extent of the impact of pollution on health. In 2017, the Indian Health Minister, Dr Harsh Vardhan said that the hazardous pollution level was not a public health emergency and told news channel NDTV “to attribute any death to a cause like pollution may be too much”. Last year, he advised people on Twitter to eat carrots to mitigate pollution-related harm. #EatRightIndia_34 Eating carrots helps the body get Vitamin A, potassium, & antioxidants which protect against night blindness common in India. Carrots also help against other pollution-related harm to health.#EatRightIndia @PMOIndia @MoHFW_INDIA @fssaiindia pic.twitter.com/VPjVfiMpR8 — Dr Harsh Vardhan (Modi Ka Pariwar) (@drharshvardhan) November 3, 2019 Even more puzzling was the advice of the Minister of Environment, Forest & Climate Change, Prakash Javadekar, who simply tweeted an encouragement for citizens to “start your day with music”, in a week in November 2019 that saw peak levels of air pollution last year. Later, as Delhi’s air pollution levels rose further to some of the highest levels ever recorded, India’s Environment Minister Prakash Javadekar declared before the Indian parliament: “No Indian study has shown pollution shortens life. Let us not create fear psychosis among people.” He was contradicted, however, by his own Environment Secretary, CK Mishra, who told Health Policy Watch during an exclusive interview at the Madrid COP25 Climate Conference: “Nobody denies that poor air quality causes morbidity and may also cause mortality. Certainly … it must be causing mortality.” “It may not be 7.5 [million deaths],” Mishra added. “But the fact remains that there are numbers to be attended to. As far as the ministry is concerned, we are very conscious of the fact that it is leading to loss of human life and we need to correct this situation.” Signs of Action This Year – But No Results So Far In October this year, with COVID sweeping across India as well, Delhi’s Kejriwal declared a “war on pollution”, forming a team to monitor the sources of pollution including open air burning complaints, and repairing the city’s potholed roads to control dust. Kejriwal also began promoting an inexpensive biological formulation that can be sprayed on rice stalks, accelerating their decomposition, eliminating the need to burn them. He has said that the ‘Pusa decomposer’ is already being used by farmers in Delhi State to convert their stubble into fertilizer. The innovation has not, however, reached the surrounding states of Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh, from which most of the stubble pollution originates. The current subsidy structure incentivizes excessive rice yields. These rigid stalks are the most difficult to manage and so are often burnt. “This should be the last year of pollution,” Kejriwal affirmed at a recent leadership summit. “We have petitioned the air quality commission formally to order Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh governments to ensure this bio-decomposer is used in all the farms there.” But expert observers are less sure. They note that the Delhi government so far failed to even curb the use of firecrackers during the week long festival of Diwali. Despite a ban on their sale, firecrackers were heard across the city during the festival. Under pressure from the country’s Supreme Court, the Central Government also constituted a permanent Commission for Air Quality Management in the region, which has the power to coordinate action among states. Headed by a former top official in the Petroleum Ministry, the Commission has so far done almost nothing. Following Diwali and past the peak of the crop burning season, pollution rates in Delhi have subsided somewhat, with an AQI averaging 300-400, but experts are asking how and where more systemic changes could be made to reduce levels year-round as well as avoid future emergencies. #AirQuality forecast for #India #GEOS @SERVIRGlobal pic.twitter.com/aClDUq2scz — Pawan Gupta (@pawanpgupta) December 8, 2020 Meanwhile, the city has been blockaded for several weeks by farmers from around the northern Indian region, who are protesting a government plan to remove subsidies. Through a ‘minimum support price’ the government sets to procure produce from the rice and wheat crops that farmers grow, forcing them to sell on the open market. Farmers have demanded that fines and penalties for stubble burning be withdrawn. In order to appease the protesters, the government might refrain from fining farmers who violate existing laws by burning their crop stubble. While the fines have never been very effective, it’s still a measure that could also create a setback in the air pollution battle. Indian farmers protest outside of Delhi in early December So far, the dispute over the crop subsidies has failed to get to the root of the air pollution issue, experts also say. This lies in the fact that the current subsidy structure incentivizes farmers to grow excessive amounts of rice, whose rigid stalks are the most difficult to manage – and so are often burnt. The rice cultivation also consumes excessive water in the water-scarce Punjab region. Environmentalists have said that the crop subsidy structure should support farmers’ cultivation of nutrition rich grains and legumes indigenous to the region, like millet or lentils, which are also less polluting, in how the stubble can be managed. But neither nutrition content or air pollution seem to be key factors right now in the debate over farm subsidies that is occurring right now. It is unlikely that, if subsidies were removed along the lines of the government plans, farmers would grow more nutritious crops either: they are not big candidates for large multinational purchases on the private market. Despite the inertia, there are growing public pressures on the government to act, said Arvind Kumar, a chest surgeon from Delhi who is internationally known for his outspoken criticism of India’s air pollution and its health impacts. And so the tide of political apathy towards pollution may be turning, said Kumar, who is the founder of the Lung Care Foundation, a non-profit that spreads awareness about pollution and its effects. “In the heart of hearts, the politicians know that pollution is a problem and that it damages health. The challenge is admitting that to the public,” said Kumar. “But with every passing year, with the problem becoming more acute and more intense, there will be more outcry.” -Jyot Pande Lavakare contributed to this story. Image Credits: Rashed Shumon, Belur Math, Howrah, Johns Hopkins University & Medicine, Neil Palmer, @DevinderBenipa2 , Dāvis Kļaviņš . As Rich Countries Roll Out COVID-19 Vaccines – Will Developing Countries Miss Out? 09/12/2020 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Pfizer’s mRNA vaccine is being rolled out in the United Kingdom, to be followed by the United States and Europe. While some of the world’s richest countries have now stockpiled more COVID vaccines than they have people to inject, the world’s 67 poorest countries may only be able to vaccinate 1 in 10 people against COVID-19 next year, unless urgent action is taken by governments and the pharmaceutical industry to make sure enough doses are produced. This was the warning in a report published on Wednesday by Oxfam, Amnesty International and other advocacy groups The report notes that the massive pre-purchase of leading vaccine candidates by rich countries means that some of the world’s wealthiest nations have bought up enough doses to vaccinate their entire populations nearly three times over by the end of 2021 – supposing the vaccines in clinical trials are all approved for use. The same data suggests that countries representing just 14% of the world’s population have bought up some 53% of all the most promising vaccines so far. Canada tops the chart with enough vaccines to vaccinate each Canadian 5 times over. The organizations analyzed data on publicly reported vaccine deals done between countries and the eight leading vaccine candidates. They found that 67 low and lower middle-income countries risk being left behind. Five of those countries – Kenya, Myanmar, Nigeria, Pakistan and Ukraine – have reported nearly 1.5 million COVID cases between them. The Republic of Korea has vaccines to cover 88% of its population of more than 50 million people. But nearby, the low-income Philippines, has so far secured only 2.6 million doses for next year covering only 1.3 million people out of its total 106 million population, according to the report. Report Comes Amidst Flurry of Upcoming Vaccine Regulatory Approvals the total number of confirmed vaccine doses procured, displayed by income level. (Duke Global Health Innovation Centre) The report comes on the heels of the inaugural jab in the United Kingdom of 90 year-old Margaret Keenan on Tuesday with the first commercially available COVID-19 vaccine. The UK became the first country to approve Pfizer’s high-tech mRNA vaccine candidate for widespread use last week. On Thursday, the United States Food and Drug Administration is expected to approve the Pfizer vaccine for emergency use among Americans, after already issuing a positive review of the vaccine’s clinical trial results. That is likely to be followed by FDA approval of a similarly designed mRNA vaccine by Moderna on 17 December, and the European Medicines Agency will review the same vaccines in early January. The third vaccine-in-waiting is likely to be AstraZeneca’s cheaper and simpler adenovirus vaccine, based on a more common delivery mechanism, that uses a weakened form of a common cold virus to deliver a fragment of the trademark SARS-CoV-2 spike protein into the body, and prompt an immune reaction. Results of the AstraZeneca vaccine trial involving some 24,000 people and published Tuesday in The Lancet, found that the vaccine was 70% effective on average – with efficacy rising to 90% among trial participants who accidentally received only a half first dose. In the wake of the serendipitous discovery, a larger trial with the amended dosing regime will be undertaken, AstraZeneca has said. But it said that with average efficacy rates still above the 60% benchmark set by regulatory agencies, it would also seek regulatory approval simultaneously. A number of low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) like India, Mexico and Brazil have managed to secure large vaccine procurement commitments through manufacturing deals with AstraZeneca, a Swedish firm that undertook its vaccine development effort in collaboration with the UK’s Oxford University. That joint initiative has championed the development of a low-cost vaccine, which the company has committed to producing on a non-profit basis during the pandemic – leaving an estimated cost of about US$3, per dose, as compared to $20-$30 for the more high-tech Pfizer and Moderna alternatives. But since a large portion of AstraZeneca’s planned production of nearly 3 billion doses will be directly taken up by India, Brazil and Mexico – also among the LMICs hardest hit by the virus – that will still leave comparatively little to distribute more broadly. WHO Aims to Get 20% Coverage Worldwide Next Year Soumya Swaminathan, WHO Chief Scientist Speaking at last Friday’s WHO briefing, WHO Chief Scientist, Soumya Swaminathan, stated that the WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine pool has so far secured deals for 700 million doses of a COVID-19 vaccine. “That’s not sufficient,” said Swaminathan. “The goal is to get at least two billion doses by the end of 2021, which would be enough to vaccinate approximately 20% of the populations of the countries that are part of COVAX.” The WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine facility, a global collaboration to accelerate development, production, and equitable vaccine access, includes some 187 countries, covering 90% of the global population. WHO officials have held out hope that LMICs could also begin vaccinating the highest-risk groups, like health workers and older people “in the first quarter of 2021,” with the support of vaccines procured through the facility. Both rich and poor countries have joined the initiative, which aims to offer reduced prices for vaccines to most countries, and use donor funds to supply vaccines to some 92 countries that cannot afford to purchase them on their own. However, despite repeated pleas to donors for support, the facility remains some US$28 billion short on the funding needed for next year to fully fund the vaccine drive, as well as drugs, tests and health system support services in the world’s poorest 92 countries. The COVAX programme “urgently needs another US$5 billion in order to meet that goal of two billion doses”, stressed Swaminathan on Friday. World Trade Organization Debates IP “Waiver” for COVID Medicines and Vaccines On Thursday, the World Trade Organization (WTO) will resume its review of a proposal by South Africa and India to extend a broad WTO “waiver” over COVID-related patents, copyrights, and trade secrets for vaccines, medicines and health equipment, as part of another access initiative. The initiative has picked up considerable support among African, Asian and Latin American member states. But it is stiffly opposed by a wall of G-20 countries with huge pharma interests at stake. Thursday’s debate comes ahead of a full, formal review of the waiver proposal by the WTO’s General Council on 17 December. Leaders of the initiative have also threatened to put it to a vote, if it is not taken seriously. Medicines access groups are stepping up pressure on governments and organizations to consider the waiver concept, saying that sharing trade secrets and technologies is the only way to ensure fair distribution of brand-new medical technologies such as the COVID vaccines. On Wednesday, a petition organized by the online campaign organization AVAAZ and signed by some 900,000 people, was delivered to WTO members. The petition called on all governments, WTO members and pharmaceutical companies to “ensure access to lifesaving COVID-19 vaccines, treatments and equipment for everyone in the world”. “While the world waits with bated breath for the possible approval of these COVID-19 vaccines, it’s not time to celebrate yet,” said Dr Sidney Wong, Executive Co-Director of Médecins Sans Frontières Access Campaign in a press release on Tuesday. “Right now, we’re in a situation where a lion’s share of the limited number of first doses have already been snatched up by a handful of countries like the US and UK, as well as the EU, leaving very little for other countries in the short term. What we really want to see is a rapid expansion of the overall global supply, so there are more vaccines to go around and doses can be allocated according to WHO’s public health criteria, not a country’s ability to pay.” Image Credits: Pfizer, Duke Global Health Innovation Center. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
One In Four Health Facilities Worldwide Lack Basic Water Access, WHO Report Finds 14/12/2020 Svĕt Lustig Vijay In the world’s 47 least-developed countries, 50% of healthcare facilities lack basic water services and 60% lack sanitation services. The former is the first line of defence against any infectious disease. One out of every four health facilities worldwide lacks even the most basic access to water supplies. And in the world’s 47 least developed countries, one in every two facilities lacks such access, according to a new WHO report, co-authored with UNICEF, on access to water, sanitation and hygiene (WASH) in health care facilities. The report also found that one out of every 10 health facilities, including hospitals, lack sanitation services, and one out of three lack facilities basic waste management services to dispose of health care waste – waste that has exploded during the pandemic with the expanded use of personal protective equipment, SARS-CoV2 testing materials alongside the large amounts of disposable waste that is routinely generated. The dearth of safe water and sanitation facilities is most dire in the world’s 47 least-developed countries (LDCs), where three in five health facilities lack basic sanitation services, and seven out of 10 facilities fail to segregate and manage infectious healthcare waste management adequately. The net result is that nearly 2 billion people who rely on those health services, as well as the healthcare workers employed in them, are at heightened risk of infections, including from COVID-19, in the midst of the current pandemic. The new report Fundamentals first: Universal water, sanitation, and hygiene services in health care facilities for safe, quality care, published on Monday, comes only days after Universal Health Coverage Day was observed. WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. “Working in a healthcare facility without water, sanitation and hygiene is akin to sending nurses and doctors to work without personal protective equipment” said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO Director-General on Monday. “Water supply, sanitation and hygiene in health care facilities are fundamental to stopping COVID-19. But there are still major gaps to overcome, particularly in least developed countries.” The report follows an initial baseline analysis last year of WASH in healthcare. The new report is far more comprehensive than last year’s analysis, providing a more robust profile of the situation around the world, Tom Slaymaker, Senior Statistics & Monitoring Specialist at UNICEF, told Health Policy Watch. Specifically, this year’s report includes data from 165 countries and 794,000 facilities, compared to last year’s data from 125 countries and 560,000 healthcare facilities. But large gaps in data remain, he stressed, in global estimates for sanitation, hygiene and environmental services coverage. Countries Are Off Track When it Comes to Universal Access Despite some pockets of progress, the report warns that countries are “significantly” off track to achieve universal access to basic WASH services within a decade. While 85% of the 47 least developed countries surveyed undertook situational analyses on access to WASH services, less than a third have costed out new national strategies to improve the situation. And only 10% have integrated WASH indicators into monitoring of national health systems. This includes just 5 countries: Benin, Serbia, Lebanon, Thailand and Nigeria. Every dollar invested in hand hygiene alone in health care facilities can generate a return of US$15, OECD found in 2018. “During these unprecedented times, it’s even more clear how fundamental WASH is for prevention of infections and improving health outcomes,” said the World Bank’s Global Director of Health, Nutrition and Population, Muhammad Pate. “We must work even closer together to ensure that WASH is included in all interventions and at scale.” Funding WASH in healthcare facilities is among the most cost-effective investments that governments can make, emphasized Jennifer Sara, Global Director for Water at the World Bank Group. Every dollar invested in hand hygiene alone in health care facilities can generate a return of US$15, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) found in 2018. “For millions of healthcare workers across the world, water is PPE,” she said. “It is essential that financing keeps flowing to bring water and sanitation services to those battling the COVID crisis on the front lines.” WASH is Fundamental to Sustainable Development Goals & COVID-19 Response As populations around the world anticipate a COVID-19 jab, access to WASH services in healthcare facilities has become more critical than ever before. For healthcare workers – who have borne about 15% of the global COVID-19 case toll, even though they account for only 3% of the world’s population – this is especially pressing “Many [healthcare workers] have fainted after wearing PPE for a long time,” one nursing officer in India was quoted as saying in the report. “We are dehydrated and not drinking enough water. Nurses are being diagnosed with urinary tract infections – it starts leaking and you want to talk about dignity!” healthcare workers constitute about 3% of the world’s population but have borne about 15% of the global COVID-19 case toll. Inadequate WASH services can also fuel neglected tropical diseases, which affect 1 in 5 people worldwide, mostly in low- and middle-income countries (LMICs). They also account for 11 million sepsis deaths a year, a preventable life-threatening condition, predominantly affecting newborn children, pregnant or recently pregnant women, as well as those living in LMICs. In Malawi, where maternal mortality is 30 times higher than in high-income countries, a midwife said in the report: “I remember vividly [when] we had to take women who had just given birth to a nearby river to wash. It would take 45 minutes. Some would collapse along the way. I felt sad for them. But there was no running water at the health facility.” Apart from infection control and prevention, access to WASH services can also curb antimicrobial resistance, improve quality care, and bolster health system resilience. Image Credits: UN Water, UNECE, Government ZA. WHO Calls On World Leaders To “Honor Their Pledge” To Fund COVID-19 Vaccines; South Africa Raises Spectre Of “Vaccine Apartheid” 11/12/2020 J Hacker, Svĕt Lustig Vijay & Elaine Ruth Fletcher The WHO Director General said that COVAX is “in danger of becoming no more than a noble gesture” if funding is not secured. WHO’s Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus on Friday issued yet another plea to leaders of rich countries to “honor their pledges” to fund COVID-19 vaccines sufficient to immunize the highest risk groups across the world. He spoke a day after South African officials raised the spectre that the world was heading towards a state of “vaccine apartheid” whereby rich countries would be able to immunize large sections of their population with vaccines now coming on the market – to which poor countries would not get rapid and widespread access.” “Our political leaders have pledged to make vaccines a global public good, but that pledge has to be translated into action,” said Dr Tedros, speaking at a Friday WHO press conference. “I call on world leaders to honor their pledges,” he added. “Sharing the vaccine and having the inoculation everywhere means faster recovery and it’s in the interest of each and every country in the world, lives and livelihoods will get back to normal.” Speaking earlier in the week at a UN high level meeting, the WHO DG said that COVAX is “in danger of becoming no more than a noble gesture”. Soumya Swaminathan, WHO Chief Scientist. Countries also need to ensure that they have logical distribution plans at the domestic level – so that people most at risk of dying from COVID-19 will get the vaccines first, said WHO’s Chief Scientist Soumya Swaminathan, also speaking at the WHO Friday briefing. “The fact is we are going to have limited doses all over the world, and we need to prioritize those at highest risk of getting the infection and dying from the infection – those are the front line health care workers and the elderly. The rest of us have to be more patient, and rely on the [masking and social distancing] measures we have already been using,” said Swaminathan. WTO Member States Fail To Agree On “Waiver” For COVID-19 Vaccines & Medicines WHO has tried to persuade rich countries to come up with some US$ 4.3 billion immediately and US$ 28 billion over the next year, to adequately fund vaccines, medicines and tests through its massive ACT Accelerator Initiative. Arguing that philanthropy is no longer the solution to the gaping disparities in access to COVID health products that is emerging, South Africa and India have been leading a countermeasure – a World Trade Organization initiative for a broad intellectual property (IP) waiver on any COVID health products. The proposed waiver would cover patents, copyrights, trade secrets and industrial designs – a measure that the sponsors say would allow low- and middle-income countries to legally acquire and use proprietary technologies more easily than is possible under the current exceptions available for health emergencies under the WTO TRIPS Agreement (Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights). However the measure was shelved for the time being after Thursday’s WTO meeting, where developed countries, including the United States and members of the European Union blocked advancement of the waiver proposal. The measure had won the support of a large bloc of low- and middle-income countries in Africa, Latin America and Asia – although other big powers such as China and Russia have also straddled the fence. South Africa, in its remarks at the meeting, charged that the opponents would be “reinforcing vaccine apartheid” by their inaction. The proposal, originally submitted to the WTO on 2 October asks that the Organization allows countries to suspend the protection of certain kinds of IP related to the prevention, containment and treatment of COVID-19. Under the proposal, the wiaver would last until widespread COVID-19 vaccination is in place globally, and when the world’s population has developed immunity to the virus. Despite support from countries including Kenya, Jamaica and Argentina, objection from larger members has meant that the proposal has been shelved until the next meeting in March. Negotiators have argued that countries in the global South lack an “enabling” environment to develop vaccine industries. “Manufacturers should be able to go ahead and produce without being sued for infringing intellectual property rules,” one expert was reported as saying after yesterday’s negotiations. Patents, IP and other legal barriers severely hinder a country’s ability to access tools like vaccines and treatments in a timely manner, the South African delegation argued. “Those delegations opposing the waiver proposal have repeatedly suggested that voluntary approaches offer the best solution,” stated South Africa in its closing arguments Thursday. “As would have been emphasized, the TRIPS waiver proposal is supportive of any voluntary licenses issued by companies, however the terms of such licenses are often such that they may restrict access or reserve supply only for wealthy nations. “Similarly, for vaccines, bilateral deals are being signed by pharmaceutical companies with specific governments but the details of these deals are mostly unknown. Usually these agreements are for manufacturing of limited amounts and solely supplying a country’s territory or a limited subset of countries.” The delegation also pressed for information on the European Commission’s IP action plan, which calls for the “voluntary pooling and licensing of intellectual property related to COVID-19 therapeutics and vaccines … to promote equitable global access as well as a fair return on investment”. In its address, South Africa also questioned how the EU intends to act on its “lofty rhetoric”, citing that there has been limited transparency or explanation as to the mechanisms it proposes that would enable the pooling of IP. Among the opponents, Canada was among the high-income countries that appeared to be seeking a mediating role. It urged WTO members to continue discussions based on “mutual understandings and consensual solutions” – although its statement also suggested that the “overall TRIPS system works well”. Countering that, advocates pointed to a recent South Centre study of IP regimes and TRIPS flexibilities in almost 30 African countries, which found that the regime is is “far from optimal”. A handful of other middle and high-income countries countries, including Kenya, Jamaica and Argentina also expressed favorable views about the proposal. But the overriding objections from most of the WTO’s most industrialized member states effectively means that the WTO TRIPS Council – which oversees the WTO agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) – will be shelved for the time being. The next TRIPS Council meeting is in March 2021; meanwhile members have agreed to submit an oral status report to the General Council for next week. Pardoxically, the meeting came just a day before the Medicines Patent Pool, a UN-backed organization, celebrated its 10 year anniversary. The MPP was created to facilitate access to medicines through voluntary licenses with patent holders. Over the past ten years, MPP has secured 15 billion doses of HIV, hepatitis and tuberculosis medicines across 141 countries. Today @wto Members agreed to continue discussions on TRIPS #COVID19 waiver proposal. 🇨🇦 is committed to mutual understanding & consensual solutions.Canada’s statement: 👉🏾https://t.co/4MUTclPR8L@CanadaTrade — Canada in Geneva 🍁 (@CanadaGeneva) December 10, 2020 COVAX: Insufficient Funds and Targets? In Thursday’s debate South Africa also drew attention to the failings of the COVAX facility so far to raise sufficient funds for the massive distribution of 2 billion vaccine doses, sufficient for immunizing 1 billion people in 2021. So far, the facility has raised funds and made deals for the procurement of about half that amount of vaccine doses, said Dr. Tedros on Friday. But even if the COVAX Facility’s 2021 targets were met, those would be “insufficient to meet global needs of the 7.7 billion people of this world”, South Africa said in its statement at the WTO meeting. The COVAX target to provide 245 million courses of treatment for low- and middle-income countries is insufficient, the delegation said. It noted that the targets to immunise 1 billion people globally, and bring 245 million courses of treatment and 500 million diagnostic tests to low- and middle-income countries are not enough to make equitable care and timely access “a reality.” And anyway at the moment, South Africa charged, “more than 90% of all future production of likely vaccine candidates being reserved for rich developed countries”. “Ad hoc, non-transparent and unaccountable bilateral deals that artificially limit supply and competition cannot reliably deliver access during a global pandemic,” warned South Africa on Thursday. “These bilateral deals do not demonstrate global collaboration but rather reinforces ‘vaccine apartheid’ and enlarges chasms of inequity.“ Switzerland, for instance, has already bought up some 16 million vaccine doses through bilateral deals with Pfizer, Moderna and AstraZeneca, enough to vaccinate its entire population, in spite of the fact that half of the country’s citizens have declared that they would not want to get a COVID-19 jab, even if it were proven to be safe and effective. Image Credits: WHO, Eli Lilly. US FDA Commissioner Stephen Hahn Signals Approval of Pfizer Vaccine – Tells CDC To Get Ready For Rollout 11/12/2020 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & J Hacker Warning: Attempt to read property "post_title" on null in /home/clients/58f2a29976672af522a8f4d82ffa28b6/web/wp-content/plugins/better-image-credits/better-image-credits.php on line 227 Commissioner Stephen Hahn said that the FDA had notified the officials handling vaccine distribution logistics for the US’ ‘Operation Warp Speed’ so they can begin timely execution of their plans. United States Food and Drug Agency Commissioner Stephen Hahn Friday said that the agency will “rapidly work toward the finalization and issuance of an emergency use authorization” for the cutting edge Pfizer/BioNTech COVID-19 vaccine – following a vote by an independent FDA expert panel on Thursday recommending that the vaccine be approved. FDA Commissioner @SteveFDA and @FDACBER Director Dr. Peter Marks issue a statement on yesterday’s Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee Meeting. https://t.co/8uKTTDTYcx pic.twitter.com/2aufBaMTez — U.S. FDA (@US_FDA) December 11, 2020 Hahn said that the FDA had notified the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and officials handling vaccine distribution logistics for the US’ ‘Operation Warp Speed’ “so they can execute their plans for timely distribution” of the vaccine across the country. Currently, the US has more than 6 million active cases of COVID-19 and is seeing new cases reported at a rate of 200,000 a day. The daily confirmed cases in the current 10 most affected countries. US FDA Approval – Signal For WHO & The World US FDA approval will not only open the floodgates of vaccine distribution in the United States. As the world’s flagship regulatory agency, it will send a strong signal to the rest of the world that the vaccine is effective and safe. The European Medicines Agency is next set to review the Pfizer request on 12 January. To speed up regulatory approvals elsewhere in the world, WHO will also be issuing its own “Emergency Use Licenses (EUL)” for quality-assured vaccines, WHO Chief Scientist Soumya Swaminathan said at WHO’s Friday press conference. She noted that the WHO assessments would be done with a number of other national regulatory agencies – and could then provide a “stamp of efficacy and manufacturing quality”, upon which other countries could rely. The approvals would also support more rapid distribution of vaccines through the WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine facility. Soumya Swaminathan, WHO Chief Scientist. “We have asked countries to either accept the WHO EUL or another stringent regulatory agency approval,” said Swaminathan. “What we don’t want is for every country to start their own national assessment because that will take a lot of time.” She said that WHO will review vaccines submitted to the agency for approval on a rolling basis as Phase III trials are completed. “We expect in the coming weeks we will be reviewing the Pfizer-BioNTech vaccine and coming out with something,” Swaminathan said, adding that she expected the Moderna and AstraZeneca vaccines to be next in line. “Products issued by a stringent regulatory authority can also be used by the COVAX facility so there will be no barrier to speedy use,” added WHO’s Bruce Aylward, a senior advisor to the WHO Director General. FDA Recommendation Is Not Without Reservations – Concerns About Vaccine Allergy & Hesitancy Thursday’s 17 to 4 vote, with 1 abstention, by the Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee (VRBPAC) reflected the overall high level of confidence that the vaccine had earned – but also some reservations. Those centered largely around the safety of vaccines in young people and other vulnerable populations, as well as how vaccination centres would cope with potential allergic reactions – following two instances in the United Kingdom, which began rolling out the vaccine on Tuesday. WATCH LIVE: The Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee meeting has resumed. The committee is now expected to continue their discussion and then vote. https://t.co/9Eex3hp5Pp — U.S. FDA (@US_FDA) December 10, 2020 Reports of UK healthcare workers experiencing allergic reactions to Pfizer’s vaccine may have a negative impact on vaccine uptake in the US, the panel noted. Two healthcare workers in the UK experienced allergic reactions after their injection on Tuesday, leading the British Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (MHRA) to issue a warning that anyone with a history of severe allergies should refrain from getting the jab. The two workers – who are believed to have suffered anaphylactoid reactions (less severe than anaphylaxis) – had a history of allergies, and are recovering well. While there is currently not enough data to suggest how likely or severe a reaction could be, the FDA experts expressed concerns about how public concerns around allergic reactions could also impact vaccine uptake. Tens of millions of Americans with a history of severe allergic reactions could now be hesitant to receive an injection, Paul Offit, vaccinologist from the Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia, said during the FDA panel meeting, which was broadcast live. The FDA expert review group was already aware of the possibility that the Pfizer vaccine could cause an allergic reaction, prior to the occurrences in the UK when it launched its vaccination campaign on Tuesday. This could have a significant impact on attempts to reach high levels of overall immunity, even as the most recent surveys show that the number of Americans willing to be vaccinated has risen to 6 in 10. However, the FDA expert review group was already aware of the possibility that the Pfizer vaccine could cause an allergic reaction, prior to the occurrences in the UK. Pfizer’s draft EUA had been updated several weeks ago warning that anyone with an allergy to a component of the vaccines should not get it, said Marion Gruber, director of the office of vaccines research and review at the FDA. Equipment for dealing with severe allergic reactions should therefore be available on vaccine sites, the EUA draft request stated. Questions Remain: Can Pregnant Women and 16 Year Olds Get the Vaccine? A lack of sufficient data on the vaccine’s safety in pregnant and lactating women as well as adolescents aged 16-17 were the other key issues of debate among the expert panelists. Pfizer’s EUA submission only included data on 153 participants aged 16-17. The overall lack of data appeared to be the main source of the concern, with no clear negatives or side effects specific to this age group reported. As Offit noted: “We have clear evidence of a benefit. All we have on the other side is theoretical risk.” Arnold Monto, an epidemiologist who chaired the panel, said: “We will get more data as we start using the vaccine more extensively. “With rare outcomes, you have to start using the vaccine in order to see them.” It is highly unlikely the FDA will authorise a vaccine for these groups until a reproductive toxicity study is complete. The experts also were undecided about whether pregnant and lactating women should receive the vaccine – due to a similar lack of evidence in the Phase III study trials. Pregnant women are often excluded from such trials, at least at the initial phases, in order to avoid unknown long-term effects on their fetus. Manufacturers have been told to conduct developmental and reproductive toxicity (DART) studies, which indicate if a vaccine presents any risk to a fetus. Pfizer has reported that its preliminary results will be ready within days. Until these studies are complete, it is highly unlikely the FDA will authorise a vaccine for these groups. Image Credits: BioNTech, US Senate, Johns Hopkins University & Medicine, WHO. COVID-19 Reveals Weakness Of Global Health Financing Systems, Says New WHO Expenditure Report 11/12/2020 Raisa Santos COVID-19 has revealed disproportionate spending in health systems between low- and middle-income countries and high-income countries. The combined health and economic shocks triggered by COVID-19 have revealed profound weaknesses in health systems, with direct consequences on the future of healthcare, says a new World Health Organisation report on global health financing systems. “COVID-19 has revealed [the] underlying weakness of country and global health financing systems. There needs to be a proactive policy response. The year 2020 is the ultimate proof that investing in health is good for people and good for the economy,” said Agnes Soucat, one of the head writers on the new WHO report, Global Spending on Health: Weathering the storm. The global health expenditure report highlights COVID-19’s devastating impact worldwide – describing global patterns and trends prior to the pandemic, the changes in allocation levels in 2020 arising from country responses, and the challenges raised by future health spending and equitable access to healthcare. All countries have responded to the health and related economic crisis of COVID-19 with exceptional budget allocations, and yet there have been stark differences in response depending on a country’s income level, the report reveals. Low-Income Countries Allocated the Least Per Capita – but Most of Their Budgets Channeled Into COVID Response Per capita, high-income countries spent far more on the COVID-19 response, averaging US$205, as compared to middle-income countries US$20 and low-income countries US$3. But low-income countries allocated the largest proportion of their health budgets to the response. Per capita budget allocations for the COVID-19 health response and per capita pre-COVID-19 public spending on health, by income group, constant US$ 2018. Low-income countries allocated the highest proportion of health budgets to the response. And at the same time, those proportionately higher allocations may not have been used to their full potential due to pre-existing financial management issues that hinder budget implementation – spending authorization delays and difficulty in channelling resources towards service providers are some examples. “Health spending has an impact on unmet health needs. During COVID-19, unmet health needs have implications for health equity. Poor and vulnerable populations suffer disproportionately,” said Dr Soonman Kwon, Professor at the School of Public Health at Seoul National University, who also spoke at the launch of the report. Almost all countries will see economic contraction in 2020, with the rest experiencing a major slowdown in growth. Stringent lockdowns reduce countries’ ability to cope with COVID-19’s economic impact, but other factors include constrained trade, tourism, and remittances, and ongoing fiscal challenges such as low tax revenues, high debt servicing and large deficits. Declining economic activity has increased unemployment and reduced working hours, and unemployment rates are expected to increase. This has the potential to decrease revenues from employment-based contributions, while both economic and health needs rise. Low-Income Countries Continue to Spend Far Less, Per Capita On Health – and Much More On Infectious Diseases Before the COVID-19 pandemic, global spending on health was rising, albeit at a slower rate in recent years, peaking at $8.3 million in 2018. But there have been deep-seated disparities in where and how money was spent. More than 75% of global spending on health in the WHO regions of the Americas and Europe, while WHO’s Western Pacific Region accounted for 19% of global spending, South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean regions accounted for only 2%, and the African region only 1%. The differences have continued to grow over time. Health spending by World Health Organisation region and country, 2018. Most health spending took place in the WHO Americas and European regions in 2018. Low-income countries also continue to depend heavily on donor funding. Aid for health per capita more than doubled in real terms from 2000 to 2018, accounting for a quarter of lower income countries’ health spending in 2018. Two-thirds of external aid for health addressed infectious diseases in both low- and middle-income countries (LMICs). In middle-income countries, HIV alone accounted for nearly half the aid for health. Other key trends in lower income countries include: Average domestic spending on health was only about about 4.4% of GDP, or US$ 34 per capita in 2018, of which nearly 60% was out-of-pocket. Average government spending on health was only US$ 9 per capita in 2018, about 1.2% of GDP, and the priority given to health in public spending has been declining between 2000 and 2018. In low-income countries, infectious diseases accounted for half of overall health spending, while in middle income countries, they accounted for one-third. Noncommunicable diseases accounted for about 30% of health spending in middle-income countries and about 13% in low-income countries – even though NCD rates are soaring in LMICs. Spending disaggregated by disease or programme, by country income group, 2018. Low-income countries spent half their overall health spending on infectious diseases, while middle-income countries spent one-third. Noncommunicable diseases accounted for about 30% of the health spending in middle-income countries and about 13% in low-income countries. “Equitable allocation of resources needs to remain font and center of any decision-making. Civil society plays a crucial role to demand that spending is geared to community needs,” said Lenio Capsaskis, Head of Health Policy, Advocacy and Research at Save the Children UK. Opportunity for Financial “Reset” in a Post-COVID World The health sector must work closely with finance authorities in public spending especially in the health sector’s role in delivering the COVID-19 vaccine and other common goods for health. The health sector must work more closely with finance authorities to raise health care spending as a higher priority in government budgets, the report underlines. There is an opportunity for economic ‘reset’ in countries with weak health financing systems following the pandemic, the report advises. Health policy leaders can aim to raise awareness among other government sectors – using COVID vaccines as an example of a “common good” important to health and restarting economies. The report puts forward six recommendations that call for a new “health financing compact” for a post-COVID world. Secure domestic public spending on health as both a societal and an economic priority – The global GDP loss due to the pandemic is estimated to be approximately US $4 trillion , while needed funding for Common Goods for Health to ensure epidemic preparedness is estimated to be approximately US $150 billion per year. Investing in Common Goods for health should incorporate the implementation of International Health Regulations, epidemic preparedness, essential public health functions, animal health and environmental health. Fund Common Goods for Health as step zero of equitable access to healthcare at a country level – The Common Goods for health are core, top-priority public health functions focused on population-based health that require collective action. They can be grouped into five categories: policy coordination; laws and regulations; information (including surveillance); taxes and subsidies; and public health programs. Invest in global Common Goods for Health to enable global health security – The global international architecture is not well suited to the current health challenges and has no sustained revenue for the common goods of health. Unified guidance is lacking on using funds for preparedness and on making trade-offs between research and development, regulation, and surveillance and information. A tracking mechanism is needed to identify spending beyond that of any one country. Prioritise public funding to ensure equity of access and financial protection through a primarily health care approach – Clear priorities in spending need to ensure access for everyone to essential health services. Public subsidies are needed to ensure universal equitable access. How much governments fund, what health functions and systems they support, and how effective systems are in using public funds will define the role of private health spending. Increase the level of aid to lower income countries, but adjust aid modalities – Lower income countries face severe fiscal constraints that include increasing debts that may limit social sector spending in the future. This is occurring concurrently with the decrease in external aid. Sustained aid in the form of grants, concessional lending and debt relief will be needed to strengthen health systems so countries build preparedness and strengthen public health systems that deliver equitable access to health. Fund national institutions for transparent and inclusive tracking of health spending at both country and global levels – Timely monitoring of spending is essential for monitoring health system performance and ensuring transparency and accountability. Given the vast effort and resources devoted to COVID-19 control, real time monitoring is needed to assess how actual spending supports health system performance. This can help governments gain the trust of their population, a proven factor for the effective control of the COVID-19 pandemic. Said Dr Michael Borotwitz, Chief Economist at Global Fund, on the report recommendations: “We need to figure out how to fund global public goods, and come together and support WHO in this area. We need to link health security and national health accounts.” Image Credits: elycefeliz/Flickr, WHO, Marco Verch/Flickr. Patient Care After COVID: Providers Must Correct ‘One Size Fits All’ Approach, Experts Say 10/12/2020 Raisa Santos 2019 Asia Pacific Patients Congress in Taipei, Taiwan; IAPO’s Asia Pacific Patients Congress hopes to bring patients and patient groups together in the Western Asia and Southeast Asia region Raising a conversation about patients rights and patient care over the din of the COVID-19 pandemic is not easy. But hundreds of patient groups and thousands of attendees drew together virtually last week at the 2nd Asia-Pacific Patients Congress to talk about how to reclaim a voice and space for patient rights in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic – where patients have been more disempowered than ever before. COVID-19 has greatly altered the patient experience, shifting people more than ever from an active to a passive role in their health care, especially in the initial stages of the pandemic, said Dr Sanjiv Kumar, Chair of the India Alliance of Patient Groups. “[Patients] were picked up from homes and placed in hospitals. They were not allowed initially to even make phone calls to their friends and relatives; no visitors were allowed. It was more like putting somebody in a jail,” he said. Speaking at the keynote event, ‘Patients’ co-creation in future proofing health systems: preparedness for the next phase of the pandemic’, Sanjiv reflected on how COVID-19 has been “treated not as a health problem, but as a law and order situation” in India and many other countries. The stigma has been reinforced by measures created by the government and police authorities, where the implementation of restricted areas and red zones prevented people and patients from entering and leaving areas. According to Dr Sanjiv, healthcare must shift to a people-centered approach that allows patient participation and respects their needs and preferences – if goals for equity, quality and universal access are ever to be achieved.. “The patient community underscored the reality that for sustainable universal health coverage, there needs to be active patient engagement at all levels of the health system decision-making process,” said Karen Alparce-Villanueva, Secretary of the International Alliance of Patients’ Organisations (IAPO), speaking at the event. IAPO 2nd Asia Pacific Patients Congress – inaugural launch, featuring, clockwise, Karen Alparce-Villanueva, Dr Neda Milevska, and Dr Ratna Devi Patients As Experts in Healthcare The Congress – which ran 3 – 4 December and drew in 298 patient groups and 3046 attendees from 66 countries – included presentations on topics such as digital literacy, patient registries, clinical trials and increased participation, patient safety, reducing harm, patients led research, patient co-authorship, regulatory reliance and harmonisation, and building back better healthcare systems post COVID-19. “COVID-19, took a lot of the attention and resources globally, but we wanted to leave no one behind,” said Dr Neda Milevska Kostova, Vice-Chair at IAPO, who spoke on initiatives created by IAPO, such as the Congress, that have been organized to “make patient voices heard.” The Congress is one of several regional conferences organized by IAPO that occur annually in order to fulfill the vision of seeing patients and patient groups at the center of healthcare. Speakers flagged that patients’ right to choice and their role as experts in healthcare should be acknowledged and given appropriate space and environment to contribute meaningfully. Said Dr Ratna Devi, Chair at IAPO. “This is a huge opportunity for patient groups to come together to lend their voices.” She stressed that healthcare is “not one size fit all,” since providers are working with diverse patients from diverse backgrounds. “Healthcare needs to be customized, messaging needs to be customized, and how you ask people to change their behaviors needs to be customized.” At the same time, to become more empowered, patients need to be more aware of the need to act pre-emptively when accessing health care, she said, adding: “If patient groups integrate themselves and understand that early diagnosis, and early seeking of treatment, could be a better option, things could change for them.” Health Authorities Need to Build Patient Trust & Engagement – COVID Vaccine Rollouts Will be a Litmus Test Health systems must work together with populations, communities, and patients in addressing the COVID-19 response and other health risks Health authorities need to implement strategies that engage and empower people and communities. Patient leaders must become active participants in the implementation of health policies that ensure they are at the center of equitable health access. “Every one of us is a potential patient, and everyone one of us has the motivation to be involved in combating the pandemic,” said Dr Martin Taylor, Director of Health Systems and Services in the WHO’s Western Pacific Regional Office. He addressed the role played by patients, their families, and communities in shaping the collective and societal response to COVID-19. Dr Martin Taylor, Director of Health Systems and Services at the WHO Western Pacific Region Community engagement has become a key strategy in a successful COVID response, Taylor noted. “Trust is central to this in the Asia Pacific region,” he added. An effective response to COVID-19, said Dr Martin, requires that governance, health systems, populations, communities, patients, all work together. Community health leaders who have succeeded in curbing transmission trends and assuring quality care have done so by building trust and engagement in solutions that worked for health workers, patients and their families, as well as the broader populoation. Looking ahead, the development and rollout of COVID-19 vaccines will be the next great opportunity for new models of patient engagement. A successful rollout is dependent on extremely effective engagement with groups, making sure that instead of misinformation, there is trust, and that vaccine supplies and delivery are carefully managed. Added Taylor: “Our vision [for the future] will only be possible if patient and patient groups, and communities, engage, and are engaged, both in shaping and advocating for a vision in which health is at the core of society’s values.” Image Credits: Flickr: Rumi Consultancy/World Bank, APPC, APPC. India’s COVID-19 Cases Rise – Along With Air Pollution 10/12/2020 Menaka Rao COVID-19 Pandemic Relief Services, New Delhi. India experts say Delhi’s air pollution peaks is also causing more COVID mortality. The government’s suggested mitigation strategies have included wearing a mask and eating carrots. As COVID-cases rose rapidly in Delhi this November, the strong correlation to increasingly dangerous levels of air pollution in the state has brought more attention to the political pressure to address the health emergency. Delhi saw its highest number of COVID-19 cases in November, totalling more than 175,000. The city administration also recorded more than 2,000 deaths, the highest so far in the city. The death rate – 1.6% – was also higher than the national average of 1.45%. In the same period, Delhi also had 9 days with air quality that was categorised “severe”, with an air quality index (AQI) between 400-500. This corresponds to hazardous levels of small and fine particulate matter: PM 10 and PM 2.5. While PM 10 are particulate matters that can be inhaled, PM 2.5 particles are the ones that carry the highest health risks. The tiniest particles penetrate deep into the lungs, causing or exacerbating chronic lung disease as well as acute respiratory illnesses like pneumonia. Entering the bloodstream, they are also a factor in increasing risks of hypertension, strokes, and heart attack. In the wake of the COVID pandemic a growing number of Indian politicians, including Delhi chief minister Arvind Kejriwal, and government-based scientists have stated that mounting air pollution levels in Delhi and surrounding states this winter has been one of the drivers behind the recent increases seen in COVID-positive cases and mortality. The air pollution crisis has become an annual occurrence of the early winter across northern India – caused by human factors and exacerbated by winds, drier weather, and temperature inversions. The seasonal burning of rice stubble by farmers in neighbouring states to clear fields for the winter sowing of crops has become one key factor. Others include road and construction dust, traffic and power plant emissions and the lighting of fireworks during the Hindu festival of Diwali, which was celebrated this year in mid-November. Kejriwal told Hindustan Times last month: “While I do not discount other factors that may have contributed to [an] increase in COVID-19 cases, experts say that pollution has hugely contributed to the rise of COVID-19 cases in the city, the intensity of the wave of cases, and increasing the number of deaths.” He added that “we can’t play politics with this problem”, referring to what he alleges is apathy toward pollution on behalf of political parties, and lack of initiative to work towards cleaner air. Law makers in India’s central government have traditionally denied the extent of the impact of pollution on health. In 2017, the Indian Health Minister told news channel NDTV it was “too much” to attribute “any death to a cause like pollution”. Dr Balram Bhargava, the director-general of the respected Indian Council of Medical Research also linked air pollution to rising COVID-19 mortality. “It is well-known that pollution is one of the most important aspects of death,” said Bhargava at a virtual briefing in October. “First being malnutrition, then tobacco, high blood pressure, and pollution. “On pollution related to COVID-19 mortality, there have been some studies in Europe and the United States. They have looked at polluted areas, and have compared the mortality during lockdown and correlation with pollution, and have found clearly that pollution is contributing to the morality in COVID-19. That is well established by these studies.” Bhragava’s only strategy for mitigating the problem, however, was to advocate more wearing of masks, as the “most inexpensive treatment”. Strong Correlation Between Air Pollution and COVID-19 Mortality A growing number of recent studies have reinforced the links between air pollution and COVID-related mortality. A recent China-based study published in BMJ Public Health, which concluded that along with travel patterns, airborne particulate matter may be associated with an increased risk of COVID-19 transmission. Other studies have also reinforced the links between chronic exposure to air pollution and higher COVID-19 mortality rates. A study published in October in the journal Cardiovascular Research estimated that 15% of deaths worldwide from COVID-19 could be attributed to prior patterns of long-term exposure to air pollution. India has noted more than 9.5 million cumulative COVID-19 cases, as of the morning of 10 December 2020. The researchers used epidemiological data from previous US and Chinese studies of air pollution and the 2003 SARS outbreak, supported by additional data from Italy. An earlier study by researchers from Harvard TH Chan School of Public Health, Boston, concluded that higher historical PM 2.5 exposure is positively associated with higher COVID-19 mortality rates in the US. In a recent World Health Organization (WHO) presentation, Dr Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of Public Health and Environment concluded: “We know that in case of patients with COVID-19, those who will be more at risk of developing severe illness are those with underlying conditions like high blood pressure or heart diseases. “We see that air pollution might exacerbate those diseases making the population more vulnerable to the disease plus to the severity of developing a more serious illness.” Indian Government Historically Denied Air Pollution’s Health Impacts In India, 1 in 8 deaths were attributable to air pollution in 2017, making it a leading risk factor for death in India, a study published in The Lancet reported. More than 75% of the population in India is chronically exposed to average ambient PM2.5 levels above 40 μg/m3, the recommended limit by National Ambient Air Quality Standards. The highest PM2.5 exposure levels are in Delhi, followed by the other north Indian states of Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and Haryana. However, lawmakers in the central government, which can help coordinate between different agencies and state governments to reduce pollution, have traditionally denied the extent of the impact of pollution on health. In 2017, the Indian Health Minister, Dr Harsh Vardhan said that the hazardous pollution level was not a public health emergency and told news channel NDTV “to attribute any death to a cause like pollution may be too much”. Last year, he advised people on Twitter to eat carrots to mitigate pollution-related harm. #EatRightIndia_34 Eating carrots helps the body get Vitamin A, potassium, & antioxidants which protect against night blindness common in India. Carrots also help against other pollution-related harm to health.#EatRightIndia @PMOIndia @MoHFW_INDIA @fssaiindia pic.twitter.com/VPjVfiMpR8 — Dr Harsh Vardhan (Modi Ka Pariwar) (@drharshvardhan) November 3, 2019 Even more puzzling was the advice of the Minister of Environment, Forest & Climate Change, Prakash Javadekar, who simply tweeted an encouragement for citizens to “start your day with music”, in a week in November 2019 that saw peak levels of air pollution last year. Later, as Delhi’s air pollution levels rose further to some of the highest levels ever recorded, India’s Environment Minister Prakash Javadekar declared before the Indian parliament: “No Indian study has shown pollution shortens life. Let us not create fear psychosis among people.” He was contradicted, however, by his own Environment Secretary, CK Mishra, who told Health Policy Watch during an exclusive interview at the Madrid COP25 Climate Conference: “Nobody denies that poor air quality causes morbidity and may also cause mortality. Certainly … it must be causing mortality.” “It may not be 7.5 [million deaths],” Mishra added. “But the fact remains that there are numbers to be attended to. As far as the ministry is concerned, we are very conscious of the fact that it is leading to loss of human life and we need to correct this situation.” Signs of Action This Year – But No Results So Far In October this year, with COVID sweeping across India as well, Delhi’s Kejriwal declared a “war on pollution”, forming a team to monitor the sources of pollution including open air burning complaints, and repairing the city’s potholed roads to control dust. Kejriwal also began promoting an inexpensive biological formulation that can be sprayed on rice stalks, accelerating their decomposition, eliminating the need to burn them. He has said that the ‘Pusa decomposer’ is already being used by farmers in Delhi State to convert their stubble into fertilizer. The innovation has not, however, reached the surrounding states of Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh, from which most of the stubble pollution originates. The current subsidy structure incentivizes excessive rice yields. These rigid stalks are the most difficult to manage and so are often burnt. “This should be the last year of pollution,” Kejriwal affirmed at a recent leadership summit. “We have petitioned the air quality commission formally to order Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh governments to ensure this bio-decomposer is used in all the farms there.” But expert observers are less sure. They note that the Delhi government so far failed to even curb the use of firecrackers during the week long festival of Diwali. Despite a ban on their sale, firecrackers were heard across the city during the festival. Under pressure from the country’s Supreme Court, the Central Government also constituted a permanent Commission for Air Quality Management in the region, which has the power to coordinate action among states. Headed by a former top official in the Petroleum Ministry, the Commission has so far done almost nothing. Following Diwali and past the peak of the crop burning season, pollution rates in Delhi have subsided somewhat, with an AQI averaging 300-400, but experts are asking how and where more systemic changes could be made to reduce levels year-round as well as avoid future emergencies. #AirQuality forecast for #India #GEOS @SERVIRGlobal pic.twitter.com/aClDUq2scz — Pawan Gupta (@pawanpgupta) December 8, 2020 Meanwhile, the city has been blockaded for several weeks by farmers from around the northern Indian region, who are protesting a government plan to remove subsidies. Through a ‘minimum support price’ the government sets to procure produce from the rice and wheat crops that farmers grow, forcing them to sell on the open market. Farmers have demanded that fines and penalties for stubble burning be withdrawn. In order to appease the protesters, the government might refrain from fining farmers who violate existing laws by burning their crop stubble. While the fines have never been very effective, it’s still a measure that could also create a setback in the air pollution battle. Indian farmers protest outside of Delhi in early December So far, the dispute over the crop subsidies has failed to get to the root of the air pollution issue, experts also say. This lies in the fact that the current subsidy structure incentivizes farmers to grow excessive amounts of rice, whose rigid stalks are the most difficult to manage – and so are often burnt. The rice cultivation also consumes excessive water in the water-scarce Punjab region. Environmentalists have said that the crop subsidy structure should support farmers’ cultivation of nutrition rich grains and legumes indigenous to the region, like millet or lentils, which are also less polluting, in how the stubble can be managed. But neither nutrition content or air pollution seem to be key factors right now in the debate over farm subsidies that is occurring right now. It is unlikely that, if subsidies were removed along the lines of the government plans, farmers would grow more nutritious crops either: they are not big candidates for large multinational purchases on the private market. Despite the inertia, there are growing public pressures on the government to act, said Arvind Kumar, a chest surgeon from Delhi who is internationally known for his outspoken criticism of India’s air pollution and its health impacts. And so the tide of political apathy towards pollution may be turning, said Kumar, who is the founder of the Lung Care Foundation, a non-profit that spreads awareness about pollution and its effects. “In the heart of hearts, the politicians know that pollution is a problem and that it damages health. The challenge is admitting that to the public,” said Kumar. “But with every passing year, with the problem becoming more acute and more intense, there will be more outcry.” -Jyot Pande Lavakare contributed to this story. Image Credits: Rashed Shumon, Belur Math, Howrah, Johns Hopkins University & Medicine, Neil Palmer, @DevinderBenipa2 , Dāvis Kļaviņš . As Rich Countries Roll Out COVID-19 Vaccines – Will Developing Countries Miss Out? 09/12/2020 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Pfizer’s mRNA vaccine is being rolled out in the United Kingdom, to be followed by the United States and Europe. While some of the world’s richest countries have now stockpiled more COVID vaccines than they have people to inject, the world’s 67 poorest countries may only be able to vaccinate 1 in 10 people against COVID-19 next year, unless urgent action is taken by governments and the pharmaceutical industry to make sure enough doses are produced. This was the warning in a report published on Wednesday by Oxfam, Amnesty International and other advocacy groups The report notes that the massive pre-purchase of leading vaccine candidates by rich countries means that some of the world’s wealthiest nations have bought up enough doses to vaccinate their entire populations nearly three times over by the end of 2021 – supposing the vaccines in clinical trials are all approved for use. The same data suggests that countries representing just 14% of the world’s population have bought up some 53% of all the most promising vaccines so far. Canada tops the chart with enough vaccines to vaccinate each Canadian 5 times over. The organizations analyzed data on publicly reported vaccine deals done between countries and the eight leading vaccine candidates. They found that 67 low and lower middle-income countries risk being left behind. Five of those countries – Kenya, Myanmar, Nigeria, Pakistan and Ukraine – have reported nearly 1.5 million COVID cases between them. The Republic of Korea has vaccines to cover 88% of its population of more than 50 million people. But nearby, the low-income Philippines, has so far secured only 2.6 million doses for next year covering only 1.3 million people out of its total 106 million population, according to the report. Report Comes Amidst Flurry of Upcoming Vaccine Regulatory Approvals the total number of confirmed vaccine doses procured, displayed by income level. (Duke Global Health Innovation Centre) The report comes on the heels of the inaugural jab in the United Kingdom of 90 year-old Margaret Keenan on Tuesday with the first commercially available COVID-19 vaccine. The UK became the first country to approve Pfizer’s high-tech mRNA vaccine candidate for widespread use last week. On Thursday, the United States Food and Drug Administration is expected to approve the Pfizer vaccine for emergency use among Americans, after already issuing a positive review of the vaccine’s clinical trial results. That is likely to be followed by FDA approval of a similarly designed mRNA vaccine by Moderna on 17 December, and the European Medicines Agency will review the same vaccines in early January. The third vaccine-in-waiting is likely to be AstraZeneca’s cheaper and simpler adenovirus vaccine, based on a more common delivery mechanism, that uses a weakened form of a common cold virus to deliver a fragment of the trademark SARS-CoV-2 spike protein into the body, and prompt an immune reaction. Results of the AstraZeneca vaccine trial involving some 24,000 people and published Tuesday in The Lancet, found that the vaccine was 70% effective on average – with efficacy rising to 90% among trial participants who accidentally received only a half first dose. In the wake of the serendipitous discovery, a larger trial with the amended dosing regime will be undertaken, AstraZeneca has said. But it said that with average efficacy rates still above the 60% benchmark set by regulatory agencies, it would also seek regulatory approval simultaneously. A number of low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) like India, Mexico and Brazil have managed to secure large vaccine procurement commitments through manufacturing deals with AstraZeneca, a Swedish firm that undertook its vaccine development effort in collaboration with the UK’s Oxford University. That joint initiative has championed the development of a low-cost vaccine, which the company has committed to producing on a non-profit basis during the pandemic – leaving an estimated cost of about US$3, per dose, as compared to $20-$30 for the more high-tech Pfizer and Moderna alternatives. But since a large portion of AstraZeneca’s planned production of nearly 3 billion doses will be directly taken up by India, Brazil and Mexico – also among the LMICs hardest hit by the virus – that will still leave comparatively little to distribute more broadly. WHO Aims to Get 20% Coverage Worldwide Next Year Soumya Swaminathan, WHO Chief Scientist Speaking at last Friday’s WHO briefing, WHO Chief Scientist, Soumya Swaminathan, stated that the WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine pool has so far secured deals for 700 million doses of a COVID-19 vaccine. “That’s not sufficient,” said Swaminathan. “The goal is to get at least two billion doses by the end of 2021, which would be enough to vaccinate approximately 20% of the populations of the countries that are part of COVAX.” The WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine facility, a global collaboration to accelerate development, production, and equitable vaccine access, includes some 187 countries, covering 90% of the global population. WHO officials have held out hope that LMICs could also begin vaccinating the highest-risk groups, like health workers and older people “in the first quarter of 2021,” with the support of vaccines procured through the facility. Both rich and poor countries have joined the initiative, which aims to offer reduced prices for vaccines to most countries, and use donor funds to supply vaccines to some 92 countries that cannot afford to purchase them on their own. However, despite repeated pleas to donors for support, the facility remains some US$28 billion short on the funding needed for next year to fully fund the vaccine drive, as well as drugs, tests and health system support services in the world’s poorest 92 countries. The COVAX programme “urgently needs another US$5 billion in order to meet that goal of two billion doses”, stressed Swaminathan on Friday. World Trade Organization Debates IP “Waiver” for COVID Medicines and Vaccines On Thursday, the World Trade Organization (WTO) will resume its review of a proposal by South Africa and India to extend a broad WTO “waiver” over COVID-related patents, copyrights, and trade secrets for vaccines, medicines and health equipment, as part of another access initiative. The initiative has picked up considerable support among African, Asian and Latin American member states. But it is stiffly opposed by a wall of G-20 countries with huge pharma interests at stake. Thursday’s debate comes ahead of a full, formal review of the waiver proposal by the WTO’s General Council on 17 December. Leaders of the initiative have also threatened to put it to a vote, if it is not taken seriously. Medicines access groups are stepping up pressure on governments and organizations to consider the waiver concept, saying that sharing trade secrets and technologies is the only way to ensure fair distribution of brand-new medical technologies such as the COVID vaccines. On Wednesday, a petition organized by the online campaign organization AVAAZ and signed by some 900,000 people, was delivered to WTO members. The petition called on all governments, WTO members and pharmaceutical companies to “ensure access to lifesaving COVID-19 vaccines, treatments and equipment for everyone in the world”. “While the world waits with bated breath for the possible approval of these COVID-19 vaccines, it’s not time to celebrate yet,” said Dr Sidney Wong, Executive Co-Director of Médecins Sans Frontières Access Campaign in a press release on Tuesday. “Right now, we’re in a situation where a lion’s share of the limited number of first doses have already been snatched up by a handful of countries like the US and UK, as well as the EU, leaving very little for other countries in the short term. What we really want to see is a rapid expansion of the overall global supply, so there are more vaccines to go around and doses can be allocated according to WHO’s public health criteria, not a country’s ability to pay.” Image Credits: Pfizer, Duke Global Health Innovation Center. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
WHO Calls On World Leaders To “Honor Their Pledge” To Fund COVID-19 Vaccines; South Africa Raises Spectre Of “Vaccine Apartheid” 11/12/2020 J Hacker, Svĕt Lustig Vijay & Elaine Ruth Fletcher The WHO Director General said that COVAX is “in danger of becoming no more than a noble gesture” if funding is not secured. WHO’s Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus on Friday issued yet another plea to leaders of rich countries to “honor their pledges” to fund COVID-19 vaccines sufficient to immunize the highest risk groups across the world. He spoke a day after South African officials raised the spectre that the world was heading towards a state of “vaccine apartheid” whereby rich countries would be able to immunize large sections of their population with vaccines now coming on the market – to which poor countries would not get rapid and widespread access.” “Our political leaders have pledged to make vaccines a global public good, but that pledge has to be translated into action,” said Dr Tedros, speaking at a Friday WHO press conference. “I call on world leaders to honor their pledges,” he added. “Sharing the vaccine and having the inoculation everywhere means faster recovery and it’s in the interest of each and every country in the world, lives and livelihoods will get back to normal.” Speaking earlier in the week at a UN high level meeting, the WHO DG said that COVAX is “in danger of becoming no more than a noble gesture”. Soumya Swaminathan, WHO Chief Scientist. Countries also need to ensure that they have logical distribution plans at the domestic level – so that people most at risk of dying from COVID-19 will get the vaccines first, said WHO’s Chief Scientist Soumya Swaminathan, also speaking at the WHO Friday briefing. “The fact is we are going to have limited doses all over the world, and we need to prioritize those at highest risk of getting the infection and dying from the infection – those are the front line health care workers and the elderly. The rest of us have to be more patient, and rely on the [masking and social distancing] measures we have already been using,” said Swaminathan. WTO Member States Fail To Agree On “Waiver” For COVID-19 Vaccines & Medicines WHO has tried to persuade rich countries to come up with some US$ 4.3 billion immediately and US$ 28 billion over the next year, to adequately fund vaccines, medicines and tests through its massive ACT Accelerator Initiative. Arguing that philanthropy is no longer the solution to the gaping disparities in access to COVID health products that is emerging, South Africa and India have been leading a countermeasure – a World Trade Organization initiative for a broad intellectual property (IP) waiver on any COVID health products. The proposed waiver would cover patents, copyrights, trade secrets and industrial designs – a measure that the sponsors say would allow low- and middle-income countries to legally acquire and use proprietary technologies more easily than is possible under the current exceptions available for health emergencies under the WTO TRIPS Agreement (Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights). However the measure was shelved for the time being after Thursday’s WTO meeting, where developed countries, including the United States and members of the European Union blocked advancement of the waiver proposal. The measure had won the support of a large bloc of low- and middle-income countries in Africa, Latin America and Asia – although other big powers such as China and Russia have also straddled the fence. South Africa, in its remarks at the meeting, charged that the opponents would be “reinforcing vaccine apartheid” by their inaction. The proposal, originally submitted to the WTO on 2 October asks that the Organization allows countries to suspend the protection of certain kinds of IP related to the prevention, containment and treatment of COVID-19. Under the proposal, the wiaver would last until widespread COVID-19 vaccination is in place globally, and when the world’s population has developed immunity to the virus. Despite support from countries including Kenya, Jamaica and Argentina, objection from larger members has meant that the proposal has been shelved until the next meeting in March. Negotiators have argued that countries in the global South lack an “enabling” environment to develop vaccine industries. “Manufacturers should be able to go ahead and produce without being sued for infringing intellectual property rules,” one expert was reported as saying after yesterday’s negotiations. Patents, IP and other legal barriers severely hinder a country’s ability to access tools like vaccines and treatments in a timely manner, the South African delegation argued. “Those delegations opposing the waiver proposal have repeatedly suggested that voluntary approaches offer the best solution,” stated South Africa in its closing arguments Thursday. “As would have been emphasized, the TRIPS waiver proposal is supportive of any voluntary licenses issued by companies, however the terms of such licenses are often such that they may restrict access or reserve supply only for wealthy nations. “Similarly, for vaccines, bilateral deals are being signed by pharmaceutical companies with specific governments but the details of these deals are mostly unknown. Usually these agreements are for manufacturing of limited amounts and solely supplying a country’s territory or a limited subset of countries.” The delegation also pressed for information on the European Commission’s IP action plan, which calls for the “voluntary pooling and licensing of intellectual property related to COVID-19 therapeutics and vaccines … to promote equitable global access as well as a fair return on investment”. In its address, South Africa also questioned how the EU intends to act on its “lofty rhetoric”, citing that there has been limited transparency or explanation as to the mechanisms it proposes that would enable the pooling of IP. Among the opponents, Canada was among the high-income countries that appeared to be seeking a mediating role. It urged WTO members to continue discussions based on “mutual understandings and consensual solutions” – although its statement also suggested that the “overall TRIPS system works well”. Countering that, advocates pointed to a recent South Centre study of IP regimes and TRIPS flexibilities in almost 30 African countries, which found that the regime is is “far from optimal”. A handful of other middle and high-income countries countries, including Kenya, Jamaica and Argentina also expressed favorable views about the proposal. But the overriding objections from most of the WTO’s most industrialized member states effectively means that the WTO TRIPS Council – which oversees the WTO agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) – will be shelved for the time being. The next TRIPS Council meeting is in March 2021; meanwhile members have agreed to submit an oral status report to the General Council for next week. Pardoxically, the meeting came just a day before the Medicines Patent Pool, a UN-backed organization, celebrated its 10 year anniversary. The MPP was created to facilitate access to medicines through voluntary licenses with patent holders. Over the past ten years, MPP has secured 15 billion doses of HIV, hepatitis and tuberculosis medicines across 141 countries. Today @wto Members agreed to continue discussions on TRIPS #COVID19 waiver proposal. 🇨🇦 is committed to mutual understanding & consensual solutions.Canada’s statement: 👉🏾https://t.co/4MUTclPR8L@CanadaTrade — Canada in Geneva 🍁 (@CanadaGeneva) December 10, 2020 COVAX: Insufficient Funds and Targets? In Thursday’s debate South Africa also drew attention to the failings of the COVAX facility so far to raise sufficient funds for the massive distribution of 2 billion vaccine doses, sufficient for immunizing 1 billion people in 2021. So far, the facility has raised funds and made deals for the procurement of about half that amount of vaccine doses, said Dr. Tedros on Friday. But even if the COVAX Facility’s 2021 targets were met, those would be “insufficient to meet global needs of the 7.7 billion people of this world”, South Africa said in its statement at the WTO meeting. The COVAX target to provide 245 million courses of treatment for low- and middle-income countries is insufficient, the delegation said. It noted that the targets to immunise 1 billion people globally, and bring 245 million courses of treatment and 500 million diagnostic tests to low- and middle-income countries are not enough to make equitable care and timely access “a reality.” And anyway at the moment, South Africa charged, “more than 90% of all future production of likely vaccine candidates being reserved for rich developed countries”. “Ad hoc, non-transparent and unaccountable bilateral deals that artificially limit supply and competition cannot reliably deliver access during a global pandemic,” warned South Africa on Thursday. “These bilateral deals do not demonstrate global collaboration but rather reinforces ‘vaccine apartheid’ and enlarges chasms of inequity.“ Switzerland, for instance, has already bought up some 16 million vaccine doses through bilateral deals with Pfizer, Moderna and AstraZeneca, enough to vaccinate its entire population, in spite of the fact that half of the country’s citizens have declared that they would not want to get a COVID-19 jab, even if it were proven to be safe and effective. Image Credits: WHO, Eli Lilly. US FDA Commissioner Stephen Hahn Signals Approval of Pfizer Vaccine – Tells CDC To Get Ready For Rollout 11/12/2020 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & J Hacker Warning: Attempt to read property "post_title" on null in /home/clients/58f2a29976672af522a8f4d82ffa28b6/web/wp-content/plugins/better-image-credits/better-image-credits.php on line 227 Commissioner Stephen Hahn said that the FDA had notified the officials handling vaccine distribution logistics for the US’ ‘Operation Warp Speed’ so they can begin timely execution of their plans. United States Food and Drug Agency Commissioner Stephen Hahn Friday said that the agency will “rapidly work toward the finalization and issuance of an emergency use authorization” for the cutting edge Pfizer/BioNTech COVID-19 vaccine – following a vote by an independent FDA expert panel on Thursday recommending that the vaccine be approved. FDA Commissioner @SteveFDA and @FDACBER Director Dr. Peter Marks issue a statement on yesterday’s Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee Meeting. https://t.co/8uKTTDTYcx pic.twitter.com/2aufBaMTez — U.S. FDA (@US_FDA) December 11, 2020 Hahn said that the FDA had notified the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and officials handling vaccine distribution logistics for the US’ ‘Operation Warp Speed’ “so they can execute their plans for timely distribution” of the vaccine across the country. Currently, the US has more than 6 million active cases of COVID-19 and is seeing new cases reported at a rate of 200,000 a day. The daily confirmed cases in the current 10 most affected countries. US FDA Approval – Signal For WHO & The World US FDA approval will not only open the floodgates of vaccine distribution in the United States. As the world’s flagship regulatory agency, it will send a strong signal to the rest of the world that the vaccine is effective and safe. The European Medicines Agency is next set to review the Pfizer request on 12 January. To speed up regulatory approvals elsewhere in the world, WHO will also be issuing its own “Emergency Use Licenses (EUL)” for quality-assured vaccines, WHO Chief Scientist Soumya Swaminathan said at WHO’s Friday press conference. She noted that the WHO assessments would be done with a number of other national regulatory agencies – and could then provide a “stamp of efficacy and manufacturing quality”, upon which other countries could rely. The approvals would also support more rapid distribution of vaccines through the WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine facility. Soumya Swaminathan, WHO Chief Scientist. “We have asked countries to either accept the WHO EUL or another stringent regulatory agency approval,” said Swaminathan. “What we don’t want is for every country to start their own national assessment because that will take a lot of time.” She said that WHO will review vaccines submitted to the agency for approval on a rolling basis as Phase III trials are completed. “We expect in the coming weeks we will be reviewing the Pfizer-BioNTech vaccine and coming out with something,” Swaminathan said, adding that she expected the Moderna and AstraZeneca vaccines to be next in line. “Products issued by a stringent regulatory authority can also be used by the COVAX facility so there will be no barrier to speedy use,” added WHO’s Bruce Aylward, a senior advisor to the WHO Director General. FDA Recommendation Is Not Without Reservations – Concerns About Vaccine Allergy & Hesitancy Thursday’s 17 to 4 vote, with 1 abstention, by the Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee (VRBPAC) reflected the overall high level of confidence that the vaccine had earned – but also some reservations. Those centered largely around the safety of vaccines in young people and other vulnerable populations, as well as how vaccination centres would cope with potential allergic reactions – following two instances in the United Kingdom, which began rolling out the vaccine on Tuesday. WATCH LIVE: The Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee meeting has resumed. The committee is now expected to continue their discussion and then vote. https://t.co/9Eex3hp5Pp — U.S. FDA (@US_FDA) December 10, 2020 Reports of UK healthcare workers experiencing allergic reactions to Pfizer’s vaccine may have a negative impact on vaccine uptake in the US, the panel noted. Two healthcare workers in the UK experienced allergic reactions after their injection on Tuesday, leading the British Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (MHRA) to issue a warning that anyone with a history of severe allergies should refrain from getting the jab. The two workers – who are believed to have suffered anaphylactoid reactions (less severe than anaphylaxis) – had a history of allergies, and are recovering well. While there is currently not enough data to suggest how likely or severe a reaction could be, the FDA experts expressed concerns about how public concerns around allergic reactions could also impact vaccine uptake. Tens of millions of Americans with a history of severe allergic reactions could now be hesitant to receive an injection, Paul Offit, vaccinologist from the Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia, said during the FDA panel meeting, which was broadcast live. The FDA expert review group was already aware of the possibility that the Pfizer vaccine could cause an allergic reaction, prior to the occurrences in the UK when it launched its vaccination campaign on Tuesday. This could have a significant impact on attempts to reach high levels of overall immunity, even as the most recent surveys show that the number of Americans willing to be vaccinated has risen to 6 in 10. However, the FDA expert review group was already aware of the possibility that the Pfizer vaccine could cause an allergic reaction, prior to the occurrences in the UK. Pfizer’s draft EUA had been updated several weeks ago warning that anyone with an allergy to a component of the vaccines should not get it, said Marion Gruber, director of the office of vaccines research and review at the FDA. Equipment for dealing with severe allergic reactions should therefore be available on vaccine sites, the EUA draft request stated. Questions Remain: Can Pregnant Women and 16 Year Olds Get the Vaccine? A lack of sufficient data on the vaccine’s safety in pregnant and lactating women as well as adolescents aged 16-17 were the other key issues of debate among the expert panelists. Pfizer’s EUA submission only included data on 153 participants aged 16-17. The overall lack of data appeared to be the main source of the concern, with no clear negatives or side effects specific to this age group reported. As Offit noted: “We have clear evidence of a benefit. All we have on the other side is theoretical risk.” Arnold Monto, an epidemiologist who chaired the panel, said: “We will get more data as we start using the vaccine more extensively. “With rare outcomes, you have to start using the vaccine in order to see them.” It is highly unlikely the FDA will authorise a vaccine for these groups until a reproductive toxicity study is complete. The experts also were undecided about whether pregnant and lactating women should receive the vaccine – due to a similar lack of evidence in the Phase III study trials. Pregnant women are often excluded from such trials, at least at the initial phases, in order to avoid unknown long-term effects on their fetus. Manufacturers have been told to conduct developmental and reproductive toxicity (DART) studies, which indicate if a vaccine presents any risk to a fetus. Pfizer has reported that its preliminary results will be ready within days. Until these studies are complete, it is highly unlikely the FDA will authorise a vaccine for these groups. Image Credits: BioNTech, US Senate, Johns Hopkins University & Medicine, WHO. COVID-19 Reveals Weakness Of Global Health Financing Systems, Says New WHO Expenditure Report 11/12/2020 Raisa Santos COVID-19 has revealed disproportionate spending in health systems between low- and middle-income countries and high-income countries. The combined health and economic shocks triggered by COVID-19 have revealed profound weaknesses in health systems, with direct consequences on the future of healthcare, says a new World Health Organisation report on global health financing systems. “COVID-19 has revealed [the] underlying weakness of country and global health financing systems. There needs to be a proactive policy response. The year 2020 is the ultimate proof that investing in health is good for people and good for the economy,” said Agnes Soucat, one of the head writers on the new WHO report, Global Spending on Health: Weathering the storm. The global health expenditure report highlights COVID-19’s devastating impact worldwide – describing global patterns and trends prior to the pandemic, the changes in allocation levels in 2020 arising from country responses, and the challenges raised by future health spending and equitable access to healthcare. All countries have responded to the health and related economic crisis of COVID-19 with exceptional budget allocations, and yet there have been stark differences in response depending on a country’s income level, the report reveals. Low-Income Countries Allocated the Least Per Capita – but Most of Their Budgets Channeled Into COVID Response Per capita, high-income countries spent far more on the COVID-19 response, averaging US$205, as compared to middle-income countries US$20 and low-income countries US$3. But low-income countries allocated the largest proportion of their health budgets to the response. Per capita budget allocations for the COVID-19 health response and per capita pre-COVID-19 public spending on health, by income group, constant US$ 2018. Low-income countries allocated the highest proportion of health budgets to the response. And at the same time, those proportionately higher allocations may not have been used to their full potential due to pre-existing financial management issues that hinder budget implementation – spending authorization delays and difficulty in channelling resources towards service providers are some examples. “Health spending has an impact on unmet health needs. During COVID-19, unmet health needs have implications for health equity. Poor and vulnerable populations suffer disproportionately,” said Dr Soonman Kwon, Professor at the School of Public Health at Seoul National University, who also spoke at the launch of the report. Almost all countries will see economic contraction in 2020, with the rest experiencing a major slowdown in growth. Stringent lockdowns reduce countries’ ability to cope with COVID-19’s economic impact, but other factors include constrained trade, tourism, and remittances, and ongoing fiscal challenges such as low tax revenues, high debt servicing and large deficits. Declining economic activity has increased unemployment and reduced working hours, and unemployment rates are expected to increase. This has the potential to decrease revenues from employment-based contributions, while both economic and health needs rise. Low-Income Countries Continue to Spend Far Less, Per Capita On Health – and Much More On Infectious Diseases Before the COVID-19 pandemic, global spending on health was rising, albeit at a slower rate in recent years, peaking at $8.3 million in 2018. But there have been deep-seated disparities in where and how money was spent. More than 75% of global spending on health in the WHO regions of the Americas and Europe, while WHO’s Western Pacific Region accounted for 19% of global spending, South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean regions accounted for only 2%, and the African region only 1%. The differences have continued to grow over time. Health spending by World Health Organisation region and country, 2018. Most health spending took place in the WHO Americas and European regions in 2018. Low-income countries also continue to depend heavily on donor funding. Aid for health per capita more than doubled in real terms from 2000 to 2018, accounting for a quarter of lower income countries’ health spending in 2018. Two-thirds of external aid for health addressed infectious diseases in both low- and middle-income countries (LMICs). In middle-income countries, HIV alone accounted for nearly half the aid for health. Other key trends in lower income countries include: Average domestic spending on health was only about about 4.4% of GDP, or US$ 34 per capita in 2018, of which nearly 60% was out-of-pocket. Average government spending on health was only US$ 9 per capita in 2018, about 1.2% of GDP, and the priority given to health in public spending has been declining between 2000 and 2018. In low-income countries, infectious diseases accounted for half of overall health spending, while in middle income countries, they accounted for one-third. Noncommunicable diseases accounted for about 30% of health spending in middle-income countries and about 13% in low-income countries – even though NCD rates are soaring in LMICs. Spending disaggregated by disease or programme, by country income group, 2018. Low-income countries spent half their overall health spending on infectious diseases, while middle-income countries spent one-third. Noncommunicable diseases accounted for about 30% of the health spending in middle-income countries and about 13% in low-income countries. “Equitable allocation of resources needs to remain font and center of any decision-making. Civil society plays a crucial role to demand that spending is geared to community needs,” said Lenio Capsaskis, Head of Health Policy, Advocacy and Research at Save the Children UK. Opportunity for Financial “Reset” in a Post-COVID World The health sector must work closely with finance authorities in public spending especially in the health sector’s role in delivering the COVID-19 vaccine and other common goods for health. The health sector must work more closely with finance authorities to raise health care spending as a higher priority in government budgets, the report underlines. There is an opportunity for economic ‘reset’ in countries with weak health financing systems following the pandemic, the report advises. Health policy leaders can aim to raise awareness among other government sectors – using COVID vaccines as an example of a “common good” important to health and restarting economies. The report puts forward six recommendations that call for a new “health financing compact” for a post-COVID world. Secure domestic public spending on health as both a societal and an economic priority – The global GDP loss due to the pandemic is estimated to be approximately US $4 trillion , while needed funding for Common Goods for Health to ensure epidemic preparedness is estimated to be approximately US $150 billion per year. Investing in Common Goods for health should incorporate the implementation of International Health Regulations, epidemic preparedness, essential public health functions, animal health and environmental health. Fund Common Goods for Health as step zero of equitable access to healthcare at a country level – The Common Goods for health are core, top-priority public health functions focused on population-based health that require collective action. They can be grouped into five categories: policy coordination; laws and regulations; information (including surveillance); taxes and subsidies; and public health programs. Invest in global Common Goods for Health to enable global health security – The global international architecture is not well suited to the current health challenges and has no sustained revenue for the common goods of health. Unified guidance is lacking on using funds for preparedness and on making trade-offs between research and development, regulation, and surveillance and information. A tracking mechanism is needed to identify spending beyond that of any one country. Prioritise public funding to ensure equity of access and financial protection through a primarily health care approach – Clear priorities in spending need to ensure access for everyone to essential health services. Public subsidies are needed to ensure universal equitable access. How much governments fund, what health functions and systems they support, and how effective systems are in using public funds will define the role of private health spending. Increase the level of aid to lower income countries, but adjust aid modalities – Lower income countries face severe fiscal constraints that include increasing debts that may limit social sector spending in the future. This is occurring concurrently with the decrease in external aid. Sustained aid in the form of grants, concessional lending and debt relief will be needed to strengthen health systems so countries build preparedness and strengthen public health systems that deliver equitable access to health. Fund national institutions for transparent and inclusive tracking of health spending at both country and global levels – Timely monitoring of spending is essential for monitoring health system performance and ensuring transparency and accountability. Given the vast effort and resources devoted to COVID-19 control, real time monitoring is needed to assess how actual spending supports health system performance. This can help governments gain the trust of their population, a proven factor for the effective control of the COVID-19 pandemic. Said Dr Michael Borotwitz, Chief Economist at Global Fund, on the report recommendations: “We need to figure out how to fund global public goods, and come together and support WHO in this area. We need to link health security and national health accounts.” Image Credits: elycefeliz/Flickr, WHO, Marco Verch/Flickr. Patient Care After COVID: Providers Must Correct ‘One Size Fits All’ Approach, Experts Say 10/12/2020 Raisa Santos 2019 Asia Pacific Patients Congress in Taipei, Taiwan; IAPO’s Asia Pacific Patients Congress hopes to bring patients and patient groups together in the Western Asia and Southeast Asia region Raising a conversation about patients rights and patient care over the din of the COVID-19 pandemic is not easy. But hundreds of patient groups and thousands of attendees drew together virtually last week at the 2nd Asia-Pacific Patients Congress to talk about how to reclaim a voice and space for patient rights in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic – where patients have been more disempowered than ever before. COVID-19 has greatly altered the patient experience, shifting people more than ever from an active to a passive role in their health care, especially in the initial stages of the pandemic, said Dr Sanjiv Kumar, Chair of the India Alliance of Patient Groups. “[Patients] were picked up from homes and placed in hospitals. They were not allowed initially to even make phone calls to their friends and relatives; no visitors were allowed. It was more like putting somebody in a jail,” he said. Speaking at the keynote event, ‘Patients’ co-creation in future proofing health systems: preparedness for the next phase of the pandemic’, Sanjiv reflected on how COVID-19 has been “treated not as a health problem, but as a law and order situation” in India and many other countries. The stigma has been reinforced by measures created by the government and police authorities, where the implementation of restricted areas and red zones prevented people and patients from entering and leaving areas. According to Dr Sanjiv, healthcare must shift to a people-centered approach that allows patient participation and respects their needs and preferences – if goals for equity, quality and universal access are ever to be achieved.. “The patient community underscored the reality that for sustainable universal health coverage, there needs to be active patient engagement at all levels of the health system decision-making process,” said Karen Alparce-Villanueva, Secretary of the International Alliance of Patients’ Organisations (IAPO), speaking at the event. IAPO 2nd Asia Pacific Patients Congress – inaugural launch, featuring, clockwise, Karen Alparce-Villanueva, Dr Neda Milevska, and Dr Ratna Devi Patients As Experts in Healthcare The Congress – which ran 3 – 4 December and drew in 298 patient groups and 3046 attendees from 66 countries – included presentations on topics such as digital literacy, patient registries, clinical trials and increased participation, patient safety, reducing harm, patients led research, patient co-authorship, regulatory reliance and harmonisation, and building back better healthcare systems post COVID-19. “COVID-19, took a lot of the attention and resources globally, but we wanted to leave no one behind,” said Dr Neda Milevska Kostova, Vice-Chair at IAPO, who spoke on initiatives created by IAPO, such as the Congress, that have been organized to “make patient voices heard.” The Congress is one of several regional conferences organized by IAPO that occur annually in order to fulfill the vision of seeing patients and patient groups at the center of healthcare. Speakers flagged that patients’ right to choice and their role as experts in healthcare should be acknowledged and given appropriate space and environment to contribute meaningfully. Said Dr Ratna Devi, Chair at IAPO. “This is a huge opportunity for patient groups to come together to lend their voices.” She stressed that healthcare is “not one size fit all,” since providers are working with diverse patients from diverse backgrounds. “Healthcare needs to be customized, messaging needs to be customized, and how you ask people to change their behaviors needs to be customized.” At the same time, to become more empowered, patients need to be more aware of the need to act pre-emptively when accessing health care, she said, adding: “If patient groups integrate themselves and understand that early diagnosis, and early seeking of treatment, could be a better option, things could change for them.” Health Authorities Need to Build Patient Trust & Engagement – COVID Vaccine Rollouts Will be a Litmus Test Health systems must work together with populations, communities, and patients in addressing the COVID-19 response and other health risks Health authorities need to implement strategies that engage and empower people and communities. Patient leaders must become active participants in the implementation of health policies that ensure they are at the center of equitable health access. “Every one of us is a potential patient, and everyone one of us has the motivation to be involved in combating the pandemic,” said Dr Martin Taylor, Director of Health Systems and Services in the WHO’s Western Pacific Regional Office. He addressed the role played by patients, their families, and communities in shaping the collective and societal response to COVID-19. Dr Martin Taylor, Director of Health Systems and Services at the WHO Western Pacific Region Community engagement has become a key strategy in a successful COVID response, Taylor noted. “Trust is central to this in the Asia Pacific region,” he added. An effective response to COVID-19, said Dr Martin, requires that governance, health systems, populations, communities, patients, all work together. Community health leaders who have succeeded in curbing transmission trends and assuring quality care have done so by building trust and engagement in solutions that worked for health workers, patients and their families, as well as the broader populoation. Looking ahead, the development and rollout of COVID-19 vaccines will be the next great opportunity for new models of patient engagement. A successful rollout is dependent on extremely effective engagement with groups, making sure that instead of misinformation, there is trust, and that vaccine supplies and delivery are carefully managed. Added Taylor: “Our vision [for the future] will only be possible if patient and patient groups, and communities, engage, and are engaged, both in shaping and advocating for a vision in which health is at the core of society’s values.” Image Credits: Flickr: Rumi Consultancy/World Bank, APPC, APPC. India’s COVID-19 Cases Rise – Along With Air Pollution 10/12/2020 Menaka Rao COVID-19 Pandemic Relief Services, New Delhi. India experts say Delhi’s air pollution peaks is also causing more COVID mortality. The government’s suggested mitigation strategies have included wearing a mask and eating carrots. As COVID-cases rose rapidly in Delhi this November, the strong correlation to increasingly dangerous levels of air pollution in the state has brought more attention to the political pressure to address the health emergency. Delhi saw its highest number of COVID-19 cases in November, totalling more than 175,000. The city administration also recorded more than 2,000 deaths, the highest so far in the city. The death rate – 1.6% – was also higher than the national average of 1.45%. In the same period, Delhi also had 9 days with air quality that was categorised “severe”, with an air quality index (AQI) between 400-500. This corresponds to hazardous levels of small and fine particulate matter: PM 10 and PM 2.5. While PM 10 are particulate matters that can be inhaled, PM 2.5 particles are the ones that carry the highest health risks. The tiniest particles penetrate deep into the lungs, causing or exacerbating chronic lung disease as well as acute respiratory illnesses like pneumonia. Entering the bloodstream, they are also a factor in increasing risks of hypertension, strokes, and heart attack. In the wake of the COVID pandemic a growing number of Indian politicians, including Delhi chief minister Arvind Kejriwal, and government-based scientists have stated that mounting air pollution levels in Delhi and surrounding states this winter has been one of the drivers behind the recent increases seen in COVID-positive cases and mortality. The air pollution crisis has become an annual occurrence of the early winter across northern India – caused by human factors and exacerbated by winds, drier weather, and temperature inversions. The seasonal burning of rice stubble by farmers in neighbouring states to clear fields for the winter sowing of crops has become one key factor. Others include road and construction dust, traffic and power plant emissions and the lighting of fireworks during the Hindu festival of Diwali, which was celebrated this year in mid-November. Kejriwal told Hindustan Times last month: “While I do not discount other factors that may have contributed to [an] increase in COVID-19 cases, experts say that pollution has hugely contributed to the rise of COVID-19 cases in the city, the intensity of the wave of cases, and increasing the number of deaths.” He added that “we can’t play politics with this problem”, referring to what he alleges is apathy toward pollution on behalf of political parties, and lack of initiative to work towards cleaner air. Law makers in India’s central government have traditionally denied the extent of the impact of pollution on health. In 2017, the Indian Health Minister told news channel NDTV it was “too much” to attribute “any death to a cause like pollution”. Dr Balram Bhargava, the director-general of the respected Indian Council of Medical Research also linked air pollution to rising COVID-19 mortality. “It is well-known that pollution is one of the most important aspects of death,” said Bhargava at a virtual briefing in October. “First being malnutrition, then tobacco, high blood pressure, and pollution. “On pollution related to COVID-19 mortality, there have been some studies in Europe and the United States. They have looked at polluted areas, and have compared the mortality during lockdown and correlation with pollution, and have found clearly that pollution is contributing to the morality in COVID-19. That is well established by these studies.” Bhragava’s only strategy for mitigating the problem, however, was to advocate more wearing of masks, as the “most inexpensive treatment”. Strong Correlation Between Air Pollution and COVID-19 Mortality A growing number of recent studies have reinforced the links between air pollution and COVID-related mortality. A recent China-based study published in BMJ Public Health, which concluded that along with travel patterns, airborne particulate matter may be associated with an increased risk of COVID-19 transmission. Other studies have also reinforced the links between chronic exposure to air pollution and higher COVID-19 mortality rates. A study published in October in the journal Cardiovascular Research estimated that 15% of deaths worldwide from COVID-19 could be attributed to prior patterns of long-term exposure to air pollution. India has noted more than 9.5 million cumulative COVID-19 cases, as of the morning of 10 December 2020. The researchers used epidemiological data from previous US and Chinese studies of air pollution and the 2003 SARS outbreak, supported by additional data from Italy. An earlier study by researchers from Harvard TH Chan School of Public Health, Boston, concluded that higher historical PM 2.5 exposure is positively associated with higher COVID-19 mortality rates in the US. In a recent World Health Organization (WHO) presentation, Dr Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of Public Health and Environment concluded: “We know that in case of patients with COVID-19, those who will be more at risk of developing severe illness are those with underlying conditions like high blood pressure or heart diseases. “We see that air pollution might exacerbate those diseases making the population more vulnerable to the disease plus to the severity of developing a more serious illness.” Indian Government Historically Denied Air Pollution’s Health Impacts In India, 1 in 8 deaths were attributable to air pollution in 2017, making it a leading risk factor for death in India, a study published in The Lancet reported. More than 75% of the population in India is chronically exposed to average ambient PM2.5 levels above 40 μg/m3, the recommended limit by National Ambient Air Quality Standards. The highest PM2.5 exposure levels are in Delhi, followed by the other north Indian states of Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and Haryana. However, lawmakers in the central government, which can help coordinate between different agencies and state governments to reduce pollution, have traditionally denied the extent of the impact of pollution on health. In 2017, the Indian Health Minister, Dr Harsh Vardhan said that the hazardous pollution level was not a public health emergency and told news channel NDTV “to attribute any death to a cause like pollution may be too much”. Last year, he advised people on Twitter to eat carrots to mitigate pollution-related harm. #EatRightIndia_34 Eating carrots helps the body get Vitamin A, potassium, & antioxidants which protect against night blindness common in India. Carrots also help against other pollution-related harm to health.#EatRightIndia @PMOIndia @MoHFW_INDIA @fssaiindia pic.twitter.com/VPjVfiMpR8 — Dr Harsh Vardhan (Modi Ka Pariwar) (@drharshvardhan) November 3, 2019 Even more puzzling was the advice of the Minister of Environment, Forest & Climate Change, Prakash Javadekar, who simply tweeted an encouragement for citizens to “start your day with music”, in a week in November 2019 that saw peak levels of air pollution last year. Later, as Delhi’s air pollution levels rose further to some of the highest levels ever recorded, India’s Environment Minister Prakash Javadekar declared before the Indian parliament: “No Indian study has shown pollution shortens life. Let us not create fear psychosis among people.” He was contradicted, however, by his own Environment Secretary, CK Mishra, who told Health Policy Watch during an exclusive interview at the Madrid COP25 Climate Conference: “Nobody denies that poor air quality causes morbidity and may also cause mortality. Certainly … it must be causing mortality.” “It may not be 7.5 [million deaths],” Mishra added. “But the fact remains that there are numbers to be attended to. As far as the ministry is concerned, we are very conscious of the fact that it is leading to loss of human life and we need to correct this situation.” Signs of Action This Year – But No Results So Far In October this year, with COVID sweeping across India as well, Delhi’s Kejriwal declared a “war on pollution”, forming a team to monitor the sources of pollution including open air burning complaints, and repairing the city’s potholed roads to control dust. Kejriwal also began promoting an inexpensive biological formulation that can be sprayed on rice stalks, accelerating their decomposition, eliminating the need to burn them. He has said that the ‘Pusa decomposer’ is already being used by farmers in Delhi State to convert their stubble into fertilizer. The innovation has not, however, reached the surrounding states of Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh, from which most of the stubble pollution originates. The current subsidy structure incentivizes excessive rice yields. These rigid stalks are the most difficult to manage and so are often burnt. “This should be the last year of pollution,” Kejriwal affirmed at a recent leadership summit. “We have petitioned the air quality commission formally to order Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh governments to ensure this bio-decomposer is used in all the farms there.” But expert observers are less sure. They note that the Delhi government so far failed to even curb the use of firecrackers during the week long festival of Diwali. Despite a ban on their sale, firecrackers were heard across the city during the festival. Under pressure from the country’s Supreme Court, the Central Government also constituted a permanent Commission for Air Quality Management in the region, which has the power to coordinate action among states. Headed by a former top official in the Petroleum Ministry, the Commission has so far done almost nothing. Following Diwali and past the peak of the crop burning season, pollution rates in Delhi have subsided somewhat, with an AQI averaging 300-400, but experts are asking how and where more systemic changes could be made to reduce levels year-round as well as avoid future emergencies. #AirQuality forecast for #India #GEOS @SERVIRGlobal pic.twitter.com/aClDUq2scz — Pawan Gupta (@pawanpgupta) December 8, 2020 Meanwhile, the city has been blockaded for several weeks by farmers from around the northern Indian region, who are protesting a government plan to remove subsidies. Through a ‘minimum support price’ the government sets to procure produce from the rice and wheat crops that farmers grow, forcing them to sell on the open market. Farmers have demanded that fines and penalties for stubble burning be withdrawn. In order to appease the protesters, the government might refrain from fining farmers who violate existing laws by burning their crop stubble. While the fines have never been very effective, it’s still a measure that could also create a setback in the air pollution battle. Indian farmers protest outside of Delhi in early December So far, the dispute over the crop subsidies has failed to get to the root of the air pollution issue, experts also say. This lies in the fact that the current subsidy structure incentivizes farmers to grow excessive amounts of rice, whose rigid stalks are the most difficult to manage – and so are often burnt. The rice cultivation also consumes excessive water in the water-scarce Punjab region. Environmentalists have said that the crop subsidy structure should support farmers’ cultivation of nutrition rich grains and legumes indigenous to the region, like millet or lentils, which are also less polluting, in how the stubble can be managed. But neither nutrition content or air pollution seem to be key factors right now in the debate over farm subsidies that is occurring right now. It is unlikely that, if subsidies were removed along the lines of the government plans, farmers would grow more nutritious crops either: they are not big candidates for large multinational purchases on the private market. Despite the inertia, there are growing public pressures on the government to act, said Arvind Kumar, a chest surgeon from Delhi who is internationally known for his outspoken criticism of India’s air pollution and its health impacts. And so the tide of political apathy towards pollution may be turning, said Kumar, who is the founder of the Lung Care Foundation, a non-profit that spreads awareness about pollution and its effects. “In the heart of hearts, the politicians know that pollution is a problem and that it damages health. The challenge is admitting that to the public,” said Kumar. “But with every passing year, with the problem becoming more acute and more intense, there will be more outcry.” -Jyot Pande Lavakare contributed to this story. Image Credits: Rashed Shumon, Belur Math, Howrah, Johns Hopkins University & Medicine, Neil Palmer, @DevinderBenipa2 , Dāvis Kļaviņš . As Rich Countries Roll Out COVID-19 Vaccines – Will Developing Countries Miss Out? 09/12/2020 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Pfizer’s mRNA vaccine is being rolled out in the United Kingdom, to be followed by the United States and Europe. While some of the world’s richest countries have now stockpiled more COVID vaccines than they have people to inject, the world’s 67 poorest countries may only be able to vaccinate 1 in 10 people against COVID-19 next year, unless urgent action is taken by governments and the pharmaceutical industry to make sure enough doses are produced. This was the warning in a report published on Wednesday by Oxfam, Amnesty International and other advocacy groups The report notes that the massive pre-purchase of leading vaccine candidates by rich countries means that some of the world’s wealthiest nations have bought up enough doses to vaccinate their entire populations nearly three times over by the end of 2021 – supposing the vaccines in clinical trials are all approved for use. The same data suggests that countries representing just 14% of the world’s population have bought up some 53% of all the most promising vaccines so far. Canada tops the chart with enough vaccines to vaccinate each Canadian 5 times over. The organizations analyzed data on publicly reported vaccine deals done between countries and the eight leading vaccine candidates. They found that 67 low and lower middle-income countries risk being left behind. Five of those countries – Kenya, Myanmar, Nigeria, Pakistan and Ukraine – have reported nearly 1.5 million COVID cases between them. The Republic of Korea has vaccines to cover 88% of its population of more than 50 million people. But nearby, the low-income Philippines, has so far secured only 2.6 million doses for next year covering only 1.3 million people out of its total 106 million population, according to the report. Report Comes Amidst Flurry of Upcoming Vaccine Regulatory Approvals the total number of confirmed vaccine doses procured, displayed by income level. (Duke Global Health Innovation Centre) The report comes on the heels of the inaugural jab in the United Kingdom of 90 year-old Margaret Keenan on Tuesday with the first commercially available COVID-19 vaccine. The UK became the first country to approve Pfizer’s high-tech mRNA vaccine candidate for widespread use last week. On Thursday, the United States Food and Drug Administration is expected to approve the Pfizer vaccine for emergency use among Americans, after already issuing a positive review of the vaccine’s clinical trial results. That is likely to be followed by FDA approval of a similarly designed mRNA vaccine by Moderna on 17 December, and the European Medicines Agency will review the same vaccines in early January. The third vaccine-in-waiting is likely to be AstraZeneca’s cheaper and simpler adenovirus vaccine, based on a more common delivery mechanism, that uses a weakened form of a common cold virus to deliver a fragment of the trademark SARS-CoV-2 spike protein into the body, and prompt an immune reaction. Results of the AstraZeneca vaccine trial involving some 24,000 people and published Tuesday in The Lancet, found that the vaccine was 70% effective on average – with efficacy rising to 90% among trial participants who accidentally received only a half first dose. In the wake of the serendipitous discovery, a larger trial with the amended dosing regime will be undertaken, AstraZeneca has said. But it said that with average efficacy rates still above the 60% benchmark set by regulatory agencies, it would also seek regulatory approval simultaneously. A number of low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) like India, Mexico and Brazil have managed to secure large vaccine procurement commitments through manufacturing deals with AstraZeneca, a Swedish firm that undertook its vaccine development effort in collaboration with the UK’s Oxford University. That joint initiative has championed the development of a low-cost vaccine, which the company has committed to producing on a non-profit basis during the pandemic – leaving an estimated cost of about US$3, per dose, as compared to $20-$30 for the more high-tech Pfizer and Moderna alternatives. But since a large portion of AstraZeneca’s planned production of nearly 3 billion doses will be directly taken up by India, Brazil and Mexico – also among the LMICs hardest hit by the virus – that will still leave comparatively little to distribute more broadly. WHO Aims to Get 20% Coverage Worldwide Next Year Soumya Swaminathan, WHO Chief Scientist Speaking at last Friday’s WHO briefing, WHO Chief Scientist, Soumya Swaminathan, stated that the WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine pool has so far secured deals for 700 million doses of a COVID-19 vaccine. “That’s not sufficient,” said Swaminathan. “The goal is to get at least two billion doses by the end of 2021, which would be enough to vaccinate approximately 20% of the populations of the countries that are part of COVAX.” The WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine facility, a global collaboration to accelerate development, production, and equitable vaccine access, includes some 187 countries, covering 90% of the global population. WHO officials have held out hope that LMICs could also begin vaccinating the highest-risk groups, like health workers and older people “in the first quarter of 2021,” with the support of vaccines procured through the facility. Both rich and poor countries have joined the initiative, which aims to offer reduced prices for vaccines to most countries, and use donor funds to supply vaccines to some 92 countries that cannot afford to purchase them on their own. However, despite repeated pleas to donors for support, the facility remains some US$28 billion short on the funding needed for next year to fully fund the vaccine drive, as well as drugs, tests and health system support services in the world’s poorest 92 countries. The COVAX programme “urgently needs another US$5 billion in order to meet that goal of two billion doses”, stressed Swaminathan on Friday. World Trade Organization Debates IP “Waiver” for COVID Medicines and Vaccines On Thursday, the World Trade Organization (WTO) will resume its review of a proposal by South Africa and India to extend a broad WTO “waiver” over COVID-related patents, copyrights, and trade secrets for vaccines, medicines and health equipment, as part of another access initiative. The initiative has picked up considerable support among African, Asian and Latin American member states. But it is stiffly opposed by a wall of G-20 countries with huge pharma interests at stake. Thursday’s debate comes ahead of a full, formal review of the waiver proposal by the WTO’s General Council on 17 December. Leaders of the initiative have also threatened to put it to a vote, if it is not taken seriously. Medicines access groups are stepping up pressure on governments and organizations to consider the waiver concept, saying that sharing trade secrets and technologies is the only way to ensure fair distribution of brand-new medical technologies such as the COVID vaccines. On Wednesday, a petition organized by the online campaign organization AVAAZ and signed by some 900,000 people, was delivered to WTO members. The petition called on all governments, WTO members and pharmaceutical companies to “ensure access to lifesaving COVID-19 vaccines, treatments and equipment for everyone in the world”. “While the world waits with bated breath for the possible approval of these COVID-19 vaccines, it’s not time to celebrate yet,” said Dr Sidney Wong, Executive Co-Director of Médecins Sans Frontières Access Campaign in a press release on Tuesday. “Right now, we’re in a situation where a lion’s share of the limited number of first doses have already been snatched up by a handful of countries like the US and UK, as well as the EU, leaving very little for other countries in the short term. What we really want to see is a rapid expansion of the overall global supply, so there are more vaccines to go around and doses can be allocated according to WHO’s public health criteria, not a country’s ability to pay.” Image Credits: Pfizer, Duke Global Health Innovation Center. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
US FDA Commissioner Stephen Hahn Signals Approval of Pfizer Vaccine – Tells CDC To Get Ready For Rollout 11/12/2020 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & J Hacker Warning: Attempt to read property "post_title" on null in /home/clients/58f2a29976672af522a8f4d82ffa28b6/web/wp-content/plugins/better-image-credits/better-image-credits.php on line 227 Commissioner Stephen Hahn said that the FDA had notified the officials handling vaccine distribution logistics for the US’ ‘Operation Warp Speed’ so they can begin timely execution of their plans. United States Food and Drug Agency Commissioner Stephen Hahn Friday said that the agency will “rapidly work toward the finalization and issuance of an emergency use authorization” for the cutting edge Pfizer/BioNTech COVID-19 vaccine – following a vote by an independent FDA expert panel on Thursday recommending that the vaccine be approved. FDA Commissioner @SteveFDA and @FDACBER Director Dr. Peter Marks issue a statement on yesterday’s Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee Meeting. https://t.co/8uKTTDTYcx pic.twitter.com/2aufBaMTez — U.S. FDA (@US_FDA) December 11, 2020 Hahn said that the FDA had notified the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and officials handling vaccine distribution logistics for the US’ ‘Operation Warp Speed’ “so they can execute their plans for timely distribution” of the vaccine across the country. Currently, the US has more than 6 million active cases of COVID-19 and is seeing new cases reported at a rate of 200,000 a day. The daily confirmed cases in the current 10 most affected countries. US FDA Approval – Signal For WHO & The World US FDA approval will not only open the floodgates of vaccine distribution in the United States. As the world’s flagship regulatory agency, it will send a strong signal to the rest of the world that the vaccine is effective and safe. The European Medicines Agency is next set to review the Pfizer request on 12 January. To speed up regulatory approvals elsewhere in the world, WHO will also be issuing its own “Emergency Use Licenses (EUL)” for quality-assured vaccines, WHO Chief Scientist Soumya Swaminathan said at WHO’s Friday press conference. She noted that the WHO assessments would be done with a number of other national regulatory agencies – and could then provide a “stamp of efficacy and manufacturing quality”, upon which other countries could rely. The approvals would also support more rapid distribution of vaccines through the WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine facility. Soumya Swaminathan, WHO Chief Scientist. “We have asked countries to either accept the WHO EUL or another stringent regulatory agency approval,” said Swaminathan. “What we don’t want is for every country to start their own national assessment because that will take a lot of time.” She said that WHO will review vaccines submitted to the agency for approval on a rolling basis as Phase III trials are completed. “We expect in the coming weeks we will be reviewing the Pfizer-BioNTech vaccine and coming out with something,” Swaminathan said, adding that she expected the Moderna and AstraZeneca vaccines to be next in line. “Products issued by a stringent regulatory authority can also be used by the COVAX facility so there will be no barrier to speedy use,” added WHO’s Bruce Aylward, a senior advisor to the WHO Director General. FDA Recommendation Is Not Without Reservations – Concerns About Vaccine Allergy & Hesitancy Thursday’s 17 to 4 vote, with 1 abstention, by the Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee (VRBPAC) reflected the overall high level of confidence that the vaccine had earned – but also some reservations. Those centered largely around the safety of vaccines in young people and other vulnerable populations, as well as how vaccination centres would cope with potential allergic reactions – following two instances in the United Kingdom, which began rolling out the vaccine on Tuesday. WATCH LIVE: The Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee meeting has resumed. The committee is now expected to continue their discussion and then vote. https://t.co/9Eex3hp5Pp — U.S. FDA (@US_FDA) December 10, 2020 Reports of UK healthcare workers experiencing allergic reactions to Pfizer’s vaccine may have a negative impact on vaccine uptake in the US, the panel noted. Two healthcare workers in the UK experienced allergic reactions after their injection on Tuesday, leading the British Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (MHRA) to issue a warning that anyone with a history of severe allergies should refrain from getting the jab. The two workers – who are believed to have suffered anaphylactoid reactions (less severe than anaphylaxis) – had a history of allergies, and are recovering well. While there is currently not enough data to suggest how likely or severe a reaction could be, the FDA experts expressed concerns about how public concerns around allergic reactions could also impact vaccine uptake. Tens of millions of Americans with a history of severe allergic reactions could now be hesitant to receive an injection, Paul Offit, vaccinologist from the Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia, said during the FDA panel meeting, which was broadcast live. The FDA expert review group was already aware of the possibility that the Pfizer vaccine could cause an allergic reaction, prior to the occurrences in the UK when it launched its vaccination campaign on Tuesday. This could have a significant impact on attempts to reach high levels of overall immunity, even as the most recent surveys show that the number of Americans willing to be vaccinated has risen to 6 in 10. However, the FDA expert review group was already aware of the possibility that the Pfizer vaccine could cause an allergic reaction, prior to the occurrences in the UK. Pfizer’s draft EUA had been updated several weeks ago warning that anyone with an allergy to a component of the vaccines should not get it, said Marion Gruber, director of the office of vaccines research and review at the FDA. Equipment for dealing with severe allergic reactions should therefore be available on vaccine sites, the EUA draft request stated. Questions Remain: Can Pregnant Women and 16 Year Olds Get the Vaccine? A lack of sufficient data on the vaccine’s safety in pregnant and lactating women as well as adolescents aged 16-17 were the other key issues of debate among the expert panelists. Pfizer’s EUA submission only included data on 153 participants aged 16-17. The overall lack of data appeared to be the main source of the concern, with no clear negatives or side effects specific to this age group reported. As Offit noted: “We have clear evidence of a benefit. All we have on the other side is theoretical risk.” Arnold Monto, an epidemiologist who chaired the panel, said: “We will get more data as we start using the vaccine more extensively. “With rare outcomes, you have to start using the vaccine in order to see them.” It is highly unlikely the FDA will authorise a vaccine for these groups until a reproductive toxicity study is complete. The experts also were undecided about whether pregnant and lactating women should receive the vaccine – due to a similar lack of evidence in the Phase III study trials. Pregnant women are often excluded from such trials, at least at the initial phases, in order to avoid unknown long-term effects on their fetus. Manufacturers have been told to conduct developmental and reproductive toxicity (DART) studies, which indicate if a vaccine presents any risk to a fetus. Pfizer has reported that its preliminary results will be ready within days. Until these studies are complete, it is highly unlikely the FDA will authorise a vaccine for these groups. Image Credits: BioNTech, US Senate, Johns Hopkins University & Medicine, WHO. COVID-19 Reveals Weakness Of Global Health Financing Systems, Says New WHO Expenditure Report 11/12/2020 Raisa Santos COVID-19 has revealed disproportionate spending in health systems between low- and middle-income countries and high-income countries. The combined health and economic shocks triggered by COVID-19 have revealed profound weaknesses in health systems, with direct consequences on the future of healthcare, says a new World Health Organisation report on global health financing systems. “COVID-19 has revealed [the] underlying weakness of country and global health financing systems. There needs to be a proactive policy response. The year 2020 is the ultimate proof that investing in health is good for people and good for the economy,” said Agnes Soucat, one of the head writers on the new WHO report, Global Spending on Health: Weathering the storm. The global health expenditure report highlights COVID-19’s devastating impact worldwide – describing global patterns and trends prior to the pandemic, the changes in allocation levels in 2020 arising from country responses, and the challenges raised by future health spending and equitable access to healthcare. All countries have responded to the health and related economic crisis of COVID-19 with exceptional budget allocations, and yet there have been stark differences in response depending on a country’s income level, the report reveals. Low-Income Countries Allocated the Least Per Capita – but Most of Their Budgets Channeled Into COVID Response Per capita, high-income countries spent far more on the COVID-19 response, averaging US$205, as compared to middle-income countries US$20 and low-income countries US$3. But low-income countries allocated the largest proportion of their health budgets to the response. Per capita budget allocations for the COVID-19 health response and per capita pre-COVID-19 public spending on health, by income group, constant US$ 2018. Low-income countries allocated the highest proportion of health budgets to the response. And at the same time, those proportionately higher allocations may not have been used to their full potential due to pre-existing financial management issues that hinder budget implementation – spending authorization delays and difficulty in channelling resources towards service providers are some examples. “Health spending has an impact on unmet health needs. During COVID-19, unmet health needs have implications for health equity. Poor and vulnerable populations suffer disproportionately,” said Dr Soonman Kwon, Professor at the School of Public Health at Seoul National University, who also spoke at the launch of the report. Almost all countries will see economic contraction in 2020, with the rest experiencing a major slowdown in growth. Stringent lockdowns reduce countries’ ability to cope with COVID-19’s economic impact, but other factors include constrained trade, tourism, and remittances, and ongoing fiscal challenges such as low tax revenues, high debt servicing and large deficits. Declining economic activity has increased unemployment and reduced working hours, and unemployment rates are expected to increase. This has the potential to decrease revenues from employment-based contributions, while both economic and health needs rise. Low-Income Countries Continue to Spend Far Less, Per Capita On Health – and Much More On Infectious Diseases Before the COVID-19 pandemic, global spending on health was rising, albeit at a slower rate in recent years, peaking at $8.3 million in 2018. But there have been deep-seated disparities in where and how money was spent. More than 75% of global spending on health in the WHO regions of the Americas and Europe, while WHO’s Western Pacific Region accounted for 19% of global spending, South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean regions accounted for only 2%, and the African region only 1%. The differences have continued to grow over time. Health spending by World Health Organisation region and country, 2018. Most health spending took place in the WHO Americas and European regions in 2018. Low-income countries also continue to depend heavily on donor funding. Aid for health per capita more than doubled in real terms from 2000 to 2018, accounting for a quarter of lower income countries’ health spending in 2018. Two-thirds of external aid for health addressed infectious diseases in both low- and middle-income countries (LMICs). In middle-income countries, HIV alone accounted for nearly half the aid for health. Other key trends in lower income countries include: Average domestic spending on health was only about about 4.4% of GDP, or US$ 34 per capita in 2018, of which nearly 60% was out-of-pocket. Average government spending on health was only US$ 9 per capita in 2018, about 1.2% of GDP, and the priority given to health in public spending has been declining between 2000 and 2018. In low-income countries, infectious diseases accounted for half of overall health spending, while in middle income countries, they accounted for one-third. Noncommunicable diseases accounted for about 30% of health spending in middle-income countries and about 13% in low-income countries – even though NCD rates are soaring in LMICs. Spending disaggregated by disease or programme, by country income group, 2018. Low-income countries spent half their overall health spending on infectious diseases, while middle-income countries spent one-third. Noncommunicable diseases accounted for about 30% of the health spending in middle-income countries and about 13% in low-income countries. “Equitable allocation of resources needs to remain font and center of any decision-making. Civil society plays a crucial role to demand that spending is geared to community needs,” said Lenio Capsaskis, Head of Health Policy, Advocacy and Research at Save the Children UK. Opportunity for Financial “Reset” in a Post-COVID World The health sector must work closely with finance authorities in public spending especially in the health sector’s role in delivering the COVID-19 vaccine and other common goods for health. The health sector must work more closely with finance authorities to raise health care spending as a higher priority in government budgets, the report underlines. There is an opportunity for economic ‘reset’ in countries with weak health financing systems following the pandemic, the report advises. Health policy leaders can aim to raise awareness among other government sectors – using COVID vaccines as an example of a “common good” important to health and restarting economies. The report puts forward six recommendations that call for a new “health financing compact” for a post-COVID world. Secure domestic public spending on health as both a societal and an economic priority – The global GDP loss due to the pandemic is estimated to be approximately US $4 trillion , while needed funding for Common Goods for Health to ensure epidemic preparedness is estimated to be approximately US $150 billion per year. Investing in Common Goods for health should incorporate the implementation of International Health Regulations, epidemic preparedness, essential public health functions, animal health and environmental health. Fund Common Goods for Health as step zero of equitable access to healthcare at a country level – The Common Goods for health are core, top-priority public health functions focused on population-based health that require collective action. They can be grouped into five categories: policy coordination; laws and regulations; information (including surveillance); taxes and subsidies; and public health programs. Invest in global Common Goods for Health to enable global health security – The global international architecture is not well suited to the current health challenges and has no sustained revenue for the common goods of health. Unified guidance is lacking on using funds for preparedness and on making trade-offs between research and development, regulation, and surveillance and information. A tracking mechanism is needed to identify spending beyond that of any one country. Prioritise public funding to ensure equity of access and financial protection through a primarily health care approach – Clear priorities in spending need to ensure access for everyone to essential health services. Public subsidies are needed to ensure universal equitable access. How much governments fund, what health functions and systems they support, and how effective systems are in using public funds will define the role of private health spending. Increase the level of aid to lower income countries, but adjust aid modalities – Lower income countries face severe fiscal constraints that include increasing debts that may limit social sector spending in the future. This is occurring concurrently with the decrease in external aid. Sustained aid in the form of grants, concessional lending and debt relief will be needed to strengthen health systems so countries build preparedness and strengthen public health systems that deliver equitable access to health. Fund national institutions for transparent and inclusive tracking of health spending at both country and global levels – Timely monitoring of spending is essential for monitoring health system performance and ensuring transparency and accountability. Given the vast effort and resources devoted to COVID-19 control, real time monitoring is needed to assess how actual spending supports health system performance. This can help governments gain the trust of their population, a proven factor for the effective control of the COVID-19 pandemic. Said Dr Michael Borotwitz, Chief Economist at Global Fund, on the report recommendations: “We need to figure out how to fund global public goods, and come together and support WHO in this area. We need to link health security and national health accounts.” Image Credits: elycefeliz/Flickr, WHO, Marco Verch/Flickr. Patient Care After COVID: Providers Must Correct ‘One Size Fits All’ Approach, Experts Say 10/12/2020 Raisa Santos 2019 Asia Pacific Patients Congress in Taipei, Taiwan; IAPO’s Asia Pacific Patients Congress hopes to bring patients and patient groups together in the Western Asia and Southeast Asia region Raising a conversation about patients rights and patient care over the din of the COVID-19 pandemic is not easy. But hundreds of patient groups and thousands of attendees drew together virtually last week at the 2nd Asia-Pacific Patients Congress to talk about how to reclaim a voice and space for patient rights in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic – where patients have been more disempowered than ever before. COVID-19 has greatly altered the patient experience, shifting people more than ever from an active to a passive role in their health care, especially in the initial stages of the pandemic, said Dr Sanjiv Kumar, Chair of the India Alliance of Patient Groups. “[Patients] were picked up from homes and placed in hospitals. They were not allowed initially to even make phone calls to their friends and relatives; no visitors were allowed. It was more like putting somebody in a jail,” he said. Speaking at the keynote event, ‘Patients’ co-creation in future proofing health systems: preparedness for the next phase of the pandemic’, Sanjiv reflected on how COVID-19 has been “treated not as a health problem, but as a law and order situation” in India and many other countries. The stigma has been reinforced by measures created by the government and police authorities, where the implementation of restricted areas and red zones prevented people and patients from entering and leaving areas. According to Dr Sanjiv, healthcare must shift to a people-centered approach that allows patient participation and respects their needs and preferences – if goals for equity, quality and universal access are ever to be achieved.. “The patient community underscored the reality that for sustainable universal health coverage, there needs to be active patient engagement at all levels of the health system decision-making process,” said Karen Alparce-Villanueva, Secretary of the International Alliance of Patients’ Organisations (IAPO), speaking at the event. IAPO 2nd Asia Pacific Patients Congress – inaugural launch, featuring, clockwise, Karen Alparce-Villanueva, Dr Neda Milevska, and Dr Ratna Devi Patients As Experts in Healthcare The Congress – which ran 3 – 4 December and drew in 298 patient groups and 3046 attendees from 66 countries – included presentations on topics such as digital literacy, patient registries, clinical trials and increased participation, patient safety, reducing harm, patients led research, patient co-authorship, regulatory reliance and harmonisation, and building back better healthcare systems post COVID-19. “COVID-19, took a lot of the attention and resources globally, but we wanted to leave no one behind,” said Dr Neda Milevska Kostova, Vice-Chair at IAPO, who spoke on initiatives created by IAPO, such as the Congress, that have been organized to “make patient voices heard.” The Congress is one of several regional conferences organized by IAPO that occur annually in order to fulfill the vision of seeing patients and patient groups at the center of healthcare. Speakers flagged that patients’ right to choice and their role as experts in healthcare should be acknowledged and given appropriate space and environment to contribute meaningfully. Said Dr Ratna Devi, Chair at IAPO. “This is a huge opportunity for patient groups to come together to lend their voices.” She stressed that healthcare is “not one size fit all,” since providers are working with diverse patients from diverse backgrounds. “Healthcare needs to be customized, messaging needs to be customized, and how you ask people to change their behaviors needs to be customized.” At the same time, to become more empowered, patients need to be more aware of the need to act pre-emptively when accessing health care, she said, adding: “If patient groups integrate themselves and understand that early diagnosis, and early seeking of treatment, could be a better option, things could change for them.” Health Authorities Need to Build Patient Trust & Engagement – COVID Vaccine Rollouts Will be a Litmus Test Health systems must work together with populations, communities, and patients in addressing the COVID-19 response and other health risks Health authorities need to implement strategies that engage and empower people and communities. Patient leaders must become active participants in the implementation of health policies that ensure they are at the center of equitable health access. “Every one of us is a potential patient, and everyone one of us has the motivation to be involved in combating the pandemic,” said Dr Martin Taylor, Director of Health Systems and Services in the WHO’s Western Pacific Regional Office. He addressed the role played by patients, their families, and communities in shaping the collective and societal response to COVID-19. Dr Martin Taylor, Director of Health Systems and Services at the WHO Western Pacific Region Community engagement has become a key strategy in a successful COVID response, Taylor noted. “Trust is central to this in the Asia Pacific region,” he added. An effective response to COVID-19, said Dr Martin, requires that governance, health systems, populations, communities, patients, all work together. Community health leaders who have succeeded in curbing transmission trends and assuring quality care have done so by building trust and engagement in solutions that worked for health workers, patients and their families, as well as the broader populoation. Looking ahead, the development and rollout of COVID-19 vaccines will be the next great opportunity for new models of patient engagement. A successful rollout is dependent on extremely effective engagement with groups, making sure that instead of misinformation, there is trust, and that vaccine supplies and delivery are carefully managed. Added Taylor: “Our vision [for the future] will only be possible if patient and patient groups, and communities, engage, and are engaged, both in shaping and advocating for a vision in which health is at the core of society’s values.” Image Credits: Flickr: Rumi Consultancy/World Bank, APPC, APPC. India’s COVID-19 Cases Rise – Along With Air Pollution 10/12/2020 Menaka Rao COVID-19 Pandemic Relief Services, New Delhi. India experts say Delhi’s air pollution peaks is also causing more COVID mortality. The government’s suggested mitigation strategies have included wearing a mask and eating carrots. As COVID-cases rose rapidly in Delhi this November, the strong correlation to increasingly dangerous levels of air pollution in the state has brought more attention to the political pressure to address the health emergency. Delhi saw its highest number of COVID-19 cases in November, totalling more than 175,000. The city administration also recorded more than 2,000 deaths, the highest so far in the city. The death rate – 1.6% – was also higher than the national average of 1.45%. In the same period, Delhi also had 9 days with air quality that was categorised “severe”, with an air quality index (AQI) between 400-500. This corresponds to hazardous levels of small and fine particulate matter: PM 10 and PM 2.5. While PM 10 are particulate matters that can be inhaled, PM 2.5 particles are the ones that carry the highest health risks. The tiniest particles penetrate deep into the lungs, causing or exacerbating chronic lung disease as well as acute respiratory illnesses like pneumonia. Entering the bloodstream, they are also a factor in increasing risks of hypertension, strokes, and heart attack. In the wake of the COVID pandemic a growing number of Indian politicians, including Delhi chief minister Arvind Kejriwal, and government-based scientists have stated that mounting air pollution levels in Delhi and surrounding states this winter has been one of the drivers behind the recent increases seen in COVID-positive cases and mortality. The air pollution crisis has become an annual occurrence of the early winter across northern India – caused by human factors and exacerbated by winds, drier weather, and temperature inversions. The seasonal burning of rice stubble by farmers in neighbouring states to clear fields for the winter sowing of crops has become one key factor. Others include road and construction dust, traffic and power plant emissions and the lighting of fireworks during the Hindu festival of Diwali, which was celebrated this year in mid-November. Kejriwal told Hindustan Times last month: “While I do not discount other factors that may have contributed to [an] increase in COVID-19 cases, experts say that pollution has hugely contributed to the rise of COVID-19 cases in the city, the intensity of the wave of cases, and increasing the number of deaths.” He added that “we can’t play politics with this problem”, referring to what he alleges is apathy toward pollution on behalf of political parties, and lack of initiative to work towards cleaner air. Law makers in India’s central government have traditionally denied the extent of the impact of pollution on health. In 2017, the Indian Health Minister told news channel NDTV it was “too much” to attribute “any death to a cause like pollution”. Dr Balram Bhargava, the director-general of the respected Indian Council of Medical Research also linked air pollution to rising COVID-19 mortality. “It is well-known that pollution is one of the most important aspects of death,” said Bhargava at a virtual briefing in October. “First being malnutrition, then tobacco, high blood pressure, and pollution. “On pollution related to COVID-19 mortality, there have been some studies in Europe and the United States. They have looked at polluted areas, and have compared the mortality during lockdown and correlation with pollution, and have found clearly that pollution is contributing to the morality in COVID-19. That is well established by these studies.” Bhragava’s only strategy for mitigating the problem, however, was to advocate more wearing of masks, as the “most inexpensive treatment”. Strong Correlation Between Air Pollution and COVID-19 Mortality A growing number of recent studies have reinforced the links between air pollution and COVID-related mortality. A recent China-based study published in BMJ Public Health, which concluded that along with travel patterns, airborne particulate matter may be associated with an increased risk of COVID-19 transmission. Other studies have also reinforced the links between chronic exposure to air pollution and higher COVID-19 mortality rates. A study published in October in the journal Cardiovascular Research estimated that 15% of deaths worldwide from COVID-19 could be attributed to prior patterns of long-term exposure to air pollution. India has noted more than 9.5 million cumulative COVID-19 cases, as of the morning of 10 December 2020. The researchers used epidemiological data from previous US and Chinese studies of air pollution and the 2003 SARS outbreak, supported by additional data from Italy. An earlier study by researchers from Harvard TH Chan School of Public Health, Boston, concluded that higher historical PM 2.5 exposure is positively associated with higher COVID-19 mortality rates in the US. In a recent World Health Organization (WHO) presentation, Dr Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of Public Health and Environment concluded: “We know that in case of patients with COVID-19, those who will be more at risk of developing severe illness are those with underlying conditions like high blood pressure or heart diseases. “We see that air pollution might exacerbate those diseases making the population more vulnerable to the disease plus to the severity of developing a more serious illness.” Indian Government Historically Denied Air Pollution’s Health Impacts In India, 1 in 8 deaths were attributable to air pollution in 2017, making it a leading risk factor for death in India, a study published in The Lancet reported. More than 75% of the population in India is chronically exposed to average ambient PM2.5 levels above 40 μg/m3, the recommended limit by National Ambient Air Quality Standards. The highest PM2.5 exposure levels are in Delhi, followed by the other north Indian states of Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and Haryana. However, lawmakers in the central government, which can help coordinate between different agencies and state governments to reduce pollution, have traditionally denied the extent of the impact of pollution on health. In 2017, the Indian Health Minister, Dr Harsh Vardhan said that the hazardous pollution level was not a public health emergency and told news channel NDTV “to attribute any death to a cause like pollution may be too much”. Last year, he advised people on Twitter to eat carrots to mitigate pollution-related harm. #EatRightIndia_34 Eating carrots helps the body get Vitamin A, potassium, & antioxidants which protect against night blindness common in India. Carrots also help against other pollution-related harm to health.#EatRightIndia @PMOIndia @MoHFW_INDIA @fssaiindia pic.twitter.com/VPjVfiMpR8 — Dr Harsh Vardhan (Modi Ka Pariwar) (@drharshvardhan) November 3, 2019 Even more puzzling was the advice of the Minister of Environment, Forest & Climate Change, Prakash Javadekar, who simply tweeted an encouragement for citizens to “start your day with music”, in a week in November 2019 that saw peak levels of air pollution last year. Later, as Delhi’s air pollution levels rose further to some of the highest levels ever recorded, India’s Environment Minister Prakash Javadekar declared before the Indian parliament: “No Indian study has shown pollution shortens life. Let us not create fear psychosis among people.” He was contradicted, however, by his own Environment Secretary, CK Mishra, who told Health Policy Watch during an exclusive interview at the Madrid COP25 Climate Conference: “Nobody denies that poor air quality causes morbidity and may also cause mortality. Certainly … it must be causing mortality.” “It may not be 7.5 [million deaths],” Mishra added. “But the fact remains that there are numbers to be attended to. As far as the ministry is concerned, we are very conscious of the fact that it is leading to loss of human life and we need to correct this situation.” Signs of Action This Year – But No Results So Far In October this year, with COVID sweeping across India as well, Delhi’s Kejriwal declared a “war on pollution”, forming a team to monitor the sources of pollution including open air burning complaints, and repairing the city’s potholed roads to control dust. Kejriwal also began promoting an inexpensive biological formulation that can be sprayed on rice stalks, accelerating their decomposition, eliminating the need to burn them. He has said that the ‘Pusa decomposer’ is already being used by farmers in Delhi State to convert their stubble into fertilizer. The innovation has not, however, reached the surrounding states of Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh, from which most of the stubble pollution originates. The current subsidy structure incentivizes excessive rice yields. These rigid stalks are the most difficult to manage and so are often burnt. “This should be the last year of pollution,” Kejriwal affirmed at a recent leadership summit. “We have petitioned the air quality commission formally to order Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh governments to ensure this bio-decomposer is used in all the farms there.” But expert observers are less sure. They note that the Delhi government so far failed to even curb the use of firecrackers during the week long festival of Diwali. Despite a ban on their sale, firecrackers were heard across the city during the festival. Under pressure from the country’s Supreme Court, the Central Government also constituted a permanent Commission for Air Quality Management in the region, which has the power to coordinate action among states. Headed by a former top official in the Petroleum Ministry, the Commission has so far done almost nothing. Following Diwali and past the peak of the crop burning season, pollution rates in Delhi have subsided somewhat, with an AQI averaging 300-400, but experts are asking how and where more systemic changes could be made to reduce levels year-round as well as avoid future emergencies. #AirQuality forecast for #India #GEOS @SERVIRGlobal pic.twitter.com/aClDUq2scz — Pawan Gupta (@pawanpgupta) December 8, 2020 Meanwhile, the city has been blockaded for several weeks by farmers from around the northern Indian region, who are protesting a government plan to remove subsidies. Through a ‘minimum support price’ the government sets to procure produce from the rice and wheat crops that farmers grow, forcing them to sell on the open market. Farmers have demanded that fines and penalties for stubble burning be withdrawn. In order to appease the protesters, the government might refrain from fining farmers who violate existing laws by burning their crop stubble. While the fines have never been very effective, it’s still a measure that could also create a setback in the air pollution battle. Indian farmers protest outside of Delhi in early December So far, the dispute over the crop subsidies has failed to get to the root of the air pollution issue, experts also say. This lies in the fact that the current subsidy structure incentivizes farmers to grow excessive amounts of rice, whose rigid stalks are the most difficult to manage – and so are often burnt. The rice cultivation also consumes excessive water in the water-scarce Punjab region. Environmentalists have said that the crop subsidy structure should support farmers’ cultivation of nutrition rich grains and legumes indigenous to the region, like millet or lentils, which are also less polluting, in how the stubble can be managed. But neither nutrition content or air pollution seem to be key factors right now in the debate over farm subsidies that is occurring right now. It is unlikely that, if subsidies were removed along the lines of the government plans, farmers would grow more nutritious crops either: they are not big candidates for large multinational purchases on the private market. Despite the inertia, there are growing public pressures on the government to act, said Arvind Kumar, a chest surgeon from Delhi who is internationally known for his outspoken criticism of India’s air pollution and its health impacts. And so the tide of political apathy towards pollution may be turning, said Kumar, who is the founder of the Lung Care Foundation, a non-profit that spreads awareness about pollution and its effects. “In the heart of hearts, the politicians know that pollution is a problem and that it damages health. The challenge is admitting that to the public,” said Kumar. “But with every passing year, with the problem becoming more acute and more intense, there will be more outcry.” -Jyot Pande Lavakare contributed to this story. Image Credits: Rashed Shumon, Belur Math, Howrah, Johns Hopkins University & Medicine, Neil Palmer, @DevinderBenipa2 , Dāvis Kļaviņš . As Rich Countries Roll Out COVID-19 Vaccines – Will Developing Countries Miss Out? 09/12/2020 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Pfizer’s mRNA vaccine is being rolled out in the United Kingdom, to be followed by the United States and Europe. While some of the world’s richest countries have now stockpiled more COVID vaccines than they have people to inject, the world’s 67 poorest countries may only be able to vaccinate 1 in 10 people against COVID-19 next year, unless urgent action is taken by governments and the pharmaceutical industry to make sure enough doses are produced. This was the warning in a report published on Wednesday by Oxfam, Amnesty International and other advocacy groups The report notes that the massive pre-purchase of leading vaccine candidates by rich countries means that some of the world’s wealthiest nations have bought up enough doses to vaccinate their entire populations nearly three times over by the end of 2021 – supposing the vaccines in clinical trials are all approved for use. The same data suggests that countries representing just 14% of the world’s population have bought up some 53% of all the most promising vaccines so far. Canada tops the chart with enough vaccines to vaccinate each Canadian 5 times over. The organizations analyzed data on publicly reported vaccine deals done between countries and the eight leading vaccine candidates. They found that 67 low and lower middle-income countries risk being left behind. Five of those countries – Kenya, Myanmar, Nigeria, Pakistan and Ukraine – have reported nearly 1.5 million COVID cases between them. The Republic of Korea has vaccines to cover 88% of its population of more than 50 million people. But nearby, the low-income Philippines, has so far secured only 2.6 million doses for next year covering only 1.3 million people out of its total 106 million population, according to the report. Report Comes Amidst Flurry of Upcoming Vaccine Regulatory Approvals the total number of confirmed vaccine doses procured, displayed by income level. (Duke Global Health Innovation Centre) The report comes on the heels of the inaugural jab in the United Kingdom of 90 year-old Margaret Keenan on Tuesday with the first commercially available COVID-19 vaccine. The UK became the first country to approve Pfizer’s high-tech mRNA vaccine candidate for widespread use last week. On Thursday, the United States Food and Drug Administration is expected to approve the Pfizer vaccine for emergency use among Americans, after already issuing a positive review of the vaccine’s clinical trial results. That is likely to be followed by FDA approval of a similarly designed mRNA vaccine by Moderna on 17 December, and the European Medicines Agency will review the same vaccines in early January. The third vaccine-in-waiting is likely to be AstraZeneca’s cheaper and simpler adenovirus vaccine, based on a more common delivery mechanism, that uses a weakened form of a common cold virus to deliver a fragment of the trademark SARS-CoV-2 spike protein into the body, and prompt an immune reaction. Results of the AstraZeneca vaccine trial involving some 24,000 people and published Tuesday in The Lancet, found that the vaccine was 70% effective on average – with efficacy rising to 90% among trial participants who accidentally received only a half first dose. In the wake of the serendipitous discovery, a larger trial with the amended dosing regime will be undertaken, AstraZeneca has said. But it said that with average efficacy rates still above the 60% benchmark set by regulatory agencies, it would also seek regulatory approval simultaneously. A number of low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) like India, Mexico and Brazil have managed to secure large vaccine procurement commitments through manufacturing deals with AstraZeneca, a Swedish firm that undertook its vaccine development effort in collaboration with the UK’s Oxford University. That joint initiative has championed the development of a low-cost vaccine, which the company has committed to producing on a non-profit basis during the pandemic – leaving an estimated cost of about US$3, per dose, as compared to $20-$30 for the more high-tech Pfizer and Moderna alternatives. But since a large portion of AstraZeneca’s planned production of nearly 3 billion doses will be directly taken up by India, Brazil and Mexico – also among the LMICs hardest hit by the virus – that will still leave comparatively little to distribute more broadly. WHO Aims to Get 20% Coverage Worldwide Next Year Soumya Swaminathan, WHO Chief Scientist Speaking at last Friday’s WHO briefing, WHO Chief Scientist, Soumya Swaminathan, stated that the WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine pool has so far secured deals for 700 million doses of a COVID-19 vaccine. “That’s not sufficient,” said Swaminathan. “The goal is to get at least two billion doses by the end of 2021, which would be enough to vaccinate approximately 20% of the populations of the countries that are part of COVAX.” The WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine facility, a global collaboration to accelerate development, production, and equitable vaccine access, includes some 187 countries, covering 90% of the global population. WHO officials have held out hope that LMICs could also begin vaccinating the highest-risk groups, like health workers and older people “in the first quarter of 2021,” with the support of vaccines procured through the facility. Both rich and poor countries have joined the initiative, which aims to offer reduced prices for vaccines to most countries, and use donor funds to supply vaccines to some 92 countries that cannot afford to purchase them on their own. However, despite repeated pleas to donors for support, the facility remains some US$28 billion short on the funding needed for next year to fully fund the vaccine drive, as well as drugs, tests and health system support services in the world’s poorest 92 countries. The COVAX programme “urgently needs another US$5 billion in order to meet that goal of two billion doses”, stressed Swaminathan on Friday. World Trade Organization Debates IP “Waiver” for COVID Medicines and Vaccines On Thursday, the World Trade Organization (WTO) will resume its review of a proposal by South Africa and India to extend a broad WTO “waiver” over COVID-related patents, copyrights, and trade secrets for vaccines, medicines and health equipment, as part of another access initiative. The initiative has picked up considerable support among African, Asian and Latin American member states. But it is stiffly opposed by a wall of G-20 countries with huge pharma interests at stake. Thursday’s debate comes ahead of a full, formal review of the waiver proposal by the WTO’s General Council on 17 December. Leaders of the initiative have also threatened to put it to a vote, if it is not taken seriously. Medicines access groups are stepping up pressure on governments and organizations to consider the waiver concept, saying that sharing trade secrets and technologies is the only way to ensure fair distribution of brand-new medical technologies such as the COVID vaccines. On Wednesday, a petition organized by the online campaign organization AVAAZ and signed by some 900,000 people, was delivered to WTO members. The petition called on all governments, WTO members and pharmaceutical companies to “ensure access to lifesaving COVID-19 vaccines, treatments and equipment for everyone in the world”. “While the world waits with bated breath for the possible approval of these COVID-19 vaccines, it’s not time to celebrate yet,” said Dr Sidney Wong, Executive Co-Director of Médecins Sans Frontières Access Campaign in a press release on Tuesday. “Right now, we’re in a situation where a lion’s share of the limited number of first doses have already been snatched up by a handful of countries like the US and UK, as well as the EU, leaving very little for other countries in the short term. What we really want to see is a rapid expansion of the overall global supply, so there are more vaccines to go around and doses can be allocated according to WHO’s public health criteria, not a country’s ability to pay.” Image Credits: Pfizer, Duke Global Health Innovation Center. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
COVID-19 Reveals Weakness Of Global Health Financing Systems, Says New WHO Expenditure Report 11/12/2020 Raisa Santos COVID-19 has revealed disproportionate spending in health systems between low- and middle-income countries and high-income countries. The combined health and economic shocks triggered by COVID-19 have revealed profound weaknesses in health systems, with direct consequences on the future of healthcare, says a new World Health Organisation report on global health financing systems. “COVID-19 has revealed [the] underlying weakness of country and global health financing systems. There needs to be a proactive policy response. The year 2020 is the ultimate proof that investing in health is good for people and good for the economy,” said Agnes Soucat, one of the head writers on the new WHO report, Global Spending on Health: Weathering the storm. The global health expenditure report highlights COVID-19’s devastating impact worldwide – describing global patterns and trends prior to the pandemic, the changes in allocation levels in 2020 arising from country responses, and the challenges raised by future health spending and equitable access to healthcare. All countries have responded to the health and related economic crisis of COVID-19 with exceptional budget allocations, and yet there have been stark differences in response depending on a country’s income level, the report reveals. Low-Income Countries Allocated the Least Per Capita – but Most of Their Budgets Channeled Into COVID Response Per capita, high-income countries spent far more on the COVID-19 response, averaging US$205, as compared to middle-income countries US$20 and low-income countries US$3. But low-income countries allocated the largest proportion of their health budgets to the response. Per capita budget allocations for the COVID-19 health response and per capita pre-COVID-19 public spending on health, by income group, constant US$ 2018. Low-income countries allocated the highest proportion of health budgets to the response. And at the same time, those proportionately higher allocations may not have been used to their full potential due to pre-existing financial management issues that hinder budget implementation – spending authorization delays and difficulty in channelling resources towards service providers are some examples. “Health spending has an impact on unmet health needs. During COVID-19, unmet health needs have implications for health equity. Poor and vulnerable populations suffer disproportionately,” said Dr Soonman Kwon, Professor at the School of Public Health at Seoul National University, who also spoke at the launch of the report. Almost all countries will see economic contraction in 2020, with the rest experiencing a major slowdown in growth. Stringent lockdowns reduce countries’ ability to cope with COVID-19’s economic impact, but other factors include constrained trade, tourism, and remittances, and ongoing fiscal challenges such as low tax revenues, high debt servicing and large deficits. Declining economic activity has increased unemployment and reduced working hours, and unemployment rates are expected to increase. This has the potential to decrease revenues from employment-based contributions, while both economic and health needs rise. Low-Income Countries Continue to Spend Far Less, Per Capita On Health – and Much More On Infectious Diseases Before the COVID-19 pandemic, global spending on health was rising, albeit at a slower rate in recent years, peaking at $8.3 million in 2018. But there have been deep-seated disparities in where and how money was spent. More than 75% of global spending on health in the WHO regions of the Americas and Europe, while WHO’s Western Pacific Region accounted for 19% of global spending, South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean regions accounted for only 2%, and the African region only 1%. The differences have continued to grow over time. Health spending by World Health Organisation region and country, 2018. Most health spending took place in the WHO Americas and European regions in 2018. Low-income countries also continue to depend heavily on donor funding. Aid for health per capita more than doubled in real terms from 2000 to 2018, accounting for a quarter of lower income countries’ health spending in 2018. Two-thirds of external aid for health addressed infectious diseases in both low- and middle-income countries (LMICs). In middle-income countries, HIV alone accounted for nearly half the aid for health. Other key trends in lower income countries include: Average domestic spending on health was only about about 4.4% of GDP, or US$ 34 per capita in 2018, of which nearly 60% was out-of-pocket. Average government spending on health was only US$ 9 per capita in 2018, about 1.2% of GDP, and the priority given to health in public spending has been declining between 2000 and 2018. In low-income countries, infectious diseases accounted for half of overall health spending, while in middle income countries, they accounted for one-third. Noncommunicable diseases accounted for about 30% of health spending in middle-income countries and about 13% in low-income countries – even though NCD rates are soaring in LMICs. Spending disaggregated by disease or programme, by country income group, 2018. Low-income countries spent half their overall health spending on infectious diseases, while middle-income countries spent one-third. Noncommunicable diseases accounted for about 30% of the health spending in middle-income countries and about 13% in low-income countries. “Equitable allocation of resources needs to remain font and center of any decision-making. Civil society plays a crucial role to demand that spending is geared to community needs,” said Lenio Capsaskis, Head of Health Policy, Advocacy and Research at Save the Children UK. Opportunity for Financial “Reset” in a Post-COVID World The health sector must work closely with finance authorities in public spending especially in the health sector’s role in delivering the COVID-19 vaccine and other common goods for health. The health sector must work more closely with finance authorities to raise health care spending as a higher priority in government budgets, the report underlines. There is an opportunity for economic ‘reset’ in countries with weak health financing systems following the pandemic, the report advises. Health policy leaders can aim to raise awareness among other government sectors – using COVID vaccines as an example of a “common good” important to health and restarting economies. The report puts forward six recommendations that call for a new “health financing compact” for a post-COVID world. Secure domestic public spending on health as both a societal and an economic priority – The global GDP loss due to the pandemic is estimated to be approximately US $4 trillion , while needed funding for Common Goods for Health to ensure epidemic preparedness is estimated to be approximately US $150 billion per year. Investing in Common Goods for health should incorporate the implementation of International Health Regulations, epidemic preparedness, essential public health functions, animal health and environmental health. Fund Common Goods for Health as step zero of equitable access to healthcare at a country level – The Common Goods for health are core, top-priority public health functions focused on population-based health that require collective action. They can be grouped into five categories: policy coordination; laws and regulations; information (including surveillance); taxes and subsidies; and public health programs. Invest in global Common Goods for Health to enable global health security – The global international architecture is not well suited to the current health challenges and has no sustained revenue for the common goods of health. Unified guidance is lacking on using funds for preparedness and on making trade-offs between research and development, regulation, and surveillance and information. A tracking mechanism is needed to identify spending beyond that of any one country. Prioritise public funding to ensure equity of access and financial protection through a primarily health care approach – Clear priorities in spending need to ensure access for everyone to essential health services. Public subsidies are needed to ensure universal equitable access. How much governments fund, what health functions and systems they support, and how effective systems are in using public funds will define the role of private health spending. Increase the level of aid to lower income countries, but adjust aid modalities – Lower income countries face severe fiscal constraints that include increasing debts that may limit social sector spending in the future. This is occurring concurrently with the decrease in external aid. Sustained aid in the form of grants, concessional lending and debt relief will be needed to strengthen health systems so countries build preparedness and strengthen public health systems that deliver equitable access to health. Fund national institutions for transparent and inclusive tracking of health spending at both country and global levels – Timely monitoring of spending is essential for monitoring health system performance and ensuring transparency and accountability. Given the vast effort and resources devoted to COVID-19 control, real time monitoring is needed to assess how actual spending supports health system performance. This can help governments gain the trust of their population, a proven factor for the effective control of the COVID-19 pandemic. Said Dr Michael Borotwitz, Chief Economist at Global Fund, on the report recommendations: “We need to figure out how to fund global public goods, and come together and support WHO in this area. We need to link health security and national health accounts.” Image Credits: elycefeliz/Flickr, WHO, Marco Verch/Flickr. Patient Care After COVID: Providers Must Correct ‘One Size Fits All’ Approach, Experts Say 10/12/2020 Raisa Santos 2019 Asia Pacific Patients Congress in Taipei, Taiwan; IAPO’s Asia Pacific Patients Congress hopes to bring patients and patient groups together in the Western Asia and Southeast Asia region Raising a conversation about patients rights and patient care over the din of the COVID-19 pandemic is not easy. But hundreds of patient groups and thousands of attendees drew together virtually last week at the 2nd Asia-Pacific Patients Congress to talk about how to reclaim a voice and space for patient rights in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic – where patients have been more disempowered than ever before. COVID-19 has greatly altered the patient experience, shifting people more than ever from an active to a passive role in their health care, especially in the initial stages of the pandemic, said Dr Sanjiv Kumar, Chair of the India Alliance of Patient Groups. “[Patients] were picked up from homes and placed in hospitals. They were not allowed initially to even make phone calls to their friends and relatives; no visitors were allowed. It was more like putting somebody in a jail,” he said. Speaking at the keynote event, ‘Patients’ co-creation in future proofing health systems: preparedness for the next phase of the pandemic’, Sanjiv reflected on how COVID-19 has been “treated not as a health problem, but as a law and order situation” in India and many other countries. The stigma has been reinforced by measures created by the government and police authorities, where the implementation of restricted areas and red zones prevented people and patients from entering and leaving areas. According to Dr Sanjiv, healthcare must shift to a people-centered approach that allows patient participation and respects their needs and preferences – if goals for equity, quality and universal access are ever to be achieved.. “The patient community underscored the reality that for sustainable universal health coverage, there needs to be active patient engagement at all levels of the health system decision-making process,” said Karen Alparce-Villanueva, Secretary of the International Alliance of Patients’ Organisations (IAPO), speaking at the event. IAPO 2nd Asia Pacific Patients Congress – inaugural launch, featuring, clockwise, Karen Alparce-Villanueva, Dr Neda Milevska, and Dr Ratna Devi Patients As Experts in Healthcare The Congress – which ran 3 – 4 December and drew in 298 patient groups and 3046 attendees from 66 countries – included presentations on topics such as digital literacy, patient registries, clinical trials and increased participation, patient safety, reducing harm, patients led research, patient co-authorship, regulatory reliance and harmonisation, and building back better healthcare systems post COVID-19. “COVID-19, took a lot of the attention and resources globally, but we wanted to leave no one behind,” said Dr Neda Milevska Kostova, Vice-Chair at IAPO, who spoke on initiatives created by IAPO, such as the Congress, that have been organized to “make patient voices heard.” The Congress is one of several regional conferences organized by IAPO that occur annually in order to fulfill the vision of seeing patients and patient groups at the center of healthcare. Speakers flagged that patients’ right to choice and their role as experts in healthcare should be acknowledged and given appropriate space and environment to contribute meaningfully. Said Dr Ratna Devi, Chair at IAPO. “This is a huge opportunity for patient groups to come together to lend their voices.” She stressed that healthcare is “not one size fit all,” since providers are working with diverse patients from diverse backgrounds. “Healthcare needs to be customized, messaging needs to be customized, and how you ask people to change their behaviors needs to be customized.” At the same time, to become more empowered, patients need to be more aware of the need to act pre-emptively when accessing health care, she said, adding: “If patient groups integrate themselves and understand that early diagnosis, and early seeking of treatment, could be a better option, things could change for them.” Health Authorities Need to Build Patient Trust & Engagement – COVID Vaccine Rollouts Will be a Litmus Test Health systems must work together with populations, communities, and patients in addressing the COVID-19 response and other health risks Health authorities need to implement strategies that engage and empower people and communities. Patient leaders must become active participants in the implementation of health policies that ensure they are at the center of equitable health access. “Every one of us is a potential patient, and everyone one of us has the motivation to be involved in combating the pandemic,” said Dr Martin Taylor, Director of Health Systems and Services in the WHO’s Western Pacific Regional Office. He addressed the role played by patients, their families, and communities in shaping the collective and societal response to COVID-19. Dr Martin Taylor, Director of Health Systems and Services at the WHO Western Pacific Region Community engagement has become a key strategy in a successful COVID response, Taylor noted. “Trust is central to this in the Asia Pacific region,” he added. An effective response to COVID-19, said Dr Martin, requires that governance, health systems, populations, communities, patients, all work together. Community health leaders who have succeeded in curbing transmission trends and assuring quality care have done so by building trust and engagement in solutions that worked for health workers, patients and their families, as well as the broader populoation. Looking ahead, the development and rollout of COVID-19 vaccines will be the next great opportunity for new models of patient engagement. A successful rollout is dependent on extremely effective engagement with groups, making sure that instead of misinformation, there is trust, and that vaccine supplies and delivery are carefully managed. Added Taylor: “Our vision [for the future] will only be possible if patient and patient groups, and communities, engage, and are engaged, both in shaping and advocating for a vision in which health is at the core of society’s values.” Image Credits: Flickr: Rumi Consultancy/World Bank, APPC, APPC. India’s COVID-19 Cases Rise – Along With Air Pollution 10/12/2020 Menaka Rao COVID-19 Pandemic Relief Services, New Delhi. India experts say Delhi’s air pollution peaks is also causing more COVID mortality. The government’s suggested mitigation strategies have included wearing a mask and eating carrots. As COVID-cases rose rapidly in Delhi this November, the strong correlation to increasingly dangerous levels of air pollution in the state has brought more attention to the political pressure to address the health emergency. Delhi saw its highest number of COVID-19 cases in November, totalling more than 175,000. The city administration also recorded more than 2,000 deaths, the highest so far in the city. The death rate – 1.6% – was also higher than the national average of 1.45%. In the same period, Delhi also had 9 days with air quality that was categorised “severe”, with an air quality index (AQI) between 400-500. This corresponds to hazardous levels of small and fine particulate matter: PM 10 and PM 2.5. While PM 10 are particulate matters that can be inhaled, PM 2.5 particles are the ones that carry the highest health risks. The tiniest particles penetrate deep into the lungs, causing or exacerbating chronic lung disease as well as acute respiratory illnesses like pneumonia. Entering the bloodstream, they are also a factor in increasing risks of hypertension, strokes, and heart attack. In the wake of the COVID pandemic a growing number of Indian politicians, including Delhi chief minister Arvind Kejriwal, and government-based scientists have stated that mounting air pollution levels in Delhi and surrounding states this winter has been one of the drivers behind the recent increases seen in COVID-positive cases and mortality. The air pollution crisis has become an annual occurrence of the early winter across northern India – caused by human factors and exacerbated by winds, drier weather, and temperature inversions. The seasonal burning of rice stubble by farmers in neighbouring states to clear fields for the winter sowing of crops has become one key factor. Others include road and construction dust, traffic and power plant emissions and the lighting of fireworks during the Hindu festival of Diwali, which was celebrated this year in mid-November. Kejriwal told Hindustan Times last month: “While I do not discount other factors that may have contributed to [an] increase in COVID-19 cases, experts say that pollution has hugely contributed to the rise of COVID-19 cases in the city, the intensity of the wave of cases, and increasing the number of deaths.” He added that “we can’t play politics with this problem”, referring to what he alleges is apathy toward pollution on behalf of political parties, and lack of initiative to work towards cleaner air. Law makers in India’s central government have traditionally denied the extent of the impact of pollution on health. In 2017, the Indian Health Minister told news channel NDTV it was “too much” to attribute “any death to a cause like pollution”. Dr Balram Bhargava, the director-general of the respected Indian Council of Medical Research also linked air pollution to rising COVID-19 mortality. “It is well-known that pollution is one of the most important aspects of death,” said Bhargava at a virtual briefing in October. “First being malnutrition, then tobacco, high blood pressure, and pollution. “On pollution related to COVID-19 mortality, there have been some studies in Europe and the United States. They have looked at polluted areas, and have compared the mortality during lockdown and correlation with pollution, and have found clearly that pollution is contributing to the morality in COVID-19. That is well established by these studies.” Bhragava’s only strategy for mitigating the problem, however, was to advocate more wearing of masks, as the “most inexpensive treatment”. Strong Correlation Between Air Pollution and COVID-19 Mortality A growing number of recent studies have reinforced the links between air pollution and COVID-related mortality. A recent China-based study published in BMJ Public Health, which concluded that along with travel patterns, airborne particulate matter may be associated with an increased risk of COVID-19 transmission. Other studies have also reinforced the links between chronic exposure to air pollution and higher COVID-19 mortality rates. A study published in October in the journal Cardiovascular Research estimated that 15% of deaths worldwide from COVID-19 could be attributed to prior patterns of long-term exposure to air pollution. India has noted more than 9.5 million cumulative COVID-19 cases, as of the morning of 10 December 2020. The researchers used epidemiological data from previous US and Chinese studies of air pollution and the 2003 SARS outbreak, supported by additional data from Italy. An earlier study by researchers from Harvard TH Chan School of Public Health, Boston, concluded that higher historical PM 2.5 exposure is positively associated with higher COVID-19 mortality rates in the US. In a recent World Health Organization (WHO) presentation, Dr Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of Public Health and Environment concluded: “We know that in case of patients with COVID-19, those who will be more at risk of developing severe illness are those with underlying conditions like high blood pressure or heart diseases. “We see that air pollution might exacerbate those diseases making the population more vulnerable to the disease plus to the severity of developing a more serious illness.” Indian Government Historically Denied Air Pollution’s Health Impacts In India, 1 in 8 deaths were attributable to air pollution in 2017, making it a leading risk factor for death in India, a study published in The Lancet reported. More than 75% of the population in India is chronically exposed to average ambient PM2.5 levels above 40 μg/m3, the recommended limit by National Ambient Air Quality Standards. The highest PM2.5 exposure levels are in Delhi, followed by the other north Indian states of Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and Haryana. However, lawmakers in the central government, which can help coordinate between different agencies and state governments to reduce pollution, have traditionally denied the extent of the impact of pollution on health. In 2017, the Indian Health Minister, Dr Harsh Vardhan said that the hazardous pollution level was not a public health emergency and told news channel NDTV “to attribute any death to a cause like pollution may be too much”. Last year, he advised people on Twitter to eat carrots to mitigate pollution-related harm. #EatRightIndia_34 Eating carrots helps the body get Vitamin A, potassium, & antioxidants which protect against night blindness common in India. Carrots also help against other pollution-related harm to health.#EatRightIndia @PMOIndia @MoHFW_INDIA @fssaiindia pic.twitter.com/VPjVfiMpR8 — Dr Harsh Vardhan (Modi Ka Pariwar) (@drharshvardhan) November 3, 2019 Even more puzzling was the advice of the Minister of Environment, Forest & Climate Change, Prakash Javadekar, who simply tweeted an encouragement for citizens to “start your day with music”, in a week in November 2019 that saw peak levels of air pollution last year. Later, as Delhi’s air pollution levels rose further to some of the highest levels ever recorded, India’s Environment Minister Prakash Javadekar declared before the Indian parliament: “No Indian study has shown pollution shortens life. Let us not create fear psychosis among people.” He was contradicted, however, by his own Environment Secretary, CK Mishra, who told Health Policy Watch during an exclusive interview at the Madrid COP25 Climate Conference: “Nobody denies that poor air quality causes morbidity and may also cause mortality. Certainly … it must be causing mortality.” “It may not be 7.5 [million deaths],” Mishra added. “But the fact remains that there are numbers to be attended to. As far as the ministry is concerned, we are very conscious of the fact that it is leading to loss of human life and we need to correct this situation.” Signs of Action This Year – But No Results So Far In October this year, with COVID sweeping across India as well, Delhi’s Kejriwal declared a “war on pollution”, forming a team to monitor the sources of pollution including open air burning complaints, and repairing the city’s potholed roads to control dust. Kejriwal also began promoting an inexpensive biological formulation that can be sprayed on rice stalks, accelerating their decomposition, eliminating the need to burn them. He has said that the ‘Pusa decomposer’ is already being used by farmers in Delhi State to convert their stubble into fertilizer. The innovation has not, however, reached the surrounding states of Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh, from which most of the stubble pollution originates. The current subsidy structure incentivizes excessive rice yields. These rigid stalks are the most difficult to manage and so are often burnt. “This should be the last year of pollution,” Kejriwal affirmed at a recent leadership summit. “We have petitioned the air quality commission formally to order Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh governments to ensure this bio-decomposer is used in all the farms there.” But expert observers are less sure. They note that the Delhi government so far failed to even curb the use of firecrackers during the week long festival of Diwali. Despite a ban on their sale, firecrackers were heard across the city during the festival. Under pressure from the country’s Supreme Court, the Central Government also constituted a permanent Commission for Air Quality Management in the region, which has the power to coordinate action among states. Headed by a former top official in the Petroleum Ministry, the Commission has so far done almost nothing. Following Diwali and past the peak of the crop burning season, pollution rates in Delhi have subsided somewhat, with an AQI averaging 300-400, but experts are asking how and where more systemic changes could be made to reduce levels year-round as well as avoid future emergencies. #AirQuality forecast for #India #GEOS @SERVIRGlobal pic.twitter.com/aClDUq2scz — Pawan Gupta (@pawanpgupta) December 8, 2020 Meanwhile, the city has been blockaded for several weeks by farmers from around the northern Indian region, who are protesting a government plan to remove subsidies. Through a ‘minimum support price’ the government sets to procure produce from the rice and wheat crops that farmers grow, forcing them to sell on the open market. Farmers have demanded that fines and penalties for stubble burning be withdrawn. In order to appease the protesters, the government might refrain from fining farmers who violate existing laws by burning their crop stubble. While the fines have never been very effective, it’s still a measure that could also create a setback in the air pollution battle. Indian farmers protest outside of Delhi in early December So far, the dispute over the crop subsidies has failed to get to the root of the air pollution issue, experts also say. This lies in the fact that the current subsidy structure incentivizes farmers to grow excessive amounts of rice, whose rigid stalks are the most difficult to manage – and so are often burnt. The rice cultivation also consumes excessive water in the water-scarce Punjab region. Environmentalists have said that the crop subsidy structure should support farmers’ cultivation of nutrition rich grains and legumes indigenous to the region, like millet or lentils, which are also less polluting, in how the stubble can be managed. But neither nutrition content or air pollution seem to be key factors right now in the debate over farm subsidies that is occurring right now. It is unlikely that, if subsidies were removed along the lines of the government plans, farmers would grow more nutritious crops either: they are not big candidates for large multinational purchases on the private market. Despite the inertia, there are growing public pressures on the government to act, said Arvind Kumar, a chest surgeon from Delhi who is internationally known for his outspoken criticism of India’s air pollution and its health impacts. And so the tide of political apathy towards pollution may be turning, said Kumar, who is the founder of the Lung Care Foundation, a non-profit that spreads awareness about pollution and its effects. “In the heart of hearts, the politicians know that pollution is a problem and that it damages health. The challenge is admitting that to the public,” said Kumar. “But with every passing year, with the problem becoming more acute and more intense, there will be more outcry.” -Jyot Pande Lavakare contributed to this story. Image Credits: Rashed Shumon, Belur Math, Howrah, Johns Hopkins University & Medicine, Neil Palmer, @DevinderBenipa2 , Dāvis Kļaviņš . As Rich Countries Roll Out COVID-19 Vaccines – Will Developing Countries Miss Out? 09/12/2020 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Pfizer’s mRNA vaccine is being rolled out in the United Kingdom, to be followed by the United States and Europe. While some of the world’s richest countries have now stockpiled more COVID vaccines than they have people to inject, the world’s 67 poorest countries may only be able to vaccinate 1 in 10 people against COVID-19 next year, unless urgent action is taken by governments and the pharmaceutical industry to make sure enough doses are produced. This was the warning in a report published on Wednesday by Oxfam, Amnesty International and other advocacy groups The report notes that the massive pre-purchase of leading vaccine candidates by rich countries means that some of the world’s wealthiest nations have bought up enough doses to vaccinate their entire populations nearly three times over by the end of 2021 – supposing the vaccines in clinical trials are all approved for use. The same data suggests that countries representing just 14% of the world’s population have bought up some 53% of all the most promising vaccines so far. Canada tops the chart with enough vaccines to vaccinate each Canadian 5 times over. The organizations analyzed data on publicly reported vaccine deals done between countries and the eight leading vaccine candidates. They found that 67 low and lower middle-income countries risk being left behind. Five of those countries – Kenya, Myanmar, Nigeria, Pakistan and Ukraine – have reported nearly 1.5 million COVID cases between them. The Republic of Korea has vaccines to cover 88% of its population of more than 50 million people. But nearby, the low-income Philippines, has so far secured only 2.6 million doses for next year covering only 1.3 million people out of its total 106 million population, according to the report. Report Comes Amidst Flurry of Upcoming Vaccine Regulatory Approvals the total number of confirmed vaccine doses procured, displayed by income level. (Duke Global Health Innovation Centre) The report comes on the heels of the inaugural jab in the United Kingdom of 90 year-old Margaret Keenan on Tuesday with the first commercially available COVID-19 vaccine. The UK became the first country to approve Pfizer’s high-tech mRNA vaccine candidate for widespread use last week. On Thursday, the United States Food and Drug Administration is expected to approve the Pfizer vaccine for emergency use among Americans, after already issuing a positive review of the vaccine’s clinical trial results. That is likely to be followed by FDA approval of a similarly designed mRNA vaccine by Moderna on 17 December, and the European Medicines Agency will review the same vaccines in early January. The third vaccine-in-waiting is likely to be AstraZeneca’s cheaper and simpler adenovirus vaccine, based on a more common delivery mechanism, that uses a weakened form of a common cold virus to deliver a fragment of the trademark SARS-CoV-2 spike protein into the body, and prompt an immune reaction. Results of the AstraZeneca vaccine trial involving some 24,000 people and published Tuesday in The Lancet, found that the vaccine was 70% effective on average – with efficacy rising to 90% among trial participants who accidentally received only a half first dose. In the wake of the serendipitous discovery, a larger trial with the amended dosing regime will be undertaken, AstraZeneca has said. But it said that with average efficacy rates still above the 60% benchmark set by regulatory agencies, it would also seek regulatory approval simultaneously. A number of low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) like India, Mexico and Brazil have managed to secure large vaccine procurement commitments through manufacturing deals with AstraZeneca, a Swedish firm that undertook its vaccine development effort in collaboration with the UK’s Oxford University. That joint initiative has championed the development of a low-cost vaccine, which the company has committed to producing on a non-profit basis during the pandemic – leaving an estimated cost of about US$3, per dose, as compared to $20-$30 for the more high-tech Pfizer and Moderna alternatives. But since a large portion of AstraZeneca’s planned production of nearly 3 billion doses will be directly taken up by India, Brazil and Mexico – also among the LMICs hardest hit by the virus – that will still leave comparatively little to distribute more broadly. WHO Aims to Get 20% Coverage Worldwide Next Year Soumya Swaminathan, WHO Chief Scientist Speaking at last Friday’s WHO briefing, WHO Chief Scientist, Soumya Swaminathan, stated that the WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine pool has so far secured deals for 700 million doses of a COVID-19 vaccine. “That’s not sufficient,” said Swaminathan. “The goal is to get at least two billion doses by the end of 2021, which would be enough to vaccinate approximately 20% of the populations of the countries that are part of COVAX.” The WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine facility, a global collaboration to accelerate development, production, and equitable vaccine access, includes some 187 countries, covering 90% of the global population. WHO officials have held out hope that LMICs could also begin vaccinating the highest-risk groups, like health workers and older people “in the first quarter of 2021,” with the support of vaccines procured through the facility. Both rich and poor countries have joined the initiative, which aims to offer reduced prices for vaccines to most countries, and use donor funds to supply vaccines to some 92 countries that cannot afford to purchase them on their own. However, despite repeated pleas to donors for support, the facility remains some US$28 billion short on the funding needed for next year to fully fund the vaccine drive, as well as drugs, tests and health system support services in the world’s poorest 92 countries. The COVAX programme “urgently needs another US$5 billion in order to meet that goal of two billion doses”, stressed Swaminathan on Friday. World Trade Organization Debates IP “Waiver” for COVID Medicines and Vaccines On Thursday, the World Trade Organization (WTO) will resume its review of a proposal by South Africa and India to extend a broad WTO “waiver” over COVID-related patents, copyrights, and trade secrets for vaccines, medicines and health equipment, as part of another access initiative. The initiative has picked up considerable support among African, Asian and Latin American member states. But it is stiffly opposed by a wall of G-20 countries with huge pharma interests at stake. Thursday’s debate comes ahead of a full, formal review of the waiver proposal by the WTO’s General Council on 17 December. Leaders of the initiative have also threatened to put it to a vote, if it is not taken seriously. Medicines access groups are stepping up pressure on governments and organizations to consider the waiver concept, saying that sharing trade secrets and technologies is the only way to ensure fair distribution of brand-new medical technologies such as the COVID vaccines. On Wednesday, a petition organized by the online campaign organization AVAAZ and signed by some 900,000 people, was delivered to WTO members. The petition called on all governments, WTO members and pharmaceutical companies to “ensure access to lifesaving COVID-19 vaccines, treatments and equipment for everyone in the world”. “While the world waits with bated breath for the possible approval of these COVID-19 vaccines, it’s not time to celebrate yet,” said Dr Sidney Wong, Executive Co-Director of Médecins Sans Frontières Access Campaign in a press release on Tuesday. “Right now, we’re in a situation where a lion’s share of the limited number of first doses have already been snatched up by a handful of countries like the US and UK, as well as the EU, leaving very little for other countries in the short term. What we really want to see is a rapid expansion of the overall global supply, so there are more vaccines to go around and doses can be allocated according to WHO’s public health criteria, not a country’s ability to pay.” Image Credits: Pfizer, Duke Global Health Innovation Center. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Patient Care After COVID: Providers Must Correct ‘One Size Fits All’ Approach, Experts Say 10/12/2020 Raisa Santos 2019 Asia Pacific Patients Congress in Taipei, Taiwan; IAPO’s Asia Pacific Patients Congress hopes to bring patients and patient groups together in the Western Asia and Southeast Asia region Raising a conversation about patients rights and patient care over the din of the COVID-19 pandemic is not easy. But hundreds of patient groups and thousands of attendees drew together virtually last week at the 2nd Asia-Pacific Patients Congress to talk about how to reclaim a voice and space for patient rights in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic – where patients have been more disempowered than ever before. COVID-19 has greatly altered the patient experience, shifting people more than ever from an active to a passive role in their health care, especially in the initial stages of the pandemic, said Dr Sanjiv Kumar, Chair of the India Alliance of Patient Groups. “[Patients] were picked up from homes and placed in hospitals. They were not allowed initially to even make phone calls to their friends and relatives; no visitors were allowed. It was more like putting somebody in a jail,” he said. Speaking at the keynote event, ‘Patients’ co-creation in future proofing health systems: preparedness for the next phase of the pandemic’, Sanjiv reflected on how COVID-19 has been “treated not as a health problem, but as a law and order situation” in India and many other countries. The stigma has been reinforced by measures created by the government and police authorities, where the implementation of restricted areas and red zones prevented people and patients from entering and leaving areas. According to Dr Sanjiv, healthcare must shift to a people-centered approach that allows patient participation and respects their needs and preferences – if goals for equity, quality and universal access are ever to be achieved.. “The patient community underscored the reality that for sustainable universal health coverage, there needs to be active patient engagement at all levels of the health system decision-making process,” said Karen Alparce-Villanueva, Secretary of the International Alliance of Patients’ Organisations (IAPO), speaking at the event. IAPO 2nd Asia Pacific Patients Congress – inaugural launch, featuring, clockwise, Karen Alparce-Villanueva, Dr Neda Milevska, and Dr Ratna Devi Patients As Experts in Healthcare The Congress – which ran 3 – 4 December and drew in 298 patient groups and 3046 attendees from 66 countries – included presentations on topics such as digital literacy, patient registries, clinical trials and increased participation, patient safety, reducing harm, patients led research, patient co-authorship, regulatory reliance and harmonisation, and building back better healthcare systems post COVID-19. “COVID-19, took a lot of the attention and resources globally, but we wanted to leave no one behind,” said Dr Neda Milevska Kostova, Vice-Chair at IAPO, who spoke on initiatives created by IAPO, such as the Congress, that have been organized to “make patient voices heard.” The Congress is one of several regional conferences organized by IAPO that occur annually in order to fulfill the vision of seeing patients and patient groups at the center of healthcare. Speakers flagged that patients’ right to choice and their role as experts in healthcare should be acknowledged and given appropriate space and environment to contribute meaningfully. Said Dr Ratna Devi, Chair at IAPO. “This is a huge opportunity for patient groups to come together to lend their voices.” She stressed that healthcare is “not one size fit all,” since providers are working with diverse patients from diverse backgrounds. “Healthcare needs to be customized, messaging needs to be customized, and how you ask people to change their behaviors needs to be customized.” At the same time, to become more empowered, patients need to be more aware of the need to act pre-emptively when accessing health care, she said, adding: “If patient groups integrate themselves and understand that early diagnosis, and early seeking of treatment, could be a better option, things could change for them.” Health Authorities Need to Build Patient Trust & Engagement – COVID Vaccine Rollouts Will be a Litmus Test Health systems must work together with populations, communities, and patients in addressing the COVID-19 response and other health risks Health authorities need to implement strategies that engage and empower people and communities. Patient leaders must become active participants in the implementation of health policies that ensure they are at the center of equitable health access. “Every one of us is a potential patient, and everyone one of us has the motivation to be involved in combating the pandemic,” said Dr Martin Taylor, Director of Health Systems and Services in the WHO’s Western Pacific Regional Office. He addressed the role played by patients, their families, and communities in shaping the collective and societal response to COVID-19. Dr Martin Taylor, Director of Health Systems and Services at the WHO Western Pacific Region Community engagement has become a key strategy in a successful COVID response, Taylor noted. “Trust is central to this in the Asia Pacific region,” he added. An effective response to COVID-19, said Dr Martin, requires that governance, health systems, populations, communities, patients, all work together. Community health leaders who have succeeded in curbing transmission trends and assuring quality care have done so by building trust and engagement in solutions that worked for health workers, patients and their families, as well as the broader populoation. Looking ahead, the development and rollout of COVID-19 vaccines will be the next great opportunity for new models of patient engagement. A successful rollout is dependent on extremely effective engagement with groups, making sure that instead of misinformation, there is trust, and that vaccine supplies and delivery are carefully managed. Added Taylor: “Our vision [for the future] will only be possible if patient and patient groups, and communities, engage, and are engaged, both in shaping and advocating for a vision in which health is at the core of society’s values.” Image Credits: Flickr: Rumi Consultancy/World Bank, APPC, APPC. India’s COVID-19 Cases Rise – Along With Air Pollution 10/12/2020 Menaka Rao COVID-19 Pandemic Relief Services, New Delhi. India experts say Delhi’s air pollution peaks is also causing more COVID mortality. The government’s suggested mitigation strategies have included wearing a mask and eating carrots. As COVID-cases rose rapidly in Delhi this November, the strong correlation to increasingly dangerous levels of air pollution in the state has brought more attention to the political pressure to address the health emergency. Delhi saw its highest number of COVID-19 cases in November, totalling more than 175,000. The city administration also recorded more than 2,000 deaths, the highest so far in the city. The death rate – 1.6% – was also higher than the national average of 1.45%. In the same period, Delhi also had 9 days with air quality that was categorised “severe”, with an air quality index (AQI) between 400-500. This corresponds to hazardous levels of small and fine particulate matter: PM 10 and PM 2.5. While PM 10 are particulate matters that can be inhaled, PM 2.5 particles are the ones that carry the highest health risks. The tiniest particles penetrate deep into the lungs, causing or exacerbating chronic lung disease as well as acute respiratory illnesses like pneumonia. Entering the bloodstream, they are also a factor in increasing risks of hypertension, strokes, and heart attack. In the wake of the COVID pandemic a growing number of Indian politicians, including Delhi chief minister Arvind Kejriwal, and government-based scientists have stated that mounting air pollution levels in Delhi and surrounding states this winter has been one of the drivers behind the recent increases seen in COVID-positive cases and mortality. The air pollution crisis has become an annual occurrence of the early winter across northern India – caused by human factors and exacerbated by winds, drier weather, and temperature inversions. The seasonal burning of rice stubble by farmers in neighbouring states to clear fields for the winter sowing of crops has become one key factor. Others include road and construction dust, traffic and power plant emissions and the lighting of fireworks during the Hindu festival of Diwali, which was celebrated this year in mid-November. Kejriwal told Hindustan Times last month: “While I do not discount other factors that may have contributed to [an] increase in COVID-19 cases, experts say that pollution has hugely contributed to the rise of COVID-19 cases in the city, the intensity of the wave of cases, and increasing the number of deaths.” He added that “we can’t play politics with this problem”, referring to what he alleges is apathy toward pollution on behalf of political parties, and lack of initiative to work towards cleaner air. Law makers in India’s central government have traditionally denied the extent of the impact of pollution on health. In 2017, the Indian Health Minister told news channel NDTV it was “too much” to attribute “any death to a cause like pollution”. Dr Balram Bhargava, the director-general of the respected Indian Council of Medical Research also linked air pollution to rising COVID-19 mortality. “It is well-known that pollution is one of the most important aspects of death,” said Bhargava at a virtual briefing in October. “First being malnutrition, then tobacco, high blood pressure, and pollution. “On pollution related to COVID-19 mortality, there have been some studies in Europe and the United States. They have looked at polluted areas, and have compared the mortality during lockdown and correlation with pollution, and have found clearly that pollution is contributing to the morality in COVID-19. That is well established by these studies.” Bhragava’s only strategy for mitigating the problem, however, was to advocate more wearing of masks, as the “most inexpensive treatment”. Strong Correlation Between Air Pollution and COVID-19 Mortality A growing number of recent studies have reinforced the links between air pollution and COVID-related mortality. A recent China-based study published in BMJ Public Health, which concluded that along with travel patterns, airborne particulate matter may be associated with an increased risk of COVID-19 transmission. Other studies have also reinforced the links between chronic exposure to air pollution and higher COVID-19 mortality rates. A study published in October in the journal Cardiovascular Research estimated that 15% of deaths worldwide from COVID-19 could be attributed to prior patterns of long-term exposure to air pollution. India has noted more than 9.5 million cumulative COVID-19 cases, as of the morning of 10 December 2020. The researchers used epidemiological data from previous US and Chinese studies of air pollution and the 2003 SARS outbreak, supported by additional data from Italy. An earlier study by researchers from Harvard TH Chan School of Public Health, Boston, concluded that higher historical PM 2.5 exposure is positively associated with higher COVID-19 mortality rates in the US. In a recent World Health Organization (WHO) presentation, Dr Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of Public Health and Environment concluded: “We know that in case of patients with COVID-19, those who will be more at risk of developing severe illness are those with underlying conditions like high blood pressure or heart diseases. “We see that air pollution might exacerbate those diseases making the population more vulnerable to the disease plus to the severity of developing a more serious illness.” Indian Government Historically Denied Air Pollution’s Health Impacts In India, 1 in 8 deaths were attributable to air pollution in 2017, making it a leading risk factor for death in India, a study published in The Lancet reported. More than 75% of the population in India is chronically exposed to average ambient PM2.5 levels above 40 μg/m3, the recommended limit by National Ambient Air Quality Standards. The highest PM2.5 exposure levels are in Delhi, followed by the other north Indian states of Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and Haryana. However, lawmakers in the central government, which can help coordinate between different agencies and state governments to reduce pollution, have traditionally denied the extent of the impact of pollution on health. In 2017, the Indian Health Minister, Dr Harsh Vardhan said that the hazardous pollution level was not a public health emergency and told news channel NDTV “to attribute any death to a cause like pollution may be too much”. Last year, he advised people on Twitter to eat carrots to mitigate pollution-related harm. #EatRightIndia_34 Eating carrots helps the body get Vitamin A, potassium, & antioxidants which protect against night blindness common in India. Carrots also help against other pollution-related harm to health.#EatRightIndia @PMOIndia @MoHFW_INDIA @fssaiindia pic.twitter.com/VPjVfiMpR8 — Dr Harsh Vardhan (Modi Ka Pariwar) (@drharshvardhan) November 3, 2019 Even more puzzling was the advice of the Minister of Environment, Forest & Climate Change, Prakash Javadekar, who simply tweeted an encouragement for citizens to “start your day with music”, in a week in November 2019 that saw peak levels of air pollution last year. Later, as Delhi’s air pollution levels rose further to some of the highest levels ever recorded, India’s Environment Minister Prakash Javadekar declared before the Indian parliament: “No Indian study has shown pollution shortens life. Let us not create fear psychosis among people.” He was contradicted, however, by his own Environment Secretary, CK Mishra, who told Health Policy Watch during an exclusive interview at the Madrid COP25 Climate Conference: “Nobody denies that poor air quality causes morbidity and may also cause mortality. Certainly … it must be causing mortality.” “It may not be 7.5 [million deaths],” Mishra added. “But the fact remains that there are numbers to be attended to. As far as the ministry is concerned, we are very conscious of the fact that it is leading to loss of human life and we need to correct this situation.” Signs of Action This Year – But No Results So Far In October this year, with COVID sweeping across India as well, Delhi’s Kejriwal declared a “war on pollution”, forming a team to monitor the sources of pollution including open air burning complaints, and repairing the city’s potholed roads to control dust. Kejriwal also began promoting an inexpensive biological formulation that can be sprayed on rice stalks, accelerating their decomposition, eliminating the need to burn them. He has said that the ‘Pusa decomposer’ is already being used by farmers in Delhi State to convert their stubble into fertilizer. The innovation has not, however, reached the surrounding states of Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh, from which most of the stubble pollution originates. The current subsidy structure incentivizes excessive rice yields. These rigid stalks are the most difficult to manage and so are often burnt. “This should be the last year of pollution,” Kejriwal affirmed at a recent leadership summit. “We have petitioned the air quality commission formally to order Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh governments to ensure this bio-decomposer is used in all the farms there.” But expert observers are less sure. They note that the Delhi government so far failed to even curb the use of firecrackers during the week long festival of Diwali. Despite a ban on their sale, firecrackers were heard across the city during the festival. Under pressure from the country’s Supreme Court, the Central Government also constituted a permanent Commission for Air Quality Management in the region, which has the power to coordinate action among states. Headed by a former top official in the Petroleum Ministry, the Commission has so far done almost nothing. Following Diwali and past the peak of the crop burning season, pollution rates in Delhi have subsided somewhat, with an AQI averaging 300-400, but experts are asking how and where more systemic changes could be made to reduce levels year-round as well as avoid future emergencies. #AirQuality forecast for #India #GEOS @SERVIRGlobal pic.twitter.com/aClDUq2scz — Pawan Gupta (@pawanpgupta) December 8, 2020 Meanwhile, the city has been blockaded for several weeks by farmers from around the northern Indian region, who are protesting a government plan to remove subsidies. Through a ‘minimum support price’ the government sets to procure produce from the rice and wheat crops that farmers grow, forcing them to sell on the open market. Farmers have demanded that fines and penalties for stubble burning be withdrawn. In order to appease the protesters, the government might refrain from fining farmers who violate existing laws by burning their crop stubble. While the fines have never been very effective, it’s still a measure that could also create a setback in the air pollution battle. Indian farmers protest outside of Delhi in early December So far, the dispute over the crop subsidies has failed to get to the root of the air pollution issue, experts also say. This lies in the fact that the current subsidy structure incentivizes farmers to grow excessive amounts of rice, whose rigid stalks are the most difficult to manage – and so are often burnt. The rice cultivation also consumes excessive water in the water-scarce Punjab region. Environmentalists have said that the crop subsidy structure should support farmers’ cultivation of nutrition rich grains and legumes indigenous to the region, like millet or lentils, which are also less polluting, in how the stubble can be managed. But neither nutrition content or air pollution seem to be key factors right now in the debate over farm subsidies that is occurring right now. It is unlikely that, if subsidies were removed along the lines of the government plans, farmers would grow more nutritious crops either: they are not big candidates for large multinational purchases on the private market. Despite the inertia, there are growing public pressures on the government to act, said Arvind Kumar, a chest surgeon from Delhi who is internationally known for his outspoken criticism of India’s air pollution and its health impacts. And so the tide of political apathy towards pollution may be turning, said Kumar, who is the founder of the Lung Care Foundation, a non-profit that spreads awareness about pollution and its effects. “In the heart of hearts, the politicians know that pollution is a problem and that it damages health. The challenge is admitting that to the public,” said Kumar. “But with every passing year, with the problem becoming more acute and more intense, there will be more outcry.” -Jyot Pande Lavakare contributed to this story. Image Credits: Rashed Shumon, Belur Math, Howrah, Johns Hopkins University & Medicine, Neil Palmer, @DevinderBenipa2 , Dāvis Kļaviņš . As Rich Countries Roll Out COVID-19 Vaccines – Will Developing Countries Miss Out? 09/12/2020 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Pfizer’s mRNA vaccine is being rolled out in the United Kingdom, to be followed by the United States and Europe. While some of the world’s richest countries have now stockpiled more COVID vaccines than they have people to inject, the world’s 67 poorest countries may only be able to vaccinate 1 in 10 people against COVID-19 next year, unless urgent action is taken by governments and the pharmaceutical industry to make sure enough doses are produced. This was the warning in a report published on Wednesday by Oxfam, Amnesty International and other advocacy groups The report notes that the massive pre-purchase of leading vaccine candidates by rich countries means that some of the world’s wealthiest nations have bought up enough doses to vaccinate their entire populations nearly three times over by the end of 2021 – supposing the vaccines in clinical trials are all approved for use. The same data suggests that countries representing just 14% of the world’s population have bought up some 53% of all the most promising vaccines so far. Canada tops the chart with enough vaccines to vaccinate each Canadian 5 times over. The organizations analyzed data on publicly reported vaccine deals done between countries and the eight leading vaccine candidates. They found that 67 low and lower middle-income countries risk being left behind. Five of those countries – Kenya, Myanmar, Nigeria, Pakistan and Ukraine – have reported nearly 1.5 million COVID cases between them. The Republic of Korea has vaccines to cover 88% of its population of more than 50 million people. But nearby, the low-income Philippines, has so far secured only 2.6 million doses for next year covering only 1.3 million people out of its total 106 million population, according to the report. Report Comes Amidst Flurry of Upcoming Vaccine Regulatory Approvals the total number of confirmed vaccine doses procured, displayed by income level. (Duke Global Health Innovation Centre) The report comes on the heels of the inaugural jab in the United Kingdom of 90 year-old Margaret Keenan on Tuesday with the first commercially available COVID-19 vaccine. The UK became the first country to approve Pfizer’s high-tech mRNA vaccine candidate for widespread use last week. On Thursday, the United States Food and Drug Administration is expected to approve the Pfizer vaccine for emergency use among Americans, after already issuing a positive review of the vaccine’s clinical trial results. That is likely to be followed by FDA approval of a similarly designed mRNA vaccine by Moderna on 17 December, and the European Medicines Agency will review the same vaccines in early January. The third vaccine-in-waiting is likely to be AstraZeneca’s cheaper and simpler adenovirus vaccine, based on a more common delivery mechanism, that uses a weakened form of a common cold virus to deliver a fragment of the trademark SARS-CoV-2 spike protein into the body, and prompt an immune reaction. Results of the AstraZeneca vaccine trial involving some 24,000 people and published Tuesday in The Lancet, found that the vaccine was 70% effective on average – with efficacy rising to 90% among trial participants who accidentally received only a half first dose. In the wake of the serendipitous discovery, a larger trial with the amended dosing regime will be undertaken, AstraZeneca has said. But it said that with average efficacy rates still above the 60% benchmark set by regulatory agencies, it would also seek regulatory approval simultaneously. A number of low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) like India, Mexico and Brazil have managed to secure large vaccine procurement commitments through manufacturing deals with AstraZeneca, a Swedish firm that undertook its vaccine development effort in collaboration with the UK’s Oxford University. That joint initiative has championed the development of a low-cost vaccine, which the company has committed to producing on a non-profit basis during the pandemic – leaving an estimated cost of about US$3, per dose, as compared to $20-$30 for the more high-tech Pfizer and Moderna alternatives. But since a large portion of AstraZeneca’s planned production of nearly 3 billion doses will be directly taken up by India, Brazil and Mexico – also among the LMICs hardest hit by the virus – that will still leave comparatively little to distribute more broadly. WHO Aims to Get 20% Coverage Worldwide Next Year Soumya Swaminathan, WHO Chief Scientist Speaking at last Friday’s WHO briefing, WHO Chief Scientist, Soumya Swaminathan, stated that the WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine pool has so far secured deals for 700 million doses of a COVID-19 vaccine. “That’s not sufficient,” said Swaminathan. “The goal is to get at least two billion doses by the end of 2021, which would be enough to vaccinate approximately 20% of the populations of the countries that are part of COVAX.” The WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine facility, a global collaboration to accelerate development, production, and equitable vaccine access, includes some 187 countries, covering 90% of the global population. WHO officials have held out hope that LMICs could also begin vaccinating the highest-risk groups, like health workers and older people “in the first quarter of 2021,” with the support of vaccines procured through the facility. Both rich and poor countries have joined the initiative, which aims to offer reduced prices for vaccines to most countries, and use donor funds to supply vaccines to some 92 countries that cannot afford to purchase them on their own. However, despite repeated pleas to donors for support, the facility remains some US$28 billion short on the funding needed for next year to fully fund the vaccine drive, as well as drugs, tests and health system support services in the world’s poorest 92 countries. The COVAX programme “urgently needs another US$5 billion in order to meet that goal of two billion doses”, stressed Swaminathan on Friday. World Trade Organization Debates IP “Waiver” for COVID Medicines and Vaccines On Thursday, the World Trade Organization (WTO) will resume its review of a proposal by South Africa and India to extend a broad WTO “waiver” over COVID-related patents, copyrights, and trade secrets for vaccines, medicines and health equipment, as part of another access initiative. The initiative has picked up considerable support among African, Asian and Latin American member states. But it is stiffly opposed by a wall of G-20 countries with huge pharma interests at stake. Thursday’s debate comes ahead of a full, formal review of the waiver proposal by the WTO’s General Council on 17 December. Leaders of the initiative have also threatened to put it to a vote, if it is not taken seriously. Medicines access groups are stepping up pressure on governments and organizations to consider the waiver concept, saying that sharing trade secrets and technologies is the only way to ensure fair distribution of brand-new medical technologies such as the COVID vaccines. On Wednesday, a petition organized by the online campaign organization AVAAZ and signed by some 900,000 people, was delivered to WTO members. The petition called on all governments, WTO members and pharmaceutical companies to “ensure access to lifesaving COVID-19 vaccines, treatments and equipment for everyone in the world”. “While the world waits with bated breath for the possible approval of these COVID-19 vaccines, it’s not time to celebrate yet,” said Dr Sidney Wong, Executive Co-Director of Médecins Sans Frontières Access Campaign in a press release on Tuesday. “Right now, we’re in a situation where a lion’s share of the limited number of first doses have already been snatched up by a handful of countries like the US and UK, as well as the EU, leaving very little for other countries in the short term. What we really want to see is a rapid expansion of the overall global supply, so there are more vaccines to go around and doses can be allocated according to WHO’s public health criteria, not a country’s ability to pay.” Image Credits: Pfizer, Duke Global Health Innovation Center. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
India’s COVID-19 Cases Rise – Along With Air Pollution 10/12/2020 Menaka Rao COVID-19 Pandemic Relief Services, New Delhi. India experts say Delhi’s air pollution peaks is also causing more COVID mortality. The government’s suggested mitigation strategies have included wearing a mask and eating carrots. As COVID-cases rose rapidly in Delhi this November, the strong correlation to increasingly dangerous levels of air pollution in the state has brought more attention to the political pressure to address the health emergency. Delhi saw its highest number of COVID-19 cases in November, totalling more than 175,000. The city administration also recorded more than 2,000 deaths, the highest so far in the city. The death rate – 1.6% – was also higher than the national average of 1.45%. In the same period, Delhi also had 9 days with air quality that was categorised “severe”, with an air quality index (AQI) between 400-500. This corresponds to hazardous levels of small and fine particulate matter: PM 10 and PM 2.5. While PM 10 are particulate matters that can be inhaled, PM 2.5 particles are the ones that carry the highest health risks. The tiniest particles penetrate deep into the lungs, causing or exacerbating chronic lung disease as well as acute respiratory illnesses like pneumonia. Entering the bloodstream, they are also a factor in increasing risks of hypertension, strokes, and heart attack. In the wake of the COVID pandemic a growing number of Indian politicians, including Delhi chief minister Arvind Kejriwal, and government-based scientists have stated that mounting air pollution levels in Delhi and surrounding states this winter has been one of the drivers behind the recent increases seen in COVID-positive cases and mortality. The air pollution crisis has become an annual occurrence of the early winter across northern India – caused by human factors and exacerbated by winds, drier weather, and temperature inversions. The seasonal burning of rice stubble by farmers in neighbouring states to clear fields for the winter sowing of crops has become one key factor. Others include road and construction dust, traffic and power plant emissions and the lighting of fireworks during the Hindu festival of Diwali, which was celebrated this year in mid-November. Kejriwal told Hindustan Times last month: “While I do not discount other factors that may have contributed to [an] increase in COVID-19 cases, experts say that pollution has hugely contributed to the rise of COVID-19 cases in the city, the intensity of the wave of cases, and increasing the number of deaths.” He added that “we can’t play politics with this problem”, referring to what he alleges is apathy toward pollution on behalf of political parties, and lack of initiative to work towards cleaner air. Law makers in India’s central government have traditionally denied the extent of the impact of pollution on health. In 2017, the Indian Health Minister told news channel NDTV it was “too much” to attribute “any death to a cause like pollution”. Dr Balram Bhargava, the director-general of the respected Indian Council of Medical Research also linked air pollution to rising COVID-19 mortality. “It is well-known that pollution is one of the most important aspects of death,” said Bhargava at a virtual briefing in October. “First being malnutrition, then tobacco, high blood pressure, and pollution. “On pollution related to COVID-19 mortality, there have been some studies in Europe and the United States. They have looked at polluted areas, and have compared the mortality during lockdown and correlation with pollution, and have found clearly that pollution is contributing to the morality in COVID-19. That is well established by these studies.” Bhragava’s only strategy for mitigating the problem, however, was to advocate more wearing of masks, as the “most inexpensive treatment”. Strong Correlation Between Air Pollution and COVID-19 Mortality A growing number of recent studies have reinforced the links between air pollution and COVID-related mortality. A recent China-based study published in BMJ Public Health, which concluded that along with travel patterns, airborne particulate matter may be associated with an increased risk of COVID-19 transmission. Other studies have also reinforced the links between chronic exposure to air pollution and higher COVID-19 mortality rates. A study published in October in the journal Cardiovascular Research estimated that 15% of deaths worldwide from COVID-19 could be attributed to prior patterns of long-term exposure to air pollution. India has noted more than 9.5 million cumulative COVID-19 cases, as of the morning of 10 December 2020. The researchers used epidemiological data from previous US and Chinese studies of air pollution and the 2003 SARS outbreak, supported by additional data from Italy. An earlier study by researchers from Harvard TH Chan School of Public Health, Boston, concluded that higher historical PM 2.5 exposure is positively associated with higher COVID-19 mortality rates in the US. In a recent World Health Organization (WHO) presentation, Dr Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of Public Health and Environment concluded: “We know that in case of patients with COVID-19, those who will be more at risk of developing severe illness are those with underlying conditions like high blood pressure or heart diseases. “We see that air pollution might exacerbate those diseases making the population more vulnerable to the disease plus to the severity of developing a more serious illness.” Indian Government Historically Denied Air Pollution’s Health Impacts In India, 1 in 8 deaths were attributable to air pollution in 2017, making it a leading risk factor for death in India, a study published in The Lancet reported. More than 75% of the population in India is chronically exposed to average ambient PM2.5 levels above 40 μg/m3, the recommended limit by National Ambient Air Quality Standards. The highest PM2.5 exposure levels are in Delhi, followed by the other north Indian states of Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and Haryana. However, lawmakers in the central government, which can help coordinate between different agencies and state governments to reduce pollution, have traditionally denied the extent of the impact of pollution on health. In 2017, the Indian Health Minister, Dr Harsh Vardhan said that the hazardous pollution level was not a public health emergency and told news channel NDTV “to attribute any death to a cause like pollution may be too much”. Last year, he advised people on Twitter to eat carrots to mitigate pollution-related harm. #EatRightIndia_34 Eating carrots helps the body get Vitamin A, potassium, & antioxidants which protect against night blindness common in India. Carrots also help against other pollution-related harm to health.#EatRightIndia @PMOIndia @MoHFW_INDIA @fssaiindia pic.twitter.com/VPjVfiMpR8 — Dr Harsh Vardhan (Modi Ka Pariwar) (@drharshvardhan) November 3, 2019 Even more puzzling was the advice of the Minister of Environment, Forest & Climate Change, Prakash Javadekar, who simply tweeted an encouragement for citizens to “start your day with music”, in a week in November 2019 that saw peak levels of air pollution last year. Later, as Delhi’s air pollution levels rose further to some of the highest levels ever recorded, India’s Environment Minister Prakash Javadekar declared before the Indian parliament: “No Indian study has shown pollution shortens life. Let us not create fear psychosis among people.” He was contradicted, however, by his own Environment Secretary, CK Mishra, who told Health Policy Watch during an exclusive interview at the Madrid COP25 Climate Conference: “Nobody denies that poor air quality causes morbidity and may also cause mortality. Certainly … it must be causing mortality.” “It may not be 7.5 [million deaths],” Mishra added. “But the fact remains that there are numbers to be attended to. As far as the ministry is concerned, we are very conscious of the fact that it is leading to loss of human life and we need to correct this situation.” Signs of Action This Year – But No Results So Far In October this year, with COVID sweeping across India as well, Delhi’s Kejriwal declared a “war on pollution”, forming a team to monitor the sources of pollution including open air burning complaints, and repairing the city’s potholed roads to control dust. Kejriwal also began promoting an inexpensive biological formulation that can be sprayed on rice stalks, accelerating their decomposition, eliminating the need to burn them. He has said that the ‘Pusa decomposer’ is already being used by farmers in Delhi State to convert their stubble into fertilizer. The innovation has not, however, reached the surrounding states of Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh, from which most of the stubble pollution originates. The current subsidy structure incentivizes excessive rice yields. These rigid stalks are the most difficult to manage and so are often burnt. “This should be the last year of pollution,” Kejriwal affirmed at a recent leadership summit. “We have petitioned the air quality commission formally to order Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh governments to ensure this bio-decomposer is used in all the farms there.” But expert observers are less sure. They note that the Delhi government so far failed to even curb the use of firecrackers during the week long festival of Diwali. Despite a ban on their sale, firecrackers were heard across the city during the festival. Under pressure from the country’s Supreme Court, the Central Government also constituted a permanent Commission for Air Quality Management in the region, which has the power to coordinate action among states. Headed by a former top official in the Petroleum Ministry, the Commission has so far done almost nothing. Following Diwali and past the peak of the crop burning season, pollution rates in Delhi have subsided somewhat, with an AQI averaging 300-400, but experts are asking how and where more systemic changes could be made to reduce levels year-round as well as avoid future emergencies. #AirQuality forecast for #India #GEOS @SERVIRGlobal pic.twitter.com/aClDUq2scz — Pawan Gupta (@pawanpgupta) December 8, 2020 Meanwhile, the city has been blockaded for several weeks by farmers from around the northern Indian region, who are protesting a government plan to remove subsidies. Through a ‘minimum support price’ the government sets to procure produce from the rice and wheat crops that farmers grow, forcing them to sell on the open market. Farmers have demanded that fines and penalties for stubble burning be withdrawn. In order to appease the protesters, the government might refrain from fining farmers who violate existing laws by burning their crop stubble. While the fines have never been very effective, it’s still a measure that could also create a setback in the air pollution battle. Indian farmers protest outside of Delhi in early December So far, the dispute over the crop subsidies has failed to get to the root of the air pollution issue, experts also say. This lies in the fact that the current subsidy structure incentivizes farmers to grow excessive amounts of rice, whose rigid stalks are the most difficult to manage – and so are often burnt. The rice cultivation also consumes excessive water in the water-scarce Punjab region. Environmentalists have said that the crop subsidy structure should support farmers’ cultivation of nutrition rich grains and legumes indigenous to the region, like millet or lentils, which are also less polluting, in how the stubble can be managed. But neither nutrition content or air pollution seem to be key factors right now in the debate over farm subsidies that is occurring right now. It is unlikely that, if subsidies were removed along the lines of the government plans, farmers would grow more nutritious crops either: they are not big candidates for large multinational purchases on the private market. Despite the inertia, there are growing public pressures on the government to act, said Arvind Kumar, a chest surgeon from Delhi who is internationally known for his outspoken criticism of India’s air pollution and its health impacts. And so the tide of political apathy towards pollution may be turning, said Kumar, who is the founder of the Lung Care Foundation, a non-profit that spreads awareness about pollution and its effects. “In the heart of hearts, the politicians know that pollution is a problem and that it damages health. The challenge is admitting that to the public,” said Kumar. “But with every passing year, with the problem becoming more acute and more intense, there will be more outcry.” -Jyot Pande Lavakare contributed to this story. Image Credits: Rashed Shumon, Belur Math, Howrah, Johns Hopkins University & Medicine, Neil Palmer, @DevinderBenipa2 , Dāvis Kļaviņš . As Rich Countries Roll Out COVID-19 Vaccines – Will Developing Countries Miss Out? 09/12/2020 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Pfizer’s mRNA vaccine is being rolled out in the United Kingdom, to be followed by the United States and Europe. While some of the world’s richest countries have now stockpiled more COVID vaccines than they have people to inject, the world’s 67 poorest countries may only be able to vaccinate 1 in 10 people against COVID-19 next year, unless urgent action is taken by governments and the pharmaceutical industry to make sure enough doses are produced. This was the warning in a report published on Wednesday by Oxfam, Amnesty International and other advocacy groups The report notes that the massive pre-purchase of leading vaccine candidates by rich countries means that some of the world’s wealthiest nations have bought up enough doses to vaccinate their entire populations nearly three times over by the end of 2021 – supposing the vaccines in clinical trials are all approved for use. The same data suggests that countries representing just 14% of the world’s population have bought up some 53% of all the most promising vaccines so far. Canada tops the chart with enough vaccines to vaccinate each Canadian 5 times over. The organizations analyzed data on publicly reported vaccine deals done between countries and the eight leading vaccine candidates. They found that 67 low and lower middle-income countries risk being left behind. Five of those countries – Kenya, Myanmar, Nigeria, Pakistan and Ukraine – have reported nearly 1.5 million COVID cases between them. The Republic of Korea has vaccines to cover 88% of its population of more than 50 million people. But nearby, the low-income Philippines, has so far secured only 2.6 million doses for next year covering only 1.3 million people out of its total 106 million population, according to the report. Report Comes Amidst Flurry of Upcoming Vaccine Regulatory Approvals the total number of confirmed vaccine doses procured, displayed by income level. (Duke Global Health Innovation Centre) The report comes on the heels of the inaugural jab in the United Kingdom of 90 year-old Margaret Keenan on Tuesday with the first commercially available COVID-19 vaccine. The UK became the first country to approve Pfizer’s high-tech mRNA vaccine candidate for widespread use last week. On Thursday, the United States Food and Drug Administration is expected to approve the Pfizer vaccine for emergency use among Americans, after already issuing a positive review of the vaccine’s clinical trial results. That is likely to be followed by FDA approval of a similarly designed mRNA vaccine by Moderna on 17 December, and the European Medicines Agency will review the same vaccines in early January. The third vaccine-in-waiting is likely to be AstraZeneca’s cheaper and simpler adenovirus vaccine, based on a more common delivery mechanism, that uses a weakened form of a common cold virus to deliver a fragment of the trademark SARS-CoV-2 spike protein into the body, and prompt an immune reaction. Results of the AstraZeneca vaccine trial involving some 24,000 people and published Tuesday in The Lancet, found that the vaccine was 70% effective on average – with efficacy rising to 90% among trial participants who accidentally received only a half first dose. In the wake of the serendipitous discovery, a larger trial with the amended dosing regime will be undertaken, AstraZeneca has said. But it said that with average efficacy rates still above the 60% benchmark set by regulatory agencies, it would also seek regulatory approval simultaneously. A number of low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) like India, Mexico and Brazil have managed to secure large vaccine procurement commitments through manufacturing deals with AstraZeneca, a Swedish firm that undertook its vaccine development effort in collaboration with the UK’s Oxford University. That joint initiative has championed the development of a low-cost vaccine, which the company has committed to producing on a non-profit basis during the pandemic – leaving an estimated cost of about US$3, per dose, as compared to $20-$30 for the more high-tech Pfizer and Moderna alternatives. But since a large portion of AstraZeneca’s planned production of nearly 3 billion doses will be directly taken up by India, Brazil and Mexico – also among the LMICs hardest hit by the virus – that will still leave comparatively little to distribute more broadly. WHO Aims to Get 20% Coverage Worldwide Next Year Soumya Swaminathan, WHO Chief Scientist Speaking at last Friday’s WHO briefing, WHO Chief Scientist, Soumya Swaminathan, stated that the WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine pool has so far secured deals for 700 million doses of a COVID-19 vaccine. “That’s not sufficient,” said Swaminathan. “The goal is to get at least two billion doses by the end of 2021, which would be enough to vaccinate approximately 20% of the populations of the countries that are part of COVAX.” The WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine facility, a global collaboration to accelerate development, production, and equitable vaccine access, includes some 187 countries, covering 90% of the global population. WHO officials have held out hope that LMICs could also begin vaccinating the highest-risk groups, like health workers and older people “in the first quarter of 2021,” with the support of vaccines procured through the facility. Both rich and poor countries have joined the initiative, which aims to offer reduced prices for vaccines to most countries, and use donor funds to supply vaccines to some 92 countries that cannot afford to purchase them on their own. However, despite repeated pleas to donors for support, the facility remains some US$28 billion short on the funding needed for next year to fully fund the vaccine drive, as well as drugs, tests and health system support services in the world’s poorest 92 countries. The COVAX programme “urgently needs another US$5 billion in order to meet that goal of two billion doses”, stressed Swaminathan on Friday. World Trade Organization Debates IP “Waiver” for COVID Medicines and Vaccines On Thursday, the World Trade Organization (WTO) will resume its review of a proposal by South Africa and India to extend a broad WTO “waiver” over COVID-related patents, copyrights, and trade secrets for vaccines, medicines and health equipment, as part of another access initiative. The initiative has picked up considerable support among African, Asian and Latin American member states. But it is stiffly opposed by a wall of G-20 countries with huge pharma interests at stake. Thursday’s debate comes ahead of a full, formal review of the waiver proposal by the WTO’s General Council on 17 December. Leaders of the initiative have also threatened to put it to a vote, if it is not taken seriously. Medicines access groups are stepping up pressure on governments and organizations to consider the waiver concept, saying that sharing trade secrets and technologies is the only way to ensure fair distribution of brand-new medical technologies such as the COVID vaccines. On Wednesday, a petition organized by the online campaign organization AVAAZ and signed by some 900,000 people, was delivered to WTO members. The petition called on all governments, WTO members and pharmaceutical companies to “ensure access to lifesaving COVID-19 vaccines, treatments and equipment for everyone in the world”. “While the world waits with bated breath for the possible approval of these COVID-19 vaccines, it’s not time to celebrate yet,” said Dr Sidney Wong, Executive Co-Director of Médecins Sans Frontières Access Campaign in a press release on Tuesday. “Right now, we’re in a situation where a lion’s share of the limited number of first doses have already been snatched up by a handful of countries like the US and UK, as well as the EU, leaving very little for other countries in the short term. What we really want to see is a rapid expansion of the overall global supply, so there are more vaccines to go around and doses can be allocated according to WHO’s public health criteria, not a country’s ability to pay.” Image Credits: Pfizer, Duke Global Health Innovation Center. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy
As Rich Countries Roll Out COVID-19 Vaccines – Will Developing Countries Miss Out? 09/12/2020 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Pfizer’s mRNA vaccine is being rolled out in the United Kingdom, to be followed by the United States and Europe. While some of the world’s richest countries have now stockpiled more COVID vaccines than they have people to inject, the world’s 67 poorest countries may only be able to vaccinate 1 in 10 people against COVID-19 next year, unless urgent action is taken by governments and the pharmaceutical industry to make sure enough doses are produced. This was the warning in a report published on Wednesday by Oxfam, Amnesty International and other advocacy groups The report notes that the massive pre-purchase of leading vaccine candidates by rich countries means that some of the world’s wealthiest nations have bought up enough doses to vaccinate their entire populations nearly three times over by the end of 2021 – supposing the vaccines in clinical trials are all approved for use. The same data suggests that countries representing just 14% of the world’s population have bought up some 53% of all the most promising vaccines so far. Canada tops the chart with enough vaccines to vaccinate each Canadian 5 times over. The organizations analyzed data on publicly reported vaccine deals done between countries and the eight leading vaccine candidates. They found that 67 low and lower middle-income countries risk being left behind. Five of those countries – Kenya, Myanmar, Nigeria, Pakistan and Ukraine – have reported nearly 1.5 million COVID cases between them. The Republic of Korea has vaccines to cover 88% of its population of more than 50 million people. But nearby, the low-income Philippines, has so far secured only 2.6 million doses for next year covering only 1.3 million people out of its total 106 million population, according to the report. Report Comes Amidst Flurry of Upcoming Vaccine Regulatory Approvals the total number of confirmed vaccine doses procured, displayed by income level. (Duke Global Health Innovation Centre) The report comes on the heels of the inaugural jab in the United Kingdom of 90 year-old Margaret Keenan on Tuesday with the first commercially available COVID-19 vaccine. The UK became the first country to approve Pfizer’s high-tech mRNA vaccine candidate for widespread use last week. On Thursday, the United States Food and Drug Administration is expected to approve the Pfizer vaccine for emergency use among Americans, after already issuing a positive review of the vaccine’s clinical trial results. That is likely to be followed by FDA approval of a similarly designed mRNA vaccine by Moderna on 17 December, and the European Medicines Agency will review the same vaccines in early January. The third vaccine-in-waiting is likely to be AstraZeneca’s cheaper and simpler adenovirus vaccine, based on a more common delivery mechanism, that uses a weakened form of a common cold virus to deliver a fragment of the trademark SARS-CoV-2 spike protein into the body, and prompt an immune reaction. Results of the AstraZeneca vaccine trial involving some 24,000 people and published Tuesday in The Lancet, found that the vaccine was 70% effective on average – with efficacy rising to 90% among trial participants who accidentally received only a half first dose. In the wake of the serendipitous discovery, a larger trial with the amended dosing regime will be undertaken, AstraZeneca has said. But it said that with average efficacy rates still above the 60% benchmark set by regulatory agencies, it would also seek regulatory approval simultaneously. A number of low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) like India, Mexico and Brazil have managed to secure large vaccine procurement commitments through manufacturing deals with AstraZeneca, a Swedish firm that undertook its vaccine development effort in collaboration with the UK’s Oxford University. That joint initiative has championed the development of a low-cost vaccine, which the company has committed to producing on a non-profit basis during the pandemic – leaving an estimated cost of about US$3, per dose, as compared to $20-$30 for the more high-tech Pfizer and Moderna alternatives. But since a large portion of AstraZeneca’s planned production of nearly 3 billion doses will be directly taken up by India, Brazil and Mexico – also among the LMICs hardest hit by the virus – that will still leave comparatively little to distribute more broadly. WHO Aims to Get 20% Coverage Worldwide Next Year Soumya Swaminathan, WHO Chief Scientist Speaking at last Friday’s WHO briefing, WHO Chief Scientist, Soumya Swaminathan, stated that the WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine pool has so far secured deals for 700 million doses of a COVID-19 vaccine. “That’s not sufficient,” said Swaminathan. “The goal is to get at least two billion doses by the end of 2021, which would be enough to vaccinate approximately 20% of the populations of the countries that are part of COVAX.” The WHO co-sponsored COVAX vaccine facility, a global collaboration to accelerate development, production, and equitable vaccine access, includes some 187 countries, covering 90% of the global population. WHO officials have held out hope that LMICs could also begin vaccinating the highest-risk groups, like health workers and older people “in the first quarter of 2021,” with the support of vaccines procured through the facility. Both rich and poor countries have joined the initiative, which aims to offer reduced prices for vaccines to most countries, and use donor funds to supply vaccines to some 92 countries that cannot afford to purchase them on their own. However, despite repeated pleas to donors for support, the facility remains some US$28 billion short on the funding needed for next year to fully fund the vaccine drive, as well as drugs, tests and health system support services in the world’s poorest 92 countries. The COVAX programme “urgently needs another US$5 billion in order to meet that goal of two billion doses”, stressed Swaminathan on Friday. World Trade Organization Debates IP “Waiver” for COVID Medicines and Vaccines On Thursday, the World Trade Organization (WTO) will resume its review of a proposal by South Africa and India to extend a broad WTO “waiver” over COVID-related patents, copyrights, and trade secrets for vaccines, medicines and health equipment, as part of another access initiative. The initiative has picked up considerable support among African, Asian and Latin American member states. But it is stiffly opposed by a wall of G-20 countries with huge pharma interests at stake. Thursday’s debate comes ahead of a full, formal review of the waiver proposal by the WTO’s General Council on 17 December. Leaders of the initiative have also threatened to put it to a vote, if it is not taken seriously. Medicines access groups are stepping up pressure on governments and organizations to consider the waiver concept, saying that sharing trade secrets and technologies is the only way to ensure fair distribution of brand-new medical technologies such as the COVID vaccines. On Wednesday, a petition organized by the online campaign organization AVAAZ and signed by some 900,000 people, was delivered to WTO members. The petition called on all governments, WTO members and pharmaceutical companies to “ensure access to lifesaving COVID-19 vaccines, treatments and equipment for everyone in the world”. “While the world waits with bated breath for the possible approval of these COVID-19 vaccines, it’s not time to celebrate yet,” said Dr Sidney Wong, Executive Co-Director of Médecins Sans Frontières Access Campaign in a press release on Tuesday. “Right now, we’re in a situation where a lion’s share of the limited number of first doses have already been snatched up by a handful of countries like the US and UK, as well as the EU, leaving very little for other countries in the short term. What we really want to see is a rapid expansion of the overall global supply, so there are more vaccines to go around and doses can be allocated according to WHO’s public health criteria, not a country’s ability to pay.” Image Credits: Pfizer, Duke Global Health Innovation Center. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts